Shock and Vibration Damping Components · Stiffness and Damping in Mechanical Design Passive Vibration Isolation The Science of Innovation McGraw Hill, August, 1987 Marcel Dekker,

Shock and VibrationDamping Components

vibrationmounts.comCATALOG

V100

www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365

AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

i

Introduction................................................................................................................... iiUnique Features of This Catalog ................................................................................ iiiSales Conditions ........................................................................................................... ivPictorial Index ............................................................................................................... vPart Number Index....................................................................................................... xListing of Additional Cylindrical Mounts ................................................................ xiSelection Procedure for Rubber Mounts ................................................................... xii

1 Stud & Nut Type Mounts ...................................................................... 1-1 2 Base Plate Fastened Mounts ................................................................. 2-1 3 Wheels, Leveling & Foot Mounts ......................................................... 3-1 4 Suspension Mount.................................................................................. 4-1 5 Spring, Steel Mesh & Cable Mounts .................................................... 5-1 6 Bumpers, Shock Absorbers & Channel Mounts ................................ 6-1 7 Bushings & Grommets ........................................................................... 7-1 8 Pads & Tapes ........................................................................................... 8-1 9 Couplings ................................................................................................ 9-1

TECHNICAL SECTION

T1 Vibration and Shock Isolation ............................................................. T1-1 T2 Shaft Couplings ..................................................................................... T2-1

Alphabetical Index ....................................................................................................... A-0

Table of Contents

SECTION PRODUCTS

Shock and Vibration Damping Components

Advanced Antivibration Components2101 Jericho Turnpike, Box 5416, New Hyde Park, NY 11042-5416Phone: 516-328-3662 FAX: 516-328-3365 www.vibrationmounts.com

NOTE: We reserve the right to make changes and corrections without notice. Every effort has been made to provide accurate technical & productinformation. The company disclaims responsibility for any error or omission regarding technical & product information published.

© 2004 Advanced Antivibration Components / Division of Designatronics, Inc.

All rights reserved herein and no portion of this catalog may be reproduced without the prior consent in writing of the company.Printed in Canada by Webcom Ltd.

PAGE

Catalog V100 PAGE

vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

ii

Designatronics, Inc., with its divisions and subsidiaries, has been involved since 1960 in the manu-facture and distribution of different mechanical and electronic components.

Advanced Antivibration Components (AAC) is the division of Designatronics devoted to marketingproducts exclusively related to elimination of vibration, energy absorption and protection of componentsand devices from shock and possible destruction.

This is, today, an extremely important field, since instrumentation and recording devices are playingmore and more important roles in our daily lives. These devices are becoming miniaturized and portableand, as a result, are becoming exposed to unexpected hazards.

In addition, different rotating machinery, moving vehicles, machine tools, household appliances, etc.all require vibration control to eliminate undesirable effects that they may cause to their surroundings.

The understanding of the subject of Vibration and Shock requires some amount of theoretical knowl-edge of the theories which govern its causes and subsequent propagation. For this reason, an exten-sive Technical Section, which includes solved problems, is included in this publication.

This handbook contains the broadest offering available from a single source related to antivibrationproducts. In order to facilitate the selection of the proper product, an attempt was made to classify andpresent the products in an especially organized sequence.

Furthermore, since our company is continuously providing services to the Design, Engineering andManufacturing segments for the last 44 years, we are keenly aware of the fact that immediate availabil-ity of components is usually required. Therefore, all items shown in this catalog are available fromstock.

I wish to acknowledge and to congratulate our Engineering staff and our Graphic CommunicationsDepartment for organizing and producing this handbook in such an extensive, attractive and explicitmanner.

Martin HoffmanPresident

DESIGNATRONICS INC.

Introduction



AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

iii

Unique Features of This Catalog

1) Our sister division, SDP, started marketing Vibration Mounts in its first catalog published in 1971. It contained only 24 pages of this type of product. Subsequently, in 1978, a special separate volume: Handbook of Vibration Mounts was published. It contained a brief Technical Section, but it reached a 55-product page size. The importance of this product line kept growing and, as a result of it, in 1990 the Vibration and Shock Mount Handbook was published. It contained a 52-page Technical Section and 89 pages of products. More than 15,000 copies were distributed. Subsequently, the Vibration Mount product line became section 8 in the joint SDP/SI inch and metric catalogs.

2) Feedback from our Engineering, as well as Marketing Departments, indicated that for proper marketing of this product line an extensive Technical Section is needed, which was not available in the joint SDP/SI Catalogs. In addition to this, many new product lines related to vibration elimination became available worldwide. These facts gave rise to the publishing of this catalog in order to provide proper support and marketing capabilities, and ADVANCED ANTIVIBRATION COMPONENTS Company was created as a separate Division of Designatronics Inc.

3) In order to provide a revised and broadened Technical Section, we availed ourselves of the services of Eugene Rivin, Professor and Director of the Machine Tool

Laboratory at Wayne State University, Detroit, Michigan. He is a Fellow of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers and of the Society of Manufacturing Engineers, and an Active Member of the International Institution for Production Engineering Research (CIRP). He is the holder of 21 US patents and has authored many books and technical articles, some of which are listed below.

4) Our previous catalogs included only conventionally known vibration elimination components. This catalog also features shock absorbers and shaft couplings capable of elimination of shock and vibration from shaft to shaft.

5) There are catalogs of this type of product circulated; however, the uniqueness of this catalog is its breadth and versatility. In addition to this, all products featured are available from stock for immediate delivery. This feature is extremely important for new designs where prototype testing is an imperative.

6) In addition to the listed stock items, tooling is available for many types and sizes of cylindrical vibration mounts. These are available with metric or inch size studs. In spite of the fact that only small prototype quantities may be required, specially low setup charges will be made for this type of order. For quote requests for these "out of stock " type mounts, please use the numbering system and procedure shown on the next page.

PublisherPublicationTitle Pages ISBN Number

Mechanical Design of Robots

Stiffness and Damping inMechanical Design

Passive Vibration Isolation

The Science of Innovation

McGraw Hill, August, 1987

Marcel Dekker, May, 1999

ASME Press, July, 2003

325

512

432

80

70529922

824717228

079180187X

0965835901TRIZ Group, 1997



AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

iv

Sales Conditions

Note:Price and specifications are subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made to provide accurate technicaland product information. The company disclaims responsibility for any error or omission in the accuracy of the technicaland product information published.

Open Account Orders:A minimum order is $50 plus shipping charges. Ordersrequiring any type of special handling or certification aresubject to additional charge. Terms: Net 30 days,F.O.B. New Hyde Park

Credit Card Orders:For your convenience, we accept VISA®, Mastercard®,American Express®, Optima®, Discover® and Diners Club®.You will be billed for merchandise and freight when partsare shipped, subject to credit card approval. A minimumorder is $50 plus shipping charges.

Credit:New accounts having a satisfactory rating willreceive open credit terms; otherwise, initial orders maybe on a credit card or a C.O.D. basis pending credit ap-proval. C.O.D. orders are subject to an additional han-dling charge.

Methods of Shipment:U.P.S., FedEx, DHL, or as specified by customer.

Returns and Exchanges:All returns and exchanges must have prior written ap-proval. Returns must be made within 15 days after re-ceipt of material. Returned merchandise will be inspectedand a charge will be made for restocking. No credit willbe allowed on used or modified parts, or catalog partspurchased on a quantity basis. Notification of any short-ages must be reported within 10 days after receipt ofgoods.

Ordering by phone: 516-328-3662Please call our sales department Monday to Friday be-tween 9 am and 5 pm Eastern time to place an order.Our staff will also be able to provide you with price andstock status for all catalog items. For larger productionquantities, we can fax you a written quote of price anddelivery.

Ordering by mail:2101 Jericho Turnpike, Box 5416New Hyde Park, NY 11042-5416

Ordering by fax: 516-328-3365

Ordering by e-mail:[email protected]

Please specify part numbers, quantities, desired methodof shipment and delivery dates in your request whenusing the ordering methods above. Orders are promptlyprocessed by our Sales Department.

Minimun Order:$75 with a $10 charge for our standard export handling;i.e., $85 minimum billing. If the order exceeds $100, thereis no export handling charge made.

Large Quantity Order:Considerable discounts are made available for largequantity orders. Please request a quote for price anddelivery.

Open Account Orders:If you have an open account, we will ship and bill you,net 30 days, F.O.B. New Hyde Park, NY.

Credit Card Orders:For your convenience, we accept VISA®, Mastercard®,American Express®, Optima®, Discover® and Diners Club®.You will be billed for merchandise and freight when partsare shipped, subject to credit card approval. A minimumorder is $85 plus shipping charges.

Credit:Purchase orders accompanied by Bank References willbe shipped on open credit terms. Otherwise, an irrevo-cable letter of credit or prepayment is requested.

Methods of Shipment:U.P.S., FedEx, DHL, or as specified by customer.

Returns and Exchanges:All returns and exchanges must have prior written ap-proval. Returns must be made within 15 days after re-ceipt of material. Returned merchandise will be inspectedand a charge will be made for restocking. No credit willbe allowed on used or modified parts, or catalog partspurchased on a quantity basis. Notification of any short-ages must be reported within 10 days after receipt ofgoods.

Domestic Sales Conditions International Sales Conditions



AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

v

Pictorial Index

SquarePages 1-2 thru 1-4

CylindricalPages 1-5 thru 1-32

Silicone GelPage 1-36

RingPages 1-37 & 1-38

Base-FlangePage 2-2

Base-Silicone GelPage 2-3

PlatePage 2-4 thru 2-8

Finger-Flex AssembliesPage 2-9 & 2-10

CupPage 2-11

Base-CylindricalPages 2-12 & 2-13

Base-DomePage 2-14

Base-NeoprenePages 2-15 & 2-16

Mounts

M-StylePage 2-18

V-StylePages 2-19 & 2-20

RectangularPages 2-21 thru 2-23



AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

vi

Pictorial Index (continued)

LevelPages 3-2 thru 3-4

Leveling-ISO PadPage 3-5

Leveling-ConicalPage 3-6

Leveling-CarryPages 3-7 & 3-8

Suspension-SpringPage 4-2

Suspension-RubberPage 4-3

Spring-Elliptic LeafPages 5-3 thru 5-5

Spring-FoamPages 5-7 & 5-8

Spring-DampedPages 5-9 thru 5-13

Spring-Silicone GelPage 5-14

Steel Spring & MeshPages 5-15 & 5-16

Steel MeshPages 5-17 thru 5-19

Spring-SuspensionPage 5-20

Spring-PedestalPage 5-21

Spring-Single HolePage 5-22

Cable IsolatorsPages 5-24 thru 5-30

Mounts & Isolators



AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS


Bumpers–AxialPages 6-5 & 6-7

Bumpers–RadialPage 6-6

Bumpers–ConicalPage 6-8

Bumpers–RectangularPage 6-11

Shock AbsorbersPages 6-14 thru 6-21

Finger-FlexPages 7-3 thru 7-7

Bolt–SoloPage 7-8

ChannelPage 6-10

Mounts, Bumpers, & Shock Absorbers

Bolt WasherPage 7-16

Bolt–Silicone GelPage 7-15

Bolt–TandemPage 7-9

Bolt–Ring & BushingPages 7-10 thru 7-13

Vinyl Elastomer GrommetsPage 7-14

vii



AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

viii

ISO-PadPage 8-2

ISO-Pad SheetsPage 8-3

ISO-PadPage 8-4

Square–RubberPage 8-5

Pads–Single RibbedPage 8-6

Pads–Paired RibbedPage 8-7

Pads–Silicone FoamPage 8-8

Pads–Silicone GelPage 8-9

Silicone Gel Tape & ChipPage 8-10

Pads




AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

ix


Couplings–One-PiecePage 9-14

Couplings–BantamPage 9-14

Couplings–SpiderPage 9-8

Couplings–GeargripPage 9-10

Couplings–Neo-FlexPages 9-2 thru 9-5

Couplings–SplinePage 9-6

Shaft Couplings

Couplings–JawPage 9-11

Couplings–"K" TypePage 9-12



AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

x

Part Number Index

6-156-166-176-186-196-206-146-156-166-176-186-196-146-156-166-176-186-196-206-146-156-166-176-186-196-209-49-59-49-59-29-39-29-39-49-59-49-59-29-39-29-3

V21S01M...12

V21S01M...14

V21S01M...20

V21S01M...25

V21S01M...33

V21S01M...45

V21S02M16045

V21S02M18054

V21S02M20063

V21S02M25077

V21S02M33103

V21S02M45130

V21S03MCN10100

V21S03MCN12100

V21S03MCN14…

V21S03MCN20150

V21S03MCN25150

V21S03MCN33150

V21S03MCN45150..

V21S04MSS10100

V21S04MSS12100

V21S04MSS14…

V21S04MSS20150

V21S04MSS25150

V21S04MSS33150

V21S04MSS45150

V50FLR-…

V50FLRM…

V50FLS-…

V50FLSM…

V50FSR-…

V50FSRM…

V50FSS-…

V50FSSM…

V50PLR-…

V50PLRM…

V50PLS-…

V50PLSM…

V50PSR-…

V50PSRM…

V50PSS-…

V50PSSM…

V10Z59MMF…

V10Z59MMM…

V10Z60-FB…

V10Z60-MB…

V10Z60-MF…

V10Z60-MM…

V10Z61M..

V10Z61MBG..

V10Z61MMN..

V10Z61MSF..

V10Z61MTH..

V10Z62MGC..

V10Z62MGT..

V10Z62MNP…

V10Z62MSN..

V10Z70-06…

V10Z70-09…

V10Z70-12…

V10Z70-15…

V10Z70-18…

V10Z70-25…

V10Z70-37…

V10Z70-50…

V10Z71MTM…

V10Z72MTG…

V10Z73MAM…

V10Z74MMG…

V10Z75MBM…

V10Z76MSG-..

V10Z77MAGB…

V10Z82-R2…

V10Z82-R3…

V10Z82-R4…

V10Z82-R5…

V10Z82-R7…

V10Z82-RX303…

V20S10M…

V20S12M…

V20S14M…

V20S20M…

V20S25M…

V20S33M…

V20S45M150..

V20S45M150L..

V21S01M...10

1-321-321-291-301-291-307-155-141-362-31-368-108-108-88-95-245-245-255-255-265-285-295-304-24-35-72-122-143-62-27-117-117-117-127-127-106-146-156-166-176-186-196-206-216-14

V10Z 6-500B

V10Z 6-520B

V10Z 6-530C

V10Z 7-1001

V10Z 7-1011

V10Z 7-1020..

V10Z 7M1020..

V10Z 8-…

V10Z12-M…

V10Z14-0…

V10Z14-1…

V10Z19-…

V10Z22-…

V10Z22M…

V10Z25-0…

V10Z25-LM..

V10Z27-…

V10Z28-…

V10Z30-…

V10Z31-…

V10Z32-…

V10Z33-…

V10Z34-1139

V10Z40-1210..

V10Z40-1215…

V10Z40-1220…

V10Z40-1240..

V10Z40-1260…

V10Z40-1280..

V10Z42-…

V10Z42-A…

V10Z43MCM…

V10Z44MCM…

V10Z45MKC…

V10Z46MKD…

V10Z47MRM…

V10Z52-F…

V10Z53-F…

V10Z55MT…

V10Z59-FB…

V10Z59-MB…

V10Z59-MF…

V10Z59MFB…

V10Z59-MM…

V10Z59MMB…

2-222-232-216-116-116-86-91-373-27-167-165-155-165-163-33-45-185-175-95-105-125-195-192-42-52-72-112-62-87-87-93-83-72-202-181-382-152-162-131-311-311-311-321-311-32

V 5A27-…

V 5A27M…

V 5D 1-…

V 5D 3-…

V 5D25-…

V 5D28-…

V 5D28M…

V 5R 1-..

V 5R 3-…

V 5R 5-…

V 5R25-1

V 5R27-…

V 5R27M…

V 5R28-..

V 5R28M..

V 5R29-..

V 5R29M..

V 5Z 1-…

V 5Z 3-…

V 5Z 7-…

V 5Z 7M…

V 5Z25-…

V 5Z27-…

V 5Z27M…

V 5Z28-…

V 5Z28M…

V 5Z29-…

V 5Z29M…

V 9C20-…

V10C16-…

V10C17-…

V10C18-…

V10P80-A..

V10P80-AS…

V10P81-R..

V10R 4-1500..

V10R 4-1501..

V10R 4-1502..

V10R 4-1503..

V10R 4-1504..

V10R 4-1505..

V10R 4-1506..

V10R 4-1507..

V10R 4-1508..

V10R 4-1509..

9-89-99-119-109-149-69-79-119-109-149-149-89-99-69-79-69-79-119-109-129-139-149-89-99-69-79-69-77-135-205-215-226-56-76-67-37-37-47-47-57-57-67-67-77-7

V10R 9-..

V10R10-..

V10R11-…

V10R12-…

V10R14-…

V10R78MD…

V10R78MS…

V10R79M…

V10R82-F…

V10R82-M…

V10Y15-…

V10Y15-…M…

V10Y15-39210013

V10Z 1-321..

V10Z 1-322..

V10Z 1-323..

V10Z 2-300..

V10Z 2-301..

V10Z 2-302..

V10Z 2-304..

V10Z 2-305..

V10Z 2-306..

V10Z 2-307..

V10Z 2-308..

V10Z 2-310..

V10Z 2-311..

V10Z 2-312..

V10Z 2-314..

V10Z 2-315..

V10Z 2-316..

V10Z 2-317..

V10Z 2-319..

V10Z 2-330..

V10Z 2M300…

V10Z 2M302…

V10Z 2M305…

V10Z 2M308…

V10Z 2M310…

V10Z 2M311…

V10Z 2M312…

V10Z 2M314…

V10Z 4-1550..

V10Z 4-1552..

V10Z 4-1553..

V10Z 5-110C

8-48-28-33-57-148-78-68-57-147-145-35-55-41-21-31-41-91-61-51-241-81-251-71-261-121-111-151-141-131-101-91-281-161-191-171-181-271-211-201-231-222-92-102-106-10



AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

xi

Listing of Additional Cylindrical Mounts

Type Description Standard Dimensions Available

N

L

H

D

I G

orN

Lor

or

I Gor

H

D

I Gor

H

D

I GorI Gor

N

L

H

D

H

D

or

N

Lor

MM

MF

FF

PM

PF

TYPE DDIAMETER

CODE

HWIDTHCODE G or I

THREADCODE

L or N

LENGTHCODE

D

mm DIA.CODE

6 8 10 10.5 11 13 14.3 15 16 18 19 20 23 25 30 32 35 38 40 45 48 50 60 65 75 80 100

060 080 100 105 110 130 143 150 160 180 190 200 230 250 300 320 350 380 400 450 480 500 600 650 750 800 A00

6 7 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5 9.6 10 11 12 12.3 12.7 13 15 16 17 18 20 22 25 26 27 29 30 33 35 38 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 80 85 90 95 105

060 070 075 080 085 090 095 096 100 110 120 123 127 130 150 160 170 180 200 220 250 260 270 290 300 330 350 380 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 800 850 900 950 A05

H

mm WIDTHCODE

M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

03 04 05 06 08 10 12 16 20

G

mm THREADCODE

5 6 10 12 15 16 20 23 28 37 38 47

05 06 10 12 15 16 20 23 28 37 38 47

L

mm LENGTH CODE

INCH LENGTH CODE

N LENGTH IN 1/16"

#4-40#6-32#8-32#10-321/4-205/16-161/2-12 5/8-11 3/4-10 3/8-16

03 04 05 06 08 10 11 12 16 20

I

INCH THREADCODE

3/16 1/45/16 3/8 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 1

1-1/4 1-1/2

2

03 04 05 06 08 09 10 12 16 20 28 32

M6M6

12 33

23

EXAMPLE DEPICTED

EXAMPLE

M F 2 3 0 3 3 0 G 0 L6 1 2

HOW TO CREATE AN INQUIRY

If you don't see the sizes you want in the product section of this catalog, please send us a request for quote using the coding system shown below to specify the size.Please Note: 1) If any inquiry is received for a size combination for which exact tooling is not available, the next closest size will be quoted. 2) D and H dimensions remain metric irrespective of the studs being inch or metric. 3) For metric studs use letter G for thread size and letter L for length whereas for inch size studs, use letter I for thread size and letter N for length.



AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

xii

Selection Procedure for Rubber Mounts

1. Determine the load that each mount will bear when supportingthe equipment weight. Total weight divided by the number ofmounting positions is the load for each mount. This is only truewhen having even weight distribution. Otherwise, distributeweight accordingly.

2. Determine the lowest forcing frequency of the vibration sourceto be supported by the mounts. This is usually equal to the oper-ating speed in revolutions per minute.

3. Choose the percent isolation that will be satisfactory for thepurpose. Except for special cases, 81% isolation is generallyconsidered satisfactory.

4. Referring to the Basic Vibration Chart below, find thestatic deflection for the forcing frequency (Step 2,above) at the chosen percent isolation (Step 3). Notethat a mount must give at least this minimum staticdeflection, with the specific load applied,to providethe desired isolation.

5. Select the mount series with the physical features(shape, attachment facilities,“fail-safe" safety feature,load range, etc.) required by the application.

6. a) Having selected the mount series, refer to the individual styles, and note the styles whose maxi-mum loads are greater than the load each mountis to carry.

b) Referring to the load deflection graphs of the styleslikely to be chosen, locate the applied load value(Step 1, above) on the appropriate graph; i.e.,compression and/or shear.

c) Moving horizontally to the right on the graph, lo-cate the point of intersection with the minimumstatic deflection found in step 4.

d) Mounts with curves above this point of intersec-tion cannot be used, as the load (Step 1) is notsufficient to produce the required minimum de-flection (Step4).

e) Mounts with curves below the point of intersec-tion can be used as, at the given load, the deflec-tion will be greater than the minimum required.Note, however, that if the applied load is abovethe line x--x on a curve, the mount is not recom-mended for this static load.

f) More than one style may have load-deflectioncurvesthat are suitable. The final selection candepend on other requirements such as the costof the mounts, possible in-creased load require-ments in the future, relative advantage of additional isolation, space available for the mounts,

REGIONOF

AMPLIFICATION

RESONANCENATURALFREQUENCY

ISisIOLATIONEFFICIENCY %

93

95

85

8060 90 95 99

70 85 93 97

10.0 2.5 3.3 5.0 6.7 8.3 1011.7

13.315

16.7 25 33 50 6725

23

20

18

15

12.7

10

7.6

5.1

3.8

2.5

2.32.0

1.8

1.5

1.27

1.0

0.76

0.5

0.38

0.25

0.230.2

0.18

0.15

0.13

0.1

0.076

0.05

0.038

0.025

VIBRATION FREQUENCY (CYCLES PER MINUTE)

VIBRATION FREQUENCY (Hz)

10.09.08.0

7.0

6.0

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.5

1.0

.9

.8

.7

.6

.5

.4

.3

.2

.15

.10

.09

.08

.07

.06

.05

STA

TIC

DE

FL

EC

TIO

N (

INC

HE

S)

STA

TIC

DE

FL

EC

TIO

N (

CM

)

.04

.03

.02

.015

.01

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

60 80

ISOLATIONEFFICIENCY %


REGIONOF

AMPLIFICATION

Vibration Frequency vs Static Deflection vs Isolation Efficiency

constraints on allowable deflection, attachment re-quirements, etc. However, in the absence of anyoverriding consideration, usually the mount thatis selected has its curve closest to the point ofintersection (Step 6c); i.e., the mount with the minimum de-flection at the applied load.

7. Select the mount that is designed to operate in your tempera-ture range and environment.


SECTION 1

1-2


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1V10Z 1-321A

V10Z 1-321B

V10Z 1-321C

V10Z 1-321D

Square Mounts – To 13.8 lbs.

• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 5.1 TO 13.8 POUNDS (2.3 TO 6.3 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 2.6 TO 7.1 POUNDS(1.2 TO 3.2 kgf)

• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber

Compression

Shear

Compression

Shear

Compression

Shear

Compression

Shear

Catalog Number

*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.

5.1 (2.3)

2.6 (1.2)

6.4 (2.9)

3.6 (1.6)

11.1 (5)

5.7 (2.6)

13.8 (6.3)

7.1 (3.2)

—

2.4 (1.1)

—

3.4 (1.5)

—

—

—

—

MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)

Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute

Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)

1100Mode

COMPRESSION

AB

C

D

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

SHEAR

A

B

C

D

x

xx

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30

2

4

6

8

10

12

NOTE: Maximum unthreadedportion of stud does notexceed 1/16 inch (1.59 mm).

LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–x areconsidered safe practice for staticloads; data above that line are usefulfor calculating deflections underdynamic loads.

1250

—

1.8 (0.8)

—

2.8 (1.3)

—

4.9 (2.2)

—

7.0 (3.18)

—

*1.8 (0.8)

*3.8 (1.7)

.9 (0.4)

5.9 (2.7)

1.2 (0.54)

3.9 (1.8)

.7 (0.3)

5.5 (2.5)

1.0 (0.5)

11.0 (5)

2.2 (1)

—

3.1 (1.4)

5.1 (2.3)

.9 (0.4)

—

1.4 (0.6)

—

2.9 (1.3)

—

3.9 (1.8)

2.1 (1)

*2.8 (1.3)

.6 (0.27)

6.0 (2.7)

1.3 (0.6)

8.9 (4)

1.8 (0.8)

—

1.3 (0.6)

—

1.9 (0.9)

—

3.6 (1.6)

—

5.1 (2.3)

275025002250200017501500

3.1 (1.4)

.6 (0.27)

4.3 (2)

.8 (0.4)

8.7 (3.9)

1.8 (0.8)

12.3 (5.6)

2.6 (1.2)

1.8 (0.8)

*2.4 (1.1)

*5.1 (2.3)

1.1 (0.5)

7.7 (3.5)

1.6 (0.7)

3000 3600

2.6 (1.2)

* 3.4 (1.5)

.7 (0.3)

7.1 (3.2)

1.5 (0.7)

10.3 (4.7)

2.1 (1)

NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.

3/8(9.5)

1/2(12.7)

3/8(9.5)

3/8(9.5)

#8-32 NC (TYP)

Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1


1-3


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1


• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 6.6 TO 15.4 POUNDS (3 TO 7 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 4.4 TO 9.9 POUNDS (2 TO 4.5 kgf)


—

1.3 (0.6)

—

1.9 (0.9)

—

3.5 (1.6)

—

4.7 (2.1)

—

1.5 (0.7)

—

2.2 (1)

—

4.0 (1.8)

—

5.6 (2.5)

Compression

Shear

Compression

Shear

Compression

Shear

Compression

Shear

3.2 (1.5)

* 4.8 (2.2)

* 8.0 (3.6)

*11.8 (5.4)

*

Catalog Number

V10Z 1-322A

V10Z 1-322B

V10Z 1-322C

V10Z 1-322D


6.6 (3)

4.4 (2)

8.7 (4)

5.5 (2.5)

12.0 (5.4)

7.8 (3.54)

15.4 (7)

9.9 (4.5)

—

3.3 (1.5)

—

4.8 (2.2)

—

7.7 (3.5)

—

—

—

2.4 (1.1)

—

3.6 (1.6)

—

6.0 (2.7)

—

8.2 (3.7)

—

1.9 (0.9)

—

2.8 (1.3)

—

4.9 (2.2)

—

6.7 (3)

4.5 (2)

* 6.9 (3.1)

*11.5 (5.2)

* —

*




1500 1750 360030002750250022502000Mode

5.4 (2.5)

1.1 (0.5)

8.5 (3.9)

1.6 (0.8)

—

3.1 (1.4)

—

4.1 (2.1)

SHEAR

A

B

C

D

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14

2

4

6

8

10

12

COMPRESSION

A

B

C

D

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.02 0.030.01 0.04 0.05

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18



3/8(9.5)

3/8(9.5)

#8-32 NC (TYP)

7/32(5.6)

5/16(7.9)




1-4


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1


• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 6.8 TO 14.5 POUNDS (3 TO 6.6 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 2.8 TO 7.3 POUNDS (1.3 TO 3.3 kgf)


5.5 (2.5)

.9 (0.4)

8.0 (3.6)

1.2 (0.5)

—

2.3 (1)

—

3.6 (1.6)

—

1.1 (0.5)

—

1.6 (0.7)

—

2.9 (1.3)

—

4.6 (2.1)

Compression

Shear

Compression

Shear

Compression

Shear

Compression

Shear

2.5 (1.1)

*3.5 (1.6)

*6.5 (2.9)

*9.0 (4.1)

2.2 (1)

Catalog Number

V10Z 1-323A

V10Z 1-323B

V10Z 1-323C

V10Z 1-323D

6.8 (3.1)

2.8 (1.3)

8.5 (3.9)

3.3 (1.5)

12.0 (5.4)

5.3 (2.4)

14.5 (6.6)

7.3 (3.3)

—

2.8 (1.3)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

2.2 (1)

—

2.8 (1.3)

—

5.0 (2.3)

—

—

—

1.6 (0.7)

—

2.1 (0.9)

—

4.0 (1.8)

—

6.2 (2.8)

3.0 (1.4)

* 4.5 (2)

* 8.5 (3.9)

1.6 (0.7)

11.5 (5.2)

2.5 (1.1)




950 1100 250022502000175015001250Mode

3.8 (1.7)

.7 (0.3)

6.0 (2.7)

.9 (0.4)

10.1 (4.6)

1.9 (0.9)

14.5 (6.6)

2.9 (1.3)

SHEAR

A

B

C

D

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30

2

4

6

8

10

COMPRESSION

A

B

C

D

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.04 0.060.02 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40




9/16(14.3)

9/16(14.3)

3/8(9.5)

1/2(12.7)

1/2(12.7)

#8-32 NC (TYP)




1-5


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1

Cylindrical Mounts – To 13.3 lbs.

• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 4.9 TO 13.3 POUNDS (2.2 TO 6 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 2.7 TO 6.4 POUNDS (1.2 TO 2.9 kgf)


3/8(9.5)

1/2(12.7)

7/16(11.1)

#8-32 NC (TYP)

Catalog Number

V10Z 2-302A

V10Z 2-302B

V10Z 2-302C

V10Z 2-302D


SHEAR

A

B

CD

x

xx

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30

2

4

6

8

1

3

5

7

COMPRESSION

AB

CD x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.04 0.060.02 0.08 0.10 0.12

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

NOTE:Maximum unthreaded portion ofstud does not exceed 1/16 inch(1.59 mm).

LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–xare considered safe practice forstatic loads; data above that lineare useful for calculatingdeflections under dynamic loads.

3.9 (1.8)

.7 (0.3)

5.3 (2.4)

1.1 (0.5)

9.8 (4.4)

1.9 (0.9)

13.1 (5.9)

2.7 (1.2)

—

1.0 (0.5)

—

1.4 (0.6)

—

2.5 (1.1)

—

3.4 (1.5)

Compression

Shear

Compression

Shear

Compression

Shear

Compression

Shear

2.0 (0.9)

*2.9 (1.3)

.6 (0.27)

5.2 (2.4)

1.1 (0.5)

7.0 (3.2)

1.6 (0.7)

1.8 (0.8)

*2.5 (1.1)

*4.3 (1.9)

.9 (0.4)

5.8 (2.6)

1.4 (0.6)

4.9 (2.2)

2.7 (1.22)

6.4 (2.9)

3.6 (1.6)

10.4 (4.7)

5.6 (2.5)

13.3 (6)

6.4 (2.9)

1.0 (0.5)

*1.5 (0.7)

*2.6 (1.2)

.7 (0.3)

4.2 (1.9)

1.0 (0.45)

—

2.6 (1.2)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1.7 (0.8)

—

2.6 (1.2)

—

4.7 (2.1)

—

6.1 (2.8)

—

1.2 (0.54)

—

1.9 (0.9)

—

3.2 (1.5)

—

4.4 (2)




1000 36003000275025002250200017501500Mode

3.0 (1.4)

.5 (0.2)

4.2 (1.9)

.8 (0.4)

7.7 (3.5)

1.5 (0.7)

10.4 (4.7)

2.2 (1)

1250

2.4 (1.1)

*3.4 (1.5)

.7 (0.3)

6.3 (2.9)

1.3 (0.6)

8.5 (3.9)

1.8 (0.8)




1-6


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1

4.4 (2)

6.7 (3)

9.0(4.1)

12.5(5.7)

4.8(2.2)

8.0(3.6)

—

—

—

—

—

—

Cylindrical Mounts – To 25 lbs.

• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 8 TO 25 POUNDS (3.6 TO 11.3 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 4.4 TO 12.5 POUNDS (2 TO 5.7 kgf)

• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Hardened Steel, Zinc Plated Isolater – Natural Rubber

3/8(9.5)

1/2(12.7)

9/16(14.3)

#8-32 NC (TYP)

6.2(2.8)

10.2(4.6)

—

—

—

—

—

—

3.2(1.5)

5.4(2.4)

11.6(5.3)

18.2(8.3)

V10Z 2-301A

V10Z 2-301B

V10Z 2-301C

V10Z 2-301D

8.0 (3.6)

12.0 (5.4)

16.0 (7.3)

25.0(11.3)

2.0(0.9)

3.2(1.5)

6.8(3.1)

10.4(4.7)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

4.0(1.8)

6.5(2.9)

14.0(6.4)

22.0 (10)




1000 1250 36003000275025002250200017501500

A

B

CD

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.10 0.20 0.30

15

5

10

A

B

C

D

x

x

x

x

x

x x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.04 0.060.02 0.08 0.10

4

8

12

16

20

24

28

COMPRESSIONSHEAR





Compression

Catalog Number

4.0(1.8)

6.5(2.9)

—

—

*

*1.9

(0.9)

3.3(1.5)

*

*

*2.8

(1.3)

V10Z 2-301A

V10Z 2-301B

V10Z 2-301C

V10Z 2-301D

*

*

*2.0

(0.9)

3.1(1.4)

5.2(2.4)

9.0(4.1)

—




1000 1250 36003000275025002250200017501500

Shear

Catalog Number

2.7(1.2)

4.5 (2)

9.6(4.4)

15.2(6.9)

2.2 (1)

3.7(1.7)

6.3(2.9)

11.2(5.1)

1.7(0.77)

2.8(1.27)

4.6 (2.1)

8.2 (3.7)

1.3 (0.6)

2.3(1.04)

3.6 (1.6)

6.3 (2.9)

*1.8

(0.82)

2.9(1.32)

4.0 (1.8)

*

*2.3

(1.04)

4.0 (1.8)



1-7


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1

Cylindrical Mounts – To 28.5 lbs.

• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 22 TO 28.5 POUNDS (10 TO 12.9 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 8.4 TO 11.9 POUNDS (3.8 TO 5.4 kgf)


.410(10.4)

3/8(9.5)

#1/4-20 NC (TYP) 3/4(19.1)

22.0 (10)

8.4 (3.8)

28.5 (12.9)

11.9 (5.4)

16.5 (7.5)

2.4 (1.09)

25.5 (11.6)

3.6 (1.6)

21.5 (9.8)

3.0 (1.4)

—

4.4 (2)

Compression

Shear

Compression

Shear

Catalog Number

V10Z 2-307A

V10Z 2-307B


—

4.7 (2.1)

—

7.3 (3.3)

6.5 (2.9)

*12.0 (5.4)

*




1500 1750 36003000250022502000Mode

10.5 (4.8)

2.5 (1.13)

17.0 (7.7)

*

—

6.2 (2.8)

—

9.9 (4.5)

—

3.7 (1.7)

—

5.6 (2.5)

A

B

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.05 0.10 0.15

12

16

4

8

A

B

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.02 0.030.01 0.04 0.50

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

COMPRESSIONSHEAR






1-8


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1

40(18.1)

43(19.5)

74(33.6)

75(34)

—


• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 40 TO 75 POUNDS (18.1 TO 34 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 19 TO 42 POUNDS (8.6 TO 19.1 kgf)


17/32(13.5)

1/2(12.7)

1/4-20 NC (TYP) 1(25.4)

30.5(13.8)

38.0(17.2)

74.0(33.6)

—

16.0 (7.3)

20.5 (9.3)

39.5(17.9)

45.5(20.6)

13.5 (6.1)

17.5 (7.9)

33.0(15)

38.5(17.5)

Catalog Number

V10Z 2-305A

V10Z 2-305B

V10Z 2-305C

V10Z 2-305D


19.5 (8.8)

24.8(11.2)

47.5(21.5)

55.5(25.2)

Maximum Loadlb. (kgf)



30002750

A

B

C

D

C

D

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.04 0.060.02 0.08 0.10 0.12

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

200

A

B

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30

30

10

20

60

40

50

80

70

COMPRESSIONSHEAR




1100 1250 2500200017501500

10.0 (4.5)

12.5 (5.7)

23.5(10.7)

27.5(12.5)

3600

24.0(10.9)

30.0(13.6)

58.5(26.5)

67.5(30.6)

2250

Compression

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

19 (8.6)

21 (9.5)

37(16.8)

42(19.1)

Catalog Number

V10Z 2-305A

V10Z 2-305B

V10Z 2-305C

V10Z 2-305D




300027501100 1250 2500200017501500 36002250

Shear

—

—

15.7(7.1)

19.0(8.6)

12.5 (5.7)

15.5 (7)

31.5(14.3)

40.0(18.1)

8.3 (3.8)

10.6 (4.8)

22.5(10.2)

29.5(13.4)

6.3 (2.9)

8.0 (3.6)

17.0 (7.7)

22.0(10)

*

6.3 (2.9)

14.0 (6.4)

18.5 (8.4)

*

5.0 (2.3)

11.5 (5.2)

15.8 (7.2)

*

*

9.5(4.3)

13.0(5.9)

*

*

*

11.0 (5)

*

*

*

9.5(4.3)

*

*

*

*



1-9


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1


• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 33 TO 79 POUNDS (15 TO 35.8 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 18 TO 40 POUNDS (8.2 TO 18.1 kgf)

• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolater – Natural Rubber

NOTE: Maximum unthreaded portion of stud does not exceed 1/16 inch (1.6 mm).ΔLoad Rating A, B, C, or D, see table below.


1.2 (0.5)

1.8 (0.8)

4.5 (2)

6.0 (2.7)

3.8(1.7)

5.3(2.4)

11.2(5.1)

14.8(6.7)

2.8(1.3)

4.0(1.8)

9.0(4.1)

12.0(5.4)

Load Rating

A

B

C

D


18 (8.2)

21 (9.5)

34(15.4)

40(18.1)




850 1100

Shear

1250

16.0(7.3)

1500 20001750

1.8(0.8)

2.6(1.2)

6.2(2.8)

8.3(3.8)

2.3(1)

3.2(1.5)

7.5(3.4)

10.0(4.5)

3600300025002250

—

—

7.0 (3.2)

9.5 (4.3)

17.0 (7.7)

24.5(11.1)

21.0 (9.5)

28.5 (12.9)

49.0(22.2)

72.5(32.9)

16.0 (7.3)

21.5 (9.8)

37.0(16.8)

55.0(24.9)

Load Rating

A

B

C

D

33(15)

40(18.1)

60(27.2)

79(35.8)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—




850 1100

Compression

1250

29.0(13.2)

39.5(18)

1500 20001750

10.5 (4.8)

14.0 (6.4)

24.0(10.9)

36.0 (16.3)

5.0(2.3)

7.0(3.2)

11.5(5.2)

17.0(7.7)

12.5 (5.7)

17.0 (7.7)

29.5(13.4)

43.5(19.7)

3600300025002250

—

—

1/4–20 NC

5/16–18 NC

1/2 (12.7)

9/16 (14.3)

ThreadCatalog Number ThreadLength

V10Z 2-300

V10Z 2-317

Δ

Δ

—

9.3 (4.2)

13.0 (5.9)

24.5(11.1)

32.0(14.5)

7.2 (3.3)

10.2 (4.6)

20.0 (9.1)

26.0(11.8)

5.0 (2.3)

7.0(3.2)

14.7(6.7)

19.0(8.6)

*

*

11.5 (1.6)

17.0 (2.3)

SEE TABLE

3/4(19.1)

1(25.4)

NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are in mm.

A

B

C

D

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.04 0.060.02 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14

10

2

30

4

50

60

70

80

90

DEFLECTION (in.)L

OA

D (

lb.)

0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35

15

5

10

30

2

25

40

35

COMPRESSION

A

B

C

D

x

x

x

x

x

xx

x

SHEAR



1-10


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60

15

5

10

30

20

25

40

45

35

A

B

C

D

x

xx

x

x

x

x

x

SHEAR

A

B

C

D

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.04 0.060.02 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18

20

40

60

80

100

120

COMPRESSION



1(25.4)

9/16(14.3)

5/16-18 NC (TYP) 1(25.4)

• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 37 TO 86 POUNDS (16.8 TO 39 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 16 TO 43 POUNDS (7.3 TO 19.5 kgf)




Catalog Number

V10Z 2-316A

V10Z 2-316B

V10Z 2-316C

V10Z 2-316D

37 (16.8)

48 (21.8)

57 (25.9)

86(39)


Compression

24.0(10.9)

34.0(15.4)

46.0(20.9)

80.0(36.3)

35.0(15.9)

—

—

—

11.0(5)

16.0 (7.3)

20.0 (9.1)

38.0 (17.2)

—

13.0 (5.9)

16.0 (7.3)

30.0(13.6)

—

—

—

29.0(9.5)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

13.5 (6.1)

20.5 (9.3)

26.5(12)

48.0 (21.8)



700 950 30002500225020001750150012501100

18.0 (8.2)

26.0(11.8)

32.5(14.8)

59.0(26.8)

Catalog Number

V10Z 2-316A

V10Z 2-316B

V10Z 2-316C

V10Z 2-316D

16 (7.3)

21 (9.5)

35(15.9)

43(19.5)


Shear

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

16(7.3)

—

—

—

*

*6.0

(2.7)

7.5(3.4)



700 950 30002500225020001750150012501100

*4.0

(1.8)

7.5(3.4)

9.5(4.3)

8 (3.6)

12 (5.7)

23.5(10.7)

32.0(14.5)

6.5 (2.9)

9.5 (4.3)

18.0 (8.2)

24.5(11.1)

5.0(2.3)

7.5(3.4)

14.0(6.4)

19.0(8.6)

3.5(1.6)

5.5(2.5)

10.0(4.5)

13.0(5.9)




1-11


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1



• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 47 TO 105 POUNDS (21.3 TO 47.6 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 27 TO 66 POUNDS (12.2 TO 29.9 kgf)

1(25.4)

9/16(14.3)

5/16-18 NC (TYP) 1-3/8(34.9)


A

B

CD

xx

xx

xx

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.10 0.150.05 0.20 0.25 0.30

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

A

B

DC

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50

30

10

20

60

40

50

70

80

COMPRESSION SHEAR

200


11.0 (5)

17.5 (7.9)

28.0(12.7)

38.0(17.2)

—

—

—

—

Catalog Number

V10Z 2-311A

V10Z 2-311B

V10Z 2-311C

V10Z 2-311D

47(21.3)

74(33.6)

96(43.5)

105(47.6)




700 1100950

Compression

44.5(20.2)

72.5(32.9)

1250

30.0 (13.6)

48.5 (22)

75.7 (34.3)

100.0 (45.4)

1500 1750

22.0(10)

35.5(16.1)

55.5(25.2)

73.0(33.1)

—

12.5(5.7)

19.5(8.8)

25.5(11.6)

13.5 (6.1)

21.0 (9.5)

34.0(15.4)

45.0(20.4)

3000250022502000

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

18.0 (8.2)

27.0(12.2)

43.0(19.5)

56.5(25.6)

—

—

—

Catalog Number

V10Z 2-311A

V10Z 2-311B

V10Z 2-311C

V10Z 2-311D

27(12.2)

41(18.6)

66(29.9)

66(29.9)




700 1100950

Shear

1250

9.0 (4.1)

14.5 (6.6)

26.5 (12)

30.5 (13.8)

1500 1750 3000250022502000

27.0(12.2)

19.5 (8.8)

31.0(14.1)

53.5(24.3)

61.0(27.7)

11.5 (5.2)

19.0 (8.6)

33.0(15)

38.0(17.2)

6.0 (2.7)

10.5 (4.8)

19.0 (8.6)

22.0 (10)

*

*

*

*

*

*

9.0(4.1)

10.5(4.8)

*

8.0(3.6)

14.0(6.4)

19.5(8.8)

*

*

*

8.5(3.9)

*

*

11.5(5.2)

13.0(5.9)




1-12


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1


1



1-1/4(31.8)

9/16(14.3)

5/16-18 NC (TYP) 1-1/4(31.8)


10.0 (4.5)

17.5 (7.9)

30.0 (13.6)

53.0(24)

19.0 (8.6)

32.0(14.5)

55.0(24.9)

89.0(40.4)

—

—

—

—

41 (18.6)

64(29)

90 (40.8)

120 (54.4)

Catalog Number

V10Z 2-310A

V10Z 2-310B

V10Z 2-310C

V10Z 2-310D


Compression

27.5(12.5)

48.0(21.8)

80.0(36.3)

—

34.5(15.6)

—

—

—

7.0 (3.2)

12.0 (5.4)

20.0 (9.1)

38.5(17.5)

—

8.5 (3.9)

14.0 (6.4)

26.5(12)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

14.0 (6.4)

24.0 (10.9)

41.5 (18.8)

70.5(32)




600 850 3000250020001750150012501100950

*

*

*14.0(6.4)

* 5.5

(2.5)

11.0(5)

20.5 (9.3)

20.0(9.1)

—

—

—

21 (9.5)

31(14.1)

48(21.8)

63(28.6)

Catalog Number

V10Z 2-310A

V10Z 2-310B

V10Z 2-310C

V10Z 2-310D

Shear

5.5 (2.5)

8.0 (3.6)

15.5(7)

27.5 (12.5)

6.7(3)

10.5 (4.8)

19.5 (8.8)

32.6 (14.8)

*

*

*8.0

(3.6)

*

*

*

*

11.0(5)

18.0 (8.2)

31.5 (14.3)

50.0 (22.7)

8.5 (3.9)

14.0 (6.4)

25.0 (11.3)

41.0 (18.6)

*

* 8.5(3.9)

16.0(7.3)




600 850 3000250020001750150012501100950


x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7

10

30

20

40

50

70

60

80

SHEAR

A

B

C

D

A

B

x

x

C

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.15 0.200.05 0.10 0.25 0.30 0.35

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

COMPRESSION

D

x

x

x

x



1-13


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1

V10Z 2-315A

V10Z 2-315B

V10Z 2-315C

V10Z 2-315D

V10Z 2-315A

V10Z 2-315B

V10Z 2-315C

V10Z 2-315D




7/8(22.2)

9/16(14.3)

5/16-18 NC (TYP)1-1/4(31.8)

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6

10

30

20

40

50

70

60

80

SHEAR

A

B

C

D

x

x

A

B

x

x

C

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.15 0.200.05 0.10 0.25

25

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

225

250

275

COMPRESSION

D

x

x

300

325

350



40.0(18.1)

68.5(31.1)

107.0(48.5)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

56(25.4)

82(37.2)

115(52.2)

123(55.8)

Catalog Number


Compression

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

21.0 (9.5)

35.0(15.9)

57.0(25.9)

67.5(30.6)

13.0 (5.9)

23.0(10.4)

27.5(12.5)

43.0(19.5)

—

17.0 (7.7)

22.0(10)

32.0 (14.5)

—

—

—

—

28.0(12.7)

50.0(22.7)

77.5(35.2)

92.0(41.7)




750 850 3000250020001750150012501100950

8.0 (3.6)

10.0 (4.5)

17.0 (7.7)

27.0(12.2)

24.0(10.9)

32.0(14.5)

45.0(20.4)

—

31.0(14.1)

—

—

—

32(14.5)

37(16.8)

48(21.8)

63(28.6)

Catalog Number

Shear

11.0(5)

15.0 (6.8)

24.0 (10.9)

38.0 (17.2)

14.0 (6.4)

19.0 (8.6)

29.0(13.2)

45.0(20.4)

* 5.1(2.3)

10.0(4.5)

17.0(7.7)

*

* 6.5

(2.9)

11.0(5)

*

*

*8.0

(3.6)

19.0 (8.6)

26.0(11.8)

38.0(17.2)

56.0(25.4)

5.6(2.5)

7.6(3.4)

13.0(5.9)

21.0(9.5)




750 850 3000250020001750150012501100950



1-14


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1

V10Z 2-314A

V10Z 2-314B

V10Z 2-314C

V10Z 2-314D

V10Z 2-314A

V10Z 2-314B

V10Z 2-314C

V10Z 2-314D


• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 56 TO 142 POUNDS (25.4 TO 64.4 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 32 TO 64 POUNDS (14.5 TO 29 kgf)

3/4(19.1)

1-1/4(31.8)

9/16(14.3)

5/16-18 NC (TYP)



28.5(12.9)

39.0(17.7)

63.5(28.8)

99.0(44.9)

56(24.4)

73(33.1)

109(49.5)

142(64.4)

—

—

—

—

Catalog Number


Compression

38.0(17.2)

51.0(23.1)

85.0(38.6)

129.0(58.5)

50.0(22.7)

73.0(33.1)

—

—

12.5 (5.7)

16.5 (7.5)

28.0(12.7)

44.0 (20)

—

12.0 (5.4)

20.0 (9.1)

30.0(13.6)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

22.5(10.2)

30.5(13.8)

50.0(22.7)

78.0(35.4)




950 1100 36003000250022502000175015001250

*

*10.0(4.5)

14.0(6.4)

* 7.0(3.2)

14.0(6.4)

20.5(9.3)

32(14.5)

38(17.2)

51(23.1)

64 (29)

23.0(10.4)

32.0(14.5)

—

—

Catalog Number

Shear

7.5 (3.4)

9.5 (4.3)

19.5 (8.8)

27.0(12.2)

10.0 (4.5)

13.0 (5.9)

26.0(11.8)

34.0(15.4)

*

*

*9.5

(4.3)

*

*

*

*

18.0 (8.2)

24.5(11.1)

44.5(20.2)

58.0(26.3)

14.5 (6.6)

19.0 (8.6)

36.0(16.3)

46.5(21.1)

*

*12.0(5.4)

17.0(7.7)




950 1100 36003000250022502000175015001250

A

B

C

D

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.04 0.060.02 0.08 0.10 0.12

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

A

B

D

C

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40

30

10

20

60

40

50

70

80

COMPRESSION SHEARLOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x-x areconsidered safe practice for staticloads; data above that line areuseful for calculating deflectionsunder dynamic loads.

18.0 (8.2)

24.5(11.1)

41.0(18.6)

64.0 (29)



1-15


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1

V10Z 2-312A

V10Z 2-312B

V10Z 2-312C

V10Z 2-312D

V10Z 2-312A

V10Z 2-312B

V10Z 2-312C

V10Z 2-312D

51.0(23.1)

81.0(36.7)

121.0(54.9)

164.0(74.4)

93(42.2)

118(53.5)

158(71.7)

185(83.9)




5/8(15.9)

9/16(14.3)

5/16-18 NC (TYP) 1-3/8(34.9)



Catalog Number

Compression

71.0(32.2)

106.0(48.1)

—

—

—

—

—

—

31.0(14.1)

52.0(23.6)

79.0(35.8)

109.0(49.4)

25.0(11.3)

43.0(19.5)

65.0(29.5)

90.0(40.8)

—

35.0(15.9)

54.0(24.5)

74.0(33.6)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—




950 1100 30002750250022502000175015001250

*12.0

(5.4)

20.0 (9.1)

26.0(11.8)

36(16.3)

46(20.9)

57(25.9)

67(30.4)

Catalog Number

Shear

10.0 (4.5)

16.0 (7.3)

26.0(11.8)

34.0(15.4)

13.5 (6.1)

21.0 (9.5)

35.0(15.9)

46.0(20.9)

*

*13.0(5.9)

18.0(8.2)

*

*

*14.0(6.4)

*

*

*

*

34.0(15.4)

—

—

—

25.0(11.3)

38.0(17.2)

—

—

19.0 (8.6)

30.0(13.6)

50.0(22.7)

66.0(29.9)

* 9.5(4.3)

16.0(7.3)

21.0(9.5)




950 1100 30002750250022502000175015001250

A

B

C

D

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.02 0.06 0.10 0.14 0.18 0.20 0.24 0.28

30

10

20

60

40

50

70

80

90

100

SHEAR

A

B

CD

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.02 0.030.01 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.10 0.11

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

COMPRESSION

200

x

xx

x x

x


39.0(17.7)

64.0 (29)

96.0(43.5)

131.0(59.4)



1-16


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1


• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS TO 330 POUNDS (149.7 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS TO 140 POUNDS (63.5 kgf)

Catalog Number

V10Z 2-330B



LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x---x areconsidered safe practice for staticloads; data above that line areuseful for calculating deflectionsunder dynamic loads.

xx

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

COMPRESSION

COMPRESSION

x

x

SHEAR

SHEAR


190 (86.2)

32 (14.5)

—

140 (63.5)

255 (115.7)

38 (17.2)

—

52 (23.6)

Compression

Shear

120 (54.4)

*

90 (40.8)

*

330 (149.7)

140 (63.5)

—

105 (47.6)

—

65 (29.5)

150 (68)

*




700 850 2500225020001750150012501100Mode

X

X

2-3/4 DIA.(69.9)

1-1/32 (26.2)29/32(23)

2(50.8)

1/2-20 NF (TYP)

SECTION X-X



1-17


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

11000 1250 36003000275025002250200017501500

1000 1250 36003000275025002250200017501500

Catalog Number MaximumLoad kgf (lb.)


Minimum Load for 81% Isolation kgf (lb.)

V10Z 2M302AM4

V10Z 2M302BM4

V10Z 2M302CM4

V10Z 2M302DM4

◊Length, L 07 = 7 mm (.275) 10 = 10mm (.394)

Cylindrical Mounts – To 6 kgf

• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 2 TO 6 kgf (4.9 TO 13.3 lb.) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 1 TO 3 kgf (2.7 TO 6.4 lb.)

Catalog Number


• MATERIAL: Fastener – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber

—

—

—

—

MaximumLoad kgf (lb.)



Metric

12.5(.49)

11(.43)M4

L

COMPRESSION

AB

CD x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (mm)

LO

AD

(kg

f)

0 1.02 1.520.51 2.03 2.54 3.05

0.9

1.8

2.7

3.6

4.5

5.5

6.4

SHEAR

A

B

CD

x

xx

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (mm)

LO

AD

(kg

f)

0 1.27 2.54 3.81 5.08 6.35 7.62

0.9

1.8

2.7

3.6

0.5

1.4

2.3

3.2


NOTE: Maximum unthreaded portion of stud does not exceed 1.59 mm (.06 in.).

V10Z 2M302AM4

V10Z 2M302BM4

V10Z 2M302CM4

V10Z 2M302DM4

Compression

Shear

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.

New

2.2

(4.9)

2.9

(6.4)

4.7

(10.4)

6

(13.3)

0.5

(1.0)

0.7

(1.5)

1.2

(2.6)

1.9

(4.2)

1.8

(3.9)

2.4

(5.3)

4.5

(9.8)

5.9

(13.1)

0.9

(2.0)

1.3

(2.9)

2.4

(5.2)

3.2

(7.0)

0.8

(1.8)

1.1

(2.5)

2

(4.3)

2.6

(5.8)

1.4

(3.0)

1.9

(4.2)

3.5

(7.7)

4.7

(10.4)

1.1

(2.4)

1.5

(3.4)

2.9

(6.3)

3.9

(8.5)

*

*

0.32

(.7)

0.45

(1.0)

0.32

(.7)

0.5

(1.1)

0.87

(1.9)

1.22

(2.7)

0.45

(1.0)

0.63

(1.4)

1.13

(2.5)

1.54

(3.4)

*

0.28

(.6)

0.5

(1.1)

0.72

(1.6)

1.18

(2.6)

—

—

—

0.77

(1.7)

1.18

(2.6)

2.14

(4.7)

2.76

(6.1)

0.54

(1.2)

0.87

(1.9)

1.45

(3.2)

2

(4.4)

0.22

(.5)

0.37

(.8)

0.68

(1.5)

1

(2.2)

*

0.32

(.7)

0.59

(1.3)

0.82

(1.8)

*

*

2

(.9)

2.6

(1.4)

1.2

(2.7)

1.6

(3.6)

2.5

(5.6)

2.9

(6.4)



1-18


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1

1100 1250 36003000275025002250200017501500

1100 1250 36003000275025002250200017501500

2.3 (5.1)

3.2 (7.1)

5.2(11.5)

7.7(17.0)

8.8(19.4)11.3

(24.9)21.6

(47.6)25.2

(55.6)

10.9(24.0)13.6

(30.0)26.5

(58.4)30.6

(67.5)

13.8(30.4)17.2

(37.9)33.6

(74.1)

—

—

—

—

—

4.8(10.6) 6.4

(14.1)10.9

(24.0)16.3

(35.9)

3.2 (7.1) 4.3

(9.5) 7.7

(17.0)11.1

(24.5)

Catalog Number

V10Z 2M305AM06

V10Z 2M305BM06

V10Z 2M305CM06

V10Z 2M305DM06

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—




Compression


• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 18 TO 34 kgf (40 TO 75 lb.) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 9 TO 18 kgf (19 TO 42 lb.)


Metric

13.5(.53)

12(.47)

M6 25(.98)



*

*4.3

(9.5)5.9

(13.0)

*2.3

(5.1)5.2

(11.5)7.2

(15.9)

*2.9

(6.4)6.4

(14.1)8.4

(18.5)

1(2.2)1.2

(2.6)2.8

(6.2)3.8

(8.4)

1(2.2)

1(2.2)

2(4.4)2.7

(6.0)

Catalog Number

V10Z 2M305AM06

V10Z 2M305BM06

V10Z 2M305CM06

V10Z 2M305DM06

*

*1.6

(3.5)2.3

(5.1)

7.1(15.7)

8.6(19.0)

—

—

3.8 (8.4) 4.8

(10.6)10.2

(22.5)13.3

(29.3)




Shear

5.7 (12.6)

7 (15.4) 14.3

(31.5) 18.1

(40.0)

2.9 (6.4) 3.6

(7.9) 7.7

(17.0)10

(22.0)



New

18.2 (40.1) 19.5

(43.0) 33.6

(74.1)34

(75.0)

8.6 (19.0) 9.5

(20.9) 16.8

(37.0)19

(41.9)

A

B

C

D

C

D

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (mm)

LO

AD

(kg

f)

0 1.02 1.520.51 2.03 2.54 3.05

9

18

27

36

45

54

64

73

82

91

A

B

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (mm)

LO

AD

(kg

f)

0 1.27 2.54 3.81 5.08 6.35 7.62

14

5

9

27

18

23

36

32

COMPRESSIONSHEAR



1-19


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

11000 1250 36003000275025002250200017501500

1000 1250 36003000275025002250200017501500

1.7

(3.8)

2.3

(5.3)

5.1

(11.2)

6.7

(14.8)

8.2

(18)

9.5

(21)

15.4

(34)

18.1

(40)

7.3

(16)

9.8

(21.5)

16.8

(37)

25

(55)

5.7

(12.5)

7.7

(17.0)

13.4

(29.5)

19.7

(43.5)

15

(33)

18.1

(40)

27.2

(60)

35.9

(79)

*

*

1.6

(3.5)

2.3

(5.0)

2.3

(5.0)

3.2

(7.0)

5.2

(11.5)

7.7

(17.0)




Metric

12(.47)

M6

19(.75)

25(.98)

A

B

C

D

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (mm)

LO

AD

(kg

f)

0 1.02 1.520.51 2.03 2.54 3.05 3.56

5

9

14

18

23

27

32

36

41

DEFLECTION (mm)

LO

AD

(kg

f)

0 1.27 2.54 3.81 5.08 6.35 7.62 8.89

9

5

2

7

16

11

14

20

18

COMPRESSION

A

B

C

D

x

x

x

x

x

xx

x

SHEAR



2.3

(5.0)

3.2

(7.0)

6.7

(14.7)

8.6

(19.0)

0.8

(1.8)

1.2

(2.6)

2.8

(6.2)

3.8

(8.3)

Catalog Number

7.3

(16.0)

—

—

—

4.2

(9.3)

5.9

(13.0)

11.1

(24.5)

14.5

(32)

3.3

(7.2)

4.6

(10.2)

9.1

(20)

11.8

(26)




1.3

(2.8)

1.8

(4.0)

4.1

(9.0)

5.5

(12.0)

1

(2.3)

1.4

(3.2)

3.4

(7.5)

4.5

(10.0)

V10Z 2M300AM406

V10Z 2M300BM406

V10Z 2M300CM406

V10Z 2M300DM406

9.5

(21)

12.9

(28.5)

22.2

(49)

32.9

(72.5)

4.8

(10.5)

6.4

(14.0)

10.9

(24.0)

16.3

(36)

3.2

(7.0)

4.3

(9.5)

7.7

(17.0)

11.1

(24.5)

Catalog Number


—

—

—

—




V10Z 2M300AM406

V10Z 2M300BM406

V10Z 2M300CM406

V10Z 2M300DM406

Compression

Shear

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

13.2

(29)

17.9

(39.5)

—

—

0.5

(1.2)

0.8

(1.8)

2

(4.5)

2.7

(6.0)


New



1-20


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1

700 850 30002500225020001750150012501100

700 850 30002500225020001750150012501100

*3.6

(8)

6.4 (14)

8.8(19.5)

12.3(27)

—

—

—

8.8(19.5)

14.1 (31)

24.3(53.5)

27.7 (61)

5.2(11.5)

8.6 (19)

15 (33)

17.2 (38)

12.3(27)

18.6(41)

29.9(66)

29.9(66)

*

*5.2

(11.5)

5.9 (13)

4.1 (9)

6.6(14.5)

12(26.5)

13.8(30.5)

2.7 (6)

4.8 (10.5)

8.6 (19)

10 (22)

*

*4.1

(9)

4.8(10.5)

*

*

*

*

21.3 (47)

33.6 (74)

43.5 (96)

47.6(105)




25(.98)

13.5(.53)

M8 35(1.38)

MetricNOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.

A

B

CD

xx

xx

xx

x

x

DEFLECTION (mm)

LO

AD

(kg

f)

0 2.54 3.811.27 5.08 6.35 7.62

9

18

27

36

45

54

64

73

82

A

B

DC

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (mm)

LO

AD

(kg

f)

0 2.54 5.08 7.62 10.16 12.7

14

5

9

27

18

23

32

36

COMPRESSION SHEAR

91


6.1(13.5)

9.5 (21)

15.4 (34)

20.4 (45)

10(22)

16.1 (35.5)

25.5 (55.5)

33.1(73)

—

—

—

—

Catalog Number

V10Z 2M311AM08

V10Z 2M311BM08

V10Z 2M311CM08

V10Z 2M311DM08


Compression

20.2(44.5)

32.9(72.5)

—

—

5 (11)

7.9 (17.5)

12.7 (28)

17.2 (38)

—

5.7(12.5)

8.8(19.5)

11.6(25.5)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—




13.6 (30)

22 (48.5)

34.3 (75.7)

45.4(100)

8.2 (18)

12.3 (27)

19.5 (43)

25.6(56.5)

Catalog Number

V10Z 2M311AM08

V10Z 2M311BM08

V10Z 2M311CM08

V10Z 2M311DM08

Shear

*

*

*3.9

(8.5)




New



1-21


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1

600 850 3000250020001750150012501100950

2.5 (5.5)

3.6 (8)

7(15.5)

12.5(27.5)

*2.5

(5.5)

5 (11)

9.3(20.5)

*

*

*6.4(14)

*

*

*3.6(8)

*

*

*

*

3 (6.7)

4.8(10.5)

8.8(19.5)

14.8(32.6)

*

* 3.9

(8.5)

7.3 (16)

6.4 (14)

10.9 (24)

18.8(41.5)

32(70.5)

8.6(19)

14.5(32)

25(55)

40.4(89)

4.5 (10)

7.9(17.5)

13.6 (30)

24 (53)

3.2 (7)

5.5 (12)

9.1 (20)

17.5(38.5)

—

3.9(8.5)

6.4 (14)

12 (26.5)

18.6 (41)

29 (64)

40.8 (90)

54.4(120)

—

—

—

—


Catalog Number

V10Z 2M310AM08

V10Z 2M310BM08

V10Z 2M310CM08

V10Z 2M310DM08


32(1.26)

13.5(.53)

M8 32(1.26)




Compression

(34.5)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—




12.5(27.5)

21.8 (48)

36.3 (80)

—

9.1(20)

—

—

—

Catalog Number

V10Z 2M310AM08

V10Z 2M310BM08

V10Z 2M310CM08

V10Z 2M310DM08

Shear

3.9(8.5)

6.4 (14)

11.3 (25)

18.6 (41)




600 850 3000250020001750150012501100950

9.5(21)

14.1(31)

21.8(48)

28.6(63)

5 (11)

8.2 (18)

14.3(31.5)

22.7 (50)

A

B

x

x

C

x

x

x

x x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (mm)

LO

AD

(kg

f)

0 3.81 5.081.27 2.54 6.35 7.62 8.89

18

9

27

36

45

54

64

73

82

DEFLECTION (mm)

LO

AD

(kg

f)

0 2.54 5.08 7.62 10.16 12.7 15.24 17.78

5

14

9

18

23

32

27

36

COMPRESSION SHEAR

D

A

B

C

D

x

x

x

x


Metric

New

15.7



1-22


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1

*

*

*4.3

(9.5)

6.6(14.5)

8.6 (19)

16.3 (36)

21.1(46.5)

14.5(32)

17.2(38)

23.1(51)

29(64)

4.5(10)

5.9(13)

11.8(26)

15.4(34)

*

*4.5(10)

6.4(14)

8.2 (18)

11.1(24.5)

20.2(44.5)

26.3 (58)

3.4 (7.5)

4.3 (9.5)

8.8(19.5)

12.3 (27)

*3.2

(7)

6.4 (14)

9.3(20.5)

8.2 (18)

11.1(24.5)

18.6 (41)

29 (64)

—

5.5(12)

9.1(20)

13.6(30)

10.2(22.5)

13.8(30.5)

22.7 (50)

35.4 (78)

12.9(28.5)

17.7 (39)

28.8(63.5)

44.9 (99)

—

—

—

—



Catalog Number

V10Z 2M314AM08

V10Z 2M314BM08

V10Z 2M314CM08

V10Z 2M314DM08


19(.75)

13.5(.53)

M8 32(1.26)

Metric


Compression

17.2 (38)

23.1 (51)

38.6 (85)

58.5(129)

5.7(12.5)

7.5(16.5)

12.7 (28)

20 (44)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—




950 1100 36003000250022502000175015001250

25.4 (56)

33.1 (73)

49.5(109)

64.4(142)

22.7(50)

33.1(73)

—

—

*

*

*

*

*

*5.5(12)

7.7(17)

10.4(23)

14.5(32)

—

—

Catalog Number

V10Z 2M314AM08

V10Z 2M314BM08

V10Z 2M314CM08

V10Z 2M314DM08

Shear




950 1100 36003000250022502000175015001250

A

B

C

D

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (mm)

LO

AD

(kg

f)

0 1.02 1.520.51 2.03 2.54 3.05

18

9

27

36

45

54

64

73

A

B

D

C

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (mm)

LO

AD

(kg

f)

0 0.25 0.51 0.76 1.02

14

4

9

27

18

23

32

36

COMPRESSION SHEARLOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–x areconsidered safe practice for staticloads; data above that line are usefulfor calculating deflections underdynamic loads.

New




1-23


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1950 1100 30002750250022502000175015001250



950 1100 30002750250022502000175015001250

16.3(36)

20.9(46)

25.9(57)

30.4(67)

6.1(13.5)

9.5 (21)

15.9 (20)

20.9 (26)

*

*5.9(13)

8.2(18)

*

*

*6.4(14)

11.3(25)

17.2(38)

—

—

8.6(19)

13.6(30)

22.7(50)

29.9(66)

4.5(10)

7.3(16)

11.8(26)

15.4(34)

* 4.3

(9.5)

7.3 (16)

9.5 (21)

—

15.9(35)

24.5(54)

33.6(74)

23.1 (51)

36.7 (81)

54.9(121)

74.4(164)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

14.1 (31)

23.6 (52)

35.8 (79)

49.5(109)

11.3(25)

19.5(43)

29.5(65)

40.8(90)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

42.2 (93)

53.5(118)

71.7(158)

83.9(185)

32.2 (71)

48.1(106)

—

—

17.7 (39)

29 (64)

43.5 (96)

59.4(131)



Catalog Number

V10Z 2M312AM08

V10Z 2M312BM08

V10Z 2M312CM08

V10Z 2M312DM08


16(.63)

13.5(.53)

M8 35(1.38)



Compression


*

*

*

*

* 5.5(12)

9.1(20)

11.8(26)

15.4(34)

—

—

—

Catalog Number

V10Z 2M312AM08

V10Z 2M312BM08

V10Z 2M312CM08

V10Z 2M312DM08

Shear




A

B

CD

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (mm)

LO

AD

(kg

f)

0 0.51 0.760.25 1.02 1.27 1.52 1.78 2.03 2.29 2.54 2.79

9

18

27

36

45

54

64

73

82

COMPRESSION

91

A

B

C

D

x

x

DEFLECTION (mm)

LO

AD

(kg

f)

0 0.51 1.52 2.54 3.56 4.57 5.08 6.10 7.11

14

4

9

27

18

23

32

36

41

45

SHEAR

x

xx

x x

x


New



NEW SIZES

V10Z 2-304A

V10Z 2-304B

V10Z 2-304C

Compression

Shear

Compression

Shear

Compression

Shear

2.0 (0.9)

*3.2 (1.4)

*6.8 (3.1)

*

Cylindrical Mounts – Neoprene – To 16 lbs.

1-24

• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 8 TO 16 POUNDS (3.6 TO 7.3 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 4.4 TO 9 POUNDS (2 TO 4.1 kgf)

• OIL-RESISTANT ELASTOMER

• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Hardened Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Neoprene

1/2(12.7)

9/16(14.3)

#8-32 NC

3/8(9.5)

Catalog Number




A

C

x

x

x

x

B

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.04 0.060.02 0.08 0.10

4

8

12

16

20

24

28

32

A

B

C

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.10 0.20 0.30

15

5

10COMPRESSIONSHEARLOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHS

Deflections below the line x–xare considered safe practice forstatic loads; data above that lineare useful for calculatingdeflections under dynamic loads.


—

4.0 (1.8)

—

6.5 (2.9)

—

—

8 (3.6)

4.4 (2)

12 (5.4)

6.7 (3)

16 (7.3)

9 (4.1)

6.2 (2.8)

1.3 (0.6)

10.2 (4.6)

2.3 (1)

—

3.6 (1.6)

—

1.7 (0.8)

—

2.8 (1.3)

—

4.6 (2.1)

3.2 (1.5)

* 5.4 (2.4)

*11.6 (5.3)

1.9 (0.9)

2.7 (1.2)

*4.5 (2)

*9.6 (4.4)

*

—

3.1 (1.4)

—

5.2 (2.3)

—

9.0 (4.1)

—

2.2 (1)

—

3.7 (1.7)

—

6.3 (2.9)

4.0 (1.8)

* 6.5 (2.9)

*14.0 (6.4)

2.3 (1.04)


1100 1250 36003000275025002250200017501500Mode

4.8 (2.2)

* 8 (3.6)

1.8 (0.8)

—

2.9 (1.3)


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS



1-25


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1—

—

—

33(15)

60 (27.2)

60 (27.2)

3/4(19.1)

3/4(19.1)

51/64(20.2)

Cylindrical Mounts – Neoprene – To 60 lbs.

• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 33 TO 60 POUNDS (15 TO 27.2 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 18 TO 34 POUNDS (8.2 TO 15.4 kgf)

OIL-RESISTANT ELASTOMER

• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Neoprene

L

1/4-20 NC

1/2(12.7)

1(25.4)

Note: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.

V10Z 2-306A

V10Z 2-306C

V10Z 2-306C1


Catalog Number

Compression

16.0 (7.3)

37.0(16.8)

37.0(16.8)

21.0 (9.5)

49.0(22.2)

49.0(22.2)

29.0(13.2)

—

—

10.5 (4.8)

24.0(10.9)

24.0(10.9)

7.0(3.2)

17.0(7.7)

17.0(7.7)

5.0(2.3)

11.5(5.2)

11.5(5.2)

—

—

—

—

—

—

12.5 (5.7)

29.5(13.4)

29.5(13.4)



850 1100 36003000250022502000175015001250MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)

L

16.0(7.3)

—

—

18 (8.2)

34(15.4)

34(15.4)

—

—

—

V10Z 2-306A

V10Z 2-306C

V10Z 2-306C1

Catalog Number

Shear

2.8(1.3)

9.0(4.1)

9.0(4.1)

3.8(1.7)

11.2(5.1)

11.2(5.1)

2.3(1)

7.5 (3.4)

7.5 (3.4)

1.2 (0.5)

4.5(2)

4.5(2)

*3.5

(1.6)

3.5(1.6)

9.3 (4.2)

24.5(11.1)

24.5(11.1)

7.2(3.3)

20.0(9.1)

20.0(9.1)

2.3(1)

7.5 (3.4)

7.5 (3.4)



850 1100 36003000250022502000175015001250MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)

L

5.0(2.3)

14.7(6.7)

14.7(6.7)

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35

15

5

10

30

20

25

40

35

A

x

x

x

x

SHEAR

A

C & C1

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.04 0.060.02 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

COMPRESSION

C & C1





1-26


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1

V10Z 2-308A

V10Z 2-308B

V10Z 2-308C

V10Z 2-308D

—

—

25(11.3)

35(15.9)

40(18.1)

60(27.2)

100(45.4)

135(61.2)

95(43.1)

—

—

—

95(43.1)

135(61.2)

185(83.9)

210(95.3)



Catalog Number

Compression




1150 1250 35002750200017501500

• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 95 TO 210 POUNDS (43.1 TO 95.3 kgf) • NOT RECOMMENDED FOR STATIC SHEAR LOADS

1(25.4)

5/16-18 NCTAPPED.40 (10.2) DEEP MIN.

1-1/2(38.1)

5/16-18 NC x 9/16 (14.3)

A

B

C

D

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

COMPRESSION

450



80(36.3)125

(56.7)

—

—

55(24.9)

85(38.6)

140(63.5)

185(83.9)

30(13.6)

45(20.4)

75 (34)

105(47.6)

15 (6.8)

22 (10)

40(18.1)

55(24.9)



1-27


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1

43.1 (95)

61.2(135)

83.9(185)

95.3(210)

36.3 (80)

56.7(125)

—

—

13.6 (30)

20.4 (45)

34 (75)

47.6(105)

6.8(15)

10(22)

18.2(40)

25(55)

—

—

11.3(25)

15.9(35)

25 (55)

38.6 (85)

63.5(140)

83.9(185)

18.2 (40)

27.2 (60)

45.4(100)

61.2(135)

43.1(95)

—

—

—



Catalog Number

Compression


V10Z 2M308AM08

V10Z 2M308BM08

V10Z 2M308CM08

V10Z 2M308DM08



1150 1250 35002750200017501500

• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 43 TO 95 kgf (95 TO 210 lb.) • NOT RECOMMENDED FOR STATIC SHEAR LOADS

25(.98)

38(1.50)

M8M8

13.5 (.53)

MetricThe projections shown are per ISO convention.


A

B

C

D

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (mm)

LO

AD

(kg

f)

0 1.27 2.54 3.81 5.08 6.35 7.62

23

45

68

91

113

136

159

181

COMPRESSION

204


New



1-28


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1

V10Z 2-319A

V10Z 2-319B

V10Z 2-319C

V10Z 2-319D

—

—

—

21.0(9.5)

24.0(10.9)

34.0(15.4)

46.0(20.9)

80.0(36.3)

35.0(15.9)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—



Catalog Number

Compression




700 950 30002500225020001750150012501100

• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 37 TO 86 POUNDS (16.8 TO 39 kgf) • NOT RECOMMENDED FOR STATIC SHEAR LOADS

—

13.0 (5.9)

16.0 (7.3)

30.0(13.6)



37(16.8)

48(21.8)

57(25.9)

86 (39)

18.0 (8.2)

26.0(11.8)

32.5(14.7)

59.0(26.8)

13.5 (6.1)

20.5 (9.3)

26.5 (12)

48.0(21.8)

11.0 (5)

16.0 (7.3)

20.0 (9.1)

36.0(16.3)

A

B

C

D

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

0 0.04 0.060.02 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18

20

40

60

80

100

120

COMPRESSION

1(25.4)

5/16-18 NC TAPPED.20 (5.1) DEEP MIN. (TYP)

1(25.4)



FEATURES: • Highly damped • Very resistant to abrasion, oils, chemicals, ozone and ultraviolet radiation • These mounts exhibit extremely low amplification at resonance and quickly return to system equilibrium after shock or vibration input

1-29

• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF .3 TO 45 POUNDS (0.14 TO 20.4 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF .1 TO 10 POUNDS (0.05 TO 4.5 kgf)

• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Urethane

P L

D

GTD

L

D

TD

Male - Female Female - Blank

*To be discontinued when present stock is depleted.ΔShear load data not applicable for Female–Blank style.

Rev: 8-24-10 SS

STYLE:FB Female–BlankMF Male–Female

Cylindrical Mounts – Urethane – To 45 lbs. www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365

AD

VAN

CED ANTIVIBRATION

CO M P O N E N TS

V10Z60-MF1U0424

V10Z60- 1U0452

V10Z60- 2U0624

V10Z60- 2U0652

V10Z60- 2U0824

V10Z60- 2U0852

V10Z60- 3U2552

V10Z60- 4U3152

*

*

*

24

52

24

52

24

52

52

52

+32°F to +90°F (0°C to +32.2°C)+55°F to +105°F

(+12.8°C to +40.5°C)+32°F to +90°F

(0°C to +32.2°C)+55°F to +105°F

(+12.8°C to +40.5°C)+32°F to +90°F

(0°C to +32.2°C)+55°F to +105°F

(+12.8°C to +40.5°C)+55°F to +105°F

(+12.8°C to +40.5°C)+55°F to +105°F

(+12.8°C to +40.5°C)

+120°F (+48.9°C)+225°F

(+107.2°C)+120°F

(+48.9°C)+225°F

(+107.2°C)+120°F

(+48.9°C)+225°F

(+107.2°C)+225°F

(+107.2°C)+225°F

(+107.2°C)

.060(1.5)

.060(1.5)

.060(1.5) .100(2.5).100(2.5)

.110(2.8)

.160(4.1)

.160(4.1) .260(6.6).290(7.4)

Cmpr.Max.

Catalog NumberLoad

lb. (kgf)

ShearΔ Cmpr. ShearΔ Cmpr. ShearΔ PeakPerformacne

Max.Intermittent

D

Dur

omet

er

L

.320 (8.1)

.500(12.7)

.500(12.7)

.625(15.9).750

(19.1)

ThreadSize

TDThreadDepth

P G

#4-40

#6-32

#8-32

1/4-20

5/16-18

.200 (5.1)

.375 (9.5)

.375 (9.5)

.500(12.7).625

(15.9)

Static DynamicStiffness Ib./in. (kgf/mm)

Temperature Range

.280 (7.1)

.405(10.3)

.405(10.3)

.625(15.9)1.000(25.4)

.3 (0.14)

2.0 (0.91)

.6 (0.27)

4.0 (1.8) .6

(0.27) 4.0 (1.8) 12.0 (5.4) 45.0(20.4)

.1 (0.05) .8

(0.36) .3

(0.14) 2.0

(0.91) .3

(0.14) 2.0

(0.91) 3.5(1.6) 10.0(4.5)

31 (0.6) 200 (3.6) 42

(0.75) 270 (4.8) 42

(0.75) 270 (4.8) 900(16.1)2580(46.1)

4 (0.07)

27(0.5) 7

(0.13) 47

(0.84) 7

(0.13) 47

(0.84) 92(1.6)230(4.1)

120 (2.1)

765 (13.7)

164 (2.9)

1049 (18.7)

164 (2.9)

1049 (18.7)

2350(42)6727

(120.1)

23 (0.4)

148 (2.6)

33 (0.6)

208 (3.7)

33 (0.6)

208 (3.7)

385 (6.9)

896(16)




Cylindrical Mounts – Urethane – To 45 lbs.

Cylindrical Mounts – Urethane – To 50 lbs.

1-30

• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF .5 TO 50 POUNDS (0.23 TO 22.7 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF .2 TO 13 POUNDS (0.09 TO 5.9 kgf)

• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Urethane

Male - Male Male - Blank

P PL

D D

GG

P L

G


AD

VAN

CED ANTIVIBRATION

CO M P O N E N TS

FEATURES: • Highly damped • Very resistant to abrasion, oils, chemicals, ozone and ultraviolet radiation • These mounts exhibit extremely low amplification at resonance and quickly return to system equilibrium after shock or vibration input

*To be discontinued when present stock is depleted.ΔShear load data not applicable for Male–Blank style.

NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.STYLE:MB Male–BlankMM Male–Male

V10Z60- 1U0424

V10Z60- 1U0452

V10Z60-MB2U0624

V10Z60- 2U0652

V10Z60- 2U0824

V10Z60- 2U0852

V10Z60- 3U2552

V10Z60- 4U3152

*

*

*

24

52

24

52

24

52

52

52

+32°F to +90°F (0°C to +32.2°C)+55°F to +105°F

(+12.8°C to +40.5°C)+32°F to +90°F

(0°C to +32.2°C)+55°F to +105°F

(+12.8°C to +40.5°C)+32°F to +90°F

(0°C to +32.2°C)+55°F to +105°F

(+12.8°C to +40.5°C)+55°F to +105°F

(+12.8°C to +40.5°C)+55°F to +105°F

(+12.8°C to +40.5°C)

+120°F (+48.9°C)+225°F

(+107.2°C)+120°F

(+48.9°C)+225°F

(+107.2°C)+120°F

(+48.9°C)+225°F

(+107.2°C)+225°F

(+107.2°C)+225°F

(+107.2°C)

.060(1.5)

.060(1.5)

.060(1.5) .100(2.5).100(2.5)

Cmpr.Max.

Catalog NumberLoad

lb. (kgf)

ShearΔ Cmpr. ShearΔ Cmpr. ShearΔ PeakPerformacne

Max.Intermittent

DDurometer L

.320 (8.1)

.500(12.7)

.500(12.7)

.625(15.9).750

(19.1)

ThreadSizeP G

#4-40

#6-32

#8-32

1/4-20

5/16-18

.200 (5.1)

.375 (9.5)

.375 (9.5)

.500(12.7).625

(15.9)

Static DynamicStiffness Ib./in. (kgf/mm)

Temperature Range

.280 (7.1)

.405(10.3)

.405(10.3)

.625(15.9)1.000(25.4)

.5 (0.23)

4.0 (1.8) 1.0

(0.45) 8.0 (3.6) 1.0

(0.45) 8.0 (3.6) 20.0 (9.1) 50.0(22.7)

.2 (0.09) 1.5(0.7) .4

(0.18) 3.0

(1.36) .4

(0.18) 3.0

(1.36) 5.0(2.3) 13.0(5.9)

25 (0.4) 159

(2.8) 31

(0.6) 200

(3.6) 31

(0.6) 200

(3.6) 320

(5.7) 860

(15.4)

3 (0.05)

19(0.3) 4

(0.07) 24

(0.4) 4

(0.07) 24

(0.4) 35

(0.6) 75

(1.3)

40 (0.7) 262 (4.7) 45 (0.8) 285 (5.1) 45 (0.8) 285 (5.1) 471 (8.4)1108(19.8)

9 (0.16)

59(1.1) 12

(0.22) 74(1.3) 12

(0.22) 74(1.3) 120(2.1)270(4.8)

Rev: 8-24-10 SS


Cylindrical Mounts – Urethane – To 50 lbs.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365

1-31


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1

8-12(3.6-5.4)

19-27(8.6-12.2)

35-75(15.9-34)

5-12(2.3-5.4)

18-30(8.2-13.6)

36-75(16.3-34)

6-8(2.7-3.6)

18-27(8.2-12.2)

35-75(15.9-34)

6-8(2.7-3.6)

18-27(8.2-12.2)

35-75(15.9-34)

—

.25(6.35)

.35(8.89)

.35(8.89)

—

.25(6.35)

.35(8.89)

.35(8.89)

.5(12.7)

.5(12.7)

.5(12.7)

.5(12.7)

.50 (12.7) 1.00

(25.4) .85

(21.59) .50

(12.7) 1.00

(25.4) .85

(21.59) .50

(12.7) 1.00

(25.4) .85

(21.59) .50

(12.7) 1.00

(25.4) .85

(21.59)

.75 (19.05)

1.50(38.1) 1.75

(44.45) .75

(19.05) 1.50(38.1) 1.75

(44.45) .75

(19.05) 1.50(38.1) 1.75

(44.45) .75

(19.05) 1.50(38.1) 1.75

(44.45)

#8-32

1/4-20

1/4-20

#8-32

1/4-20

1/4-20

#8-32

1/4-20

1/4-20

#8-32

1/4-20

1/4-20

1

2

3

4

• MATERIAL: Studs – Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated Damper – Sorbothane® Polyether-Based Polyurethane 50 or 70 Shore 00 Durometer

TEMPERATURE RANGE: -20°F to +160°F (-29°C to +72°C)

Catalog Number

New

• VIBRATION ISOLATION • SHOCK ABSORPTION• LONG FATIGUE LIFE

50 Durometer

C C

D

A

B

D

C

A

B

C

A

B

A

B

Fig. 1Fig. 2

Fig. 3Fig. 4

70 Durometer

4-8(1.8-3.6)

11-16(5-7.3)20-40

(9.1-18.1)3-6

(1.4-2.7)11-18(5-8.2)20-40

(9.1-18.1)3-5

(1.4-2.3)11-18(5-8.2)20-40

(9.1-18.1)3-5

(1.4-2.3)11-18(5-8.2)20-40

(9.1-18.1)

#8-32

1/4-20

1/4-20

#8-32

1/4-20

1/4-20

#8-32

1/4-20

1/4-20

#8-32

1/4-20

1/4-20

1

2

3

4

V10Z59-MM0807550

V10Z59-MM2515050

V10Z59-MM2517550

V10Z59-MF0807550

V10Z59-MF2515050

V10Z59-MF2517550

V10Z59-MB0807550

V10Z59-MB2515050

V10Z59-MB2517550

V10Z59-FB0807550

V10Z59-FB2515050

V10Z59-FB2517550

.75 (19.05)

1.50(38.1) 1.75

(44.45) .75

(19.05) 1.50(38.1) 1.75

(44.45) .75

(19.05) 1.50(38.1) 1.75

(44.45) .75

(19.05) 1.50(38.1) 1.75

(44.45)

.50 (12.7) 1.00

(25.4) .85

(21.59) .50

(12.7) 1.00

(25.4) .85

(21.59) .50

(12.7) 1.00

(25.4) .85

(21.59) .50

(12.7) 1.00

(25.4) .85

(21.59)

.5(12.7)

.5(12.7)

.5(12.7)

.5(12.7)

—

.25(6.35)

.35(8.89)

.35(8.89)

—

.25(6.35)

.35(8.89)

.35(8.89)

V10Z59-MM0807570

V10Z59-MM2515070

V10Z59-MM2517570

V10Z59-MF0807570

V10Z59-MF2515070

V10Z59-MF2517570

V10Z59-MB0807570

V10Z59-MB2515070

V10Z59-MB2517570

V10Z59-FB0807570

V10Z59-FB2515070

V10Z59-FB2517570

Load Range PerMount lb. (kgf)

Fig.No.

ThreadSize

ADiameterin. (mm)

BDamper Width

in. (mm)

CStud Length

in. (mm)

DThread Depth

in. (mm)

See additional information on technical page.

Cylindrical Mounts – Sorbothane® Type



ADiameter

mm(in.)

5-7(11-15.4)

9-18(19.8-39.7)

5-8(11-17.6)

9-18(19.8-39.7)

5-8(11-17.6)

9-18(19.8-39.7)

5-8(11-17.6)

9-18(19.8-39.7)

—

13.1(.52)

—

13.1(.52)

38.1 (1.5)

44.5 (1.75) 38.1

(1.5) 44.5

(1.75) 38.1

(1.5) 44.5

(1.75) 38.1

(1.5) 44.5

(1.75)

V10Z59MMM638150

V10Z59MMM644550

V10Z59MMF638150

V10Z59MMF644550

V10Z59MMB638150

V10Z59MMB644550

V10Z59MFB638150

V10Z59MFB644550

25.4 (1.00)

21.6 (.85)25.4

(1.00)21.6

(.85)25.4

(1.00)21.6

(.85)25.4

(1.00)21.6

(.85)

Cylindrical Mounts – Sorbothane® Type

1-32

• MATERIAL: Studs – Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated Damper – Sorbothane® Polyether-Based Polyurethane 50 or 70 Shore 00 Durometer

OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE: -29°C to +72°C (-20°F to +162°F)

Catalog Number

See additional information on technical page.

New

• VIBRATION ISOLATION • SHOCK ABSORPTION• LONG FATIGUE LIFE

50 Durometer

C C

D

A

B

D

C

A

B

C

A

B

A

B

Fig. 1Fig. 2

Fig. 3Fig. 4

M6

1

2

3

4

12(.47)

—

Metric

70 Durometer25.4

(1.00)21.6

(.85)25.4

(1.00)21.6

(.85)25.4

(1.00)21.6

(.85)25.4

(1.00)21.6

(.85)

8-12(17.6-26.5)

16-34(35.3-75)

8-13(17.6-28.7)

16-34(35.3-75)

8-12(17.6-26.5)

16-34(35.3-75)

8-12(17.6-26.5)

16-34(35.3-75)

M6

1

2

3

4

V10Z59MMM638170

V10Z59MMM644570

V10Z59MMF638170

V10Z59MMF644570

V10Z59MMB638170

V10Z59MMB644570

V10Z59MFB638170

V10Z59MFB644570

12(.47)

—

—

13.1(.52)

—

13.1(.52)

Fig.No.

ThreadSize

BDamper Width

mm(in.)

CStud Length

mm(in.)

DThread Depth

mm(in.)

Load RangePer Mount

kgf(lb.)


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

38.1 (1.5)

44.5 (1.75) 38.1

(1.5) 44.5

(1.75) 38.1

(1.5) 44.5

(1.75) 38.1

(1.5) 44.5

(1.75)



Sorbothane® Technical Information

1-33

Inch/Metric

No growthNo growth

StableGood

Special item-1.4

4.3

6.4

5.0

206.06 (1.42)399

66.18 (0.46)

127.02 (0.88)

165.95 (1.14)

30.00 (0.21)

232.00 (1.60)65.26 (11.49)

—4.1

2.584.9 (1.36)

1.363-20° to +160°(-29° to +71°)-34.7° (-37°)

——V2

22

25261 (10.3)120 (0.83)

162 (1.12)

237 (1.63)

300 (2.07)

.56

.60

.59

.55

psi (N/mm2)%

psi (N/mm2)

lb./in. (N/mm)Pascal (psi)

—

lb./ft3 (g/cm3)—

F (C)C (F)F (C)F (C)

—

%

%V/mil (kV/mm)

psi (N/mm2)

—

% wt change

Material Properties of Sorbothane®

PropertyTensile Strength at Break

Elongation at BreakTensile Elastic Stress at

100% StrainTensile Elastic Stress at

200% StrainTensile Elastic Stress at

300% StrainCompressive Stress at

20% StrainCompressive Stress at

50% StrainTear StrengthBulk Modulus

Static Coefficient ofFriction

Kinetic Coefficient ofFrictionDensity

Specific GravityOptimum Performance

Temperature RangeGlass Transition

Flash IgnitionFlammability

Self Ignition FlammabilityFlammability Rating withFlame Retardent Added

Resilience TestRebound HeightResilience TestRebound Height

Dielectric StrengthDynamic Young's

Modulus at 5 HertzDynamic Young's



Modulus at 50 HertzTangent Delta at5 Hertz ExcitationTangent Delta at

15 Hertz ExcitationTangent Delta at

30 Hertz ExcitationTangent Delta at

50 Hertz ExcitationBacterial ResistanceFungal Resistance

Heat AgingUltraviolet

OzoneChemical Resistance to

Hydraulic FluidChemical Resistance to

KeroseneChemical Resistance to

DieselChemical Resistance to

Soap Solution

Durometer (Shore 00)50 70

122.61 (0.85)568

25.47 (0.18)

54.86 (0.38)

80.13 (0.55)

12.00 (0.08)

105.00 (0.72)48.73 (8.58)

2.86 (4.15 x 10-5)10.4

2.685.5 (1.37)

1.364-20° to +150°(-29° to +66°)-37.4° (-38.6°)

570° (299°)750° (399°)

V2

11

18256 (10.1)105 (0.72)

150 (1.03)

210 (1.45)

270 (1.86)

.56

.58

.57

.50

Units

Butyl

25

20

15

10

5

0

-5

-100 5 10 15

Time (ms)

SORBOTHANE 50 DURO

Neoprene

Impulse

G-F

orce

Response of Sorbothane and other materials to an Impulse

20 25

0.20.40.60.81

1.2

00 5 10 15 20

Percent Deflection

Nor

mal

ized

Loa

d(lb

.)

Hysteresis Response of Sorbothane and Natural Rubber

25 30 35 40

NR

SORBOTHANE50 DURO

107532

1.00.7

0.50.30.2

0.1

0.07

F/Fn

SORBOTHANE 50 DURO SHORE 00c/cc = 0.4

NEOPRENE 85 DURO SHORE 00c/cc = 0.15

NAT. RUBBER 80 DURO SHORE 00c/cc = 0.05

Transmissibility of Sorbothane and other materialsas a function of the Excitation Frequency/Natural Frequency Ratio

Tran

smis

sibi

lity

0.5 1.0 2 3 5 7 10


AD

VAN

CED ANTIVIBRATION

CO M P O N E N TS

Rev: 8-24-10 SS


1-34


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1V10Z61MTHBV10Z61MTHAV10Z61MTHCV10Z61MTHTWV10Z61MMN03V10Z61MMN05V10Z61MMN07V10Z61MMN10V10Z61MSF02V10Z61MSF05V10Z61MSF10

0.010 (.022)0.010 (.022)0.026 (.057)0.208 (.459)0.031 (.068)0.052 (.115)0.073 (.161)0.104 (.229)0.031 (.068)0.078 (.172)0.146 (.322)

Technical Information for Silicone Gel Mounts

General Characteristics V10Z61MA1 V10Z61MA2 & V10Z61MB1 V10Z61MB2 & V10Z61MSF10

Specific Gravity 1.05 1.06 1.07

Hardness

Needle*Penetration(1/10 mm)

Asker C**

Specific HeatJ/g x K (Btu/lb. x °F)

ThermalConductivity

W/m x K[Btu/(h x ft. x °F)]

VolumeResistanceOhm x cm(Ohm x in.)

ChemicalResistance

TemperatureRange

TolueneAcetoneMethanol

Distilled H20Fuel

LubricantNaCl (10%)HCL (10%)NaOH (5%)

55

—

1.52(.36)

4.0 x 1014

(1.6 x 1014)

0.2(.12)

++--++---

-40°C to 200°C(-40°F to 392°F)

—

33

1.51(.36)

3.2 x 1014

(1.3 x 1014)

0.2(.12)

++--++---

-40°C to 200°C(-40°F to 392°F)

—

52.5

1.52(.36)

6.6 x 1014

(2.6 x 1014)

0.2(.12)

++--++---

-40°C to 200°C(-40°F to 392°F)

+ = Has a Reaction - = No Reaction

Catalog Number Quantity of Deflection mm (in.) Load at Deflection kgf (lb.)

6.3 ±1 (.248 ±.04)3.3 ±1 (.130 ±.04) 5 ±1 (.197 ±.04)4.4 ±0.5 (.173 ±.02)

3.5 ±1 (.138 ±.04)

4 ±0.5 (.157 ±.02)

*JIS K 2207

**Japan Rubber Association Standard (SRIS 0101)

Metric

New


1-35


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1

Proper Application of Silicone Gel Mounts

MetricFEATURES:

• Highest damping effect arises when gel is

compressed 10% up to 30%.

• Low in temperature dependency, this material

offers stable performance from -40°C to 200°C(-40°F to 392°F).

• Excellent chemical resistance.

• Low in compression set.

• Performance stays the same even after

repeated use.

• Contains nothing harmful. Environment-friendly.

RIGHT USE

1. EVEN LOAD

2. HANG IN COMPRESSIVE DIRECTION

INSTALLED SURFACE

WRONG USE

1. UNEVEN LOAD

3. TWIST

4. TENSILE DIRECTION

5. SHEARING DIRECTION

2. BOLT HOLE OUT OF CENTER

New


1-36


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1

• DAMPS LOW FREQUENCY VIBRATIONS• FOR SMALL TO INTERMEDIATE LOAD APPLICATIONS

• TO BE USED IN COMPRESSION ONLY

• MATERIAL: Studs – Fig.1 & 2: Brass, Nickel Plated; Fig. 3: Iron, Unichro Plated

Body – Silicone Gel

17

16

16

16

˜˜˜˜

12 to 10

11 to 10

11 to 10

11 to 10

2 to 3.5 (4.4 to 7.7)

3.5 to 5.5 (7.7 to 12.1)

5.5 to 8.5 (12.1 to 18.7)

8.5 to 12.5 (18.7 to 27.6)

V10Z61MTHB

V10Z61MTHA

V10Z61MTHC

V10Z61MTHTW

1

2

3

20 (.79)

h

h

15 (.59)

M4

M6

h

17 (.67)

M6

Ø12 (.47)

Ø18(.71)

Ø20(.79)

Ø28(1.1)

Ø25(.98)

Ø35(1.38)

Double-Studded Silicone Gel Vibration Mounts

MetricFig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3

Catalog Number

0.4 to 0.6 (.9 to 1.3)

0.5 to 0.8 (1.1 to 1.8)

0.8 to 2 (1.8 to 4.4)

12.5 to 25 (27.6 to 55.1)

Optimum Loadkgf/ leg (lb./leg)

13 to 11

16 to 15

14 to 12

10 to 8

ResonancePoint

Hz

13 to 12

12

13 to 12

20 to 19

ResonanceMagnification

dB

RecommendedFrequency

Hz

Fig.Number

18 (.71)

12 (.47)

18 (.71)

25 (.98)

hmm (in.)

18

23

20

from 14

18 (.71)

22 (.87)

M6

Ø24(.94)Ø30

(1.18)

• MATERIAL: Studs– Iron, Unichro Plated Body – Silicone Gel

Catalog Number* Optimum Loadkgf/ leg (lb./leg)

ResonancePoint

Hz


dB


Hz

12

14 to 13

16 to 15

20 to 18

V10Z61MMN03

V10Z61MMN05

V10Z61MMN07

V10Z61MMN10

See application page for proper usage. **See page 2-3 for Transmissibility Chart.* This type is slotted on the stud for fixing a bolt.

**

Note: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.

˜˜˜


New

TEMPERATURE RANGE: -40°C to +200°C (-40°F to +392°F)


New



1-37


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1

112 111 122121

CURVE 1

LOAD PER MOUNT (lb.)

NA

TU

RA

L F

RE

QU

EN

CY

(C

PS

)

0 1 2 3 410

15

20

25

30

35

40

NA

TU

RA

L F

RE

QU

EN

CY

(C

PS

)N

AT

UR

AL

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y (

CP

S)

5

10

15

20

25

30

35


40 1 2 3 5 6 7 8

CURVE 2


CURVE 3

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

0 5 10 15 20

132

131

141

142

1.56 (39.6)

1.93(49)

2.54 (64.5)

3.00 (76.2)

.53(13.5)

.68(17.3)

1.00(25.4)

1.62(41.1)

.56(14.2)

.68(17.3)

.93(23.6)

1.75(44.5)

.51(13)

.58 (14.7)

.81 (20.6)

1.45 (36.8)

Ring Mounts – To 20 lbs.

• FOR LOADS OF 1 TO 20 POUNDS (0.45 TO 9.07 kgf)• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Cadmium Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber

LOAD

L

A

B

H

D

W

V10Z 8-112

V10Z 8-111

V10Z 8-122

V10Z 8-121

V10Z 8-132

V10Z 8-131

V10Z 8-142

V10Z 8-141

B H(Load)

LD WH

(NoLoad)

A

#6-32

#10-32

1/4 - 20

5/16-18

.50(12.7)

.62(15.7)

.75(19.1)

.62(36.8)

.31 (7.9)

.34 (8.6)

.53(13.5)

.75(19.1)

90(1.6)

155 (2.77)

63 (1.13)

77 (1.38)

137 (2.45)

210 (3.75)

122 (2.18)

172 (3.07)

.193

.376

.025

.058

.027

.174

.136

.262

Static "K" is approximately 1/2 to 1/3 Dynamic Rate.NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.

1.0(0.45)

2.0(0.91)

2.5(1.13)

3.0(1.36)

5.0(2.27)

8.0(3.63)

13.0(5.9)

20.0(9.07)

Catalog NumberRated Load

lb.(kgf)

Dimensions "C"DampingConstant

"K"Dynamic

Spring Ratelb. / in.

(kgf / mm)

Curve

1

2

3



1-38


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

1

.43 .59 .55 .79 .791.181.061.611.502.24

11151420203027413857

0602060308020803120212031602160323022303

• FOR STANDARD LOADS OF 75 TO 1200 kgf(165 TO 2645 lb.)

Ring Mounts

• MATERIAL: Mounting Plates – Steel, plated Isolators – Natural Rubber

MetricFEATURES:• Low natural frequency• Constant natural frequency in a wide range of load• Excellent stability• Multiple layers are possible• Very easy to install

APPLICATIONS• COMPRESSORS • LIGHTWEIGHT MACHINES• PUMPS • OFFICE EQUIPMENT• BLOWERS • MEASURING INSTRUMENTS• TRANSFORMERS • SCALES

2323232323

Rin

gs

165

331

661

1322

2645

kgf lb. kgf

55...220

110...441

220...882

440...1763

882...3526

lb. mm450370380320310260270220230190

2.36

3.15

4.72

6.30

9.06

mm in. mm mm1.382.001.812.642.603.823.394.964.496.61

.43

.51

.59

.75

.75

1.18

1.38

2.17

2.17

StandardLoad

Lower Limit…Upper Limit

Load RangeLoadCodeNo.

(cpm)

Defl. withStd. Load

*Nat.Freq. D H d1 d2 L

Thread

M8

M10

M12

M16

M16

*The natural frequency of 1 layer is 2 layers natural frequency x 2

CATALOG NUMBER DESIGNATION

Load Code

Mounting Style:(see drawings at left)

HH, BB, NN, HN, HB or BN

V 1 0 Z 4 7 M R M

75

150

300

600

1200

25...100

50...200

100...400

200...800

400...1600

in. in.

60

80

120

160

230

mm 35 51 46 67 66 97 86126114168

in.

11

13

15

19

19

in.

30

35

55

55

THREE RING MOUNTS

TWO RING MOUNTS

Style 2HH Style 2BB Style 2NN

Ød2

Ød1 Ød

1

ØD

Style 3HH Style 3BB Style 3NN

Ød2 Ød

2Ød

1

NOTE: These combination mounts shownabove are also available with three rings.

COMBINATION MOUNTS

L

H H

L

L

L

H

H H H

Style HN Style HB Style BN



SECTION 2

AdmissibleTemporaryOverload

%

V10Z77MAGB-30B

V10Z77MAGB-D30B

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

V10Z77MAGB-D30

V10Z77MAGB-30

• EXCELLENT TEAR RESISTANCE• STUD IS REMOVABLE FOR FEMALE THREAD ATTACHMENT

Metric

24 (.94)

38(1.50)

Catalog Number Fig.No.

V10Z77MAGB-30B

V10Z77MAGB-30

V10Z77MAGB-D30B

V10Z77MAGB-D30

1

2

Amm(in.)

Dmm(in.)

30(1.18)

Emm(in.)

48(1.89)

Lmm(in.)

88(3.46)

Imm(in.)

63.6(2.50)

C

M8

d1mm(in.)

8(.315) 30

4(.16)

7(.28)

LoadN

(lb.)

Deflectionmm(in.)

50(11.2)

100(22.5)

150

(33.7)

LoadN

(lb.)

1(.039)

2(.079)

Deflectionmm(in.)

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

• MATERIAL: Isolator – Ozone-Resistant Natural Rubber (55 Shore A) Bolt – DIN 976 Nut – DIN 934 Washer – DIN 9021 Base – Carbon Steel

A

E

LI

d1d2

C

A

D

D

LI

FIG. 2

FIG. 1

C

13.52(.532)

The projections shown are per ISO convention.

300 (67.4)

450(101.2)

500(112.4)

700(157.4)

...That Advanced Antivibration Components is well-equipped to handle an entire project from the design and manufacturing of individual components to the assembly of final products? We are dedicated to quality products and on time delivery.

Did You Know?

Maximum Minimum

2-2


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPO NENTS

Base Mounts – Flange Type

New

d2mm(in.)

4(.157)

Rev: 8-24-10 SS



TRA

NSM

ISSI

BIL

ITY

100

31.7

10

3.17

1

0.315

0.1

0.0315

0.01 0 20 40 60 80 100

FREQUENCY (Hz)

Damping Rubber

Silicone Dampers

• DAMPS LOW FREQUENCY VIBRATIONS• FOR SMALL TO INTERMEDIATE LOAD APPLICATIONS

• CAN BE USED WHEN SPACE IS LIMITED• TO BE USED IN COMPRESSION ONLY

V10Z61MSF02

V10Z61MSF05

V10Z61MSF10

Base Mounts – Silicone Gel Type

2-3

• MATERIAL: Stud – Steel, Trivalent Chromate Plated Body – Silicone Gel Flange Plate – Stainless Steel

Catalog Number

Metric

1.25 to 3.25 (2.8 to 7.2)

3.25 to 7.5 (7.2 to 16.5)

7.5 to 12.5 (16.5 to 27.6)

Optimum Load kgf/ leg (lb./leg)

SiliconeDampers

RubberDampers

Resonance PointResonance Magnification

9.5 Hz6.5

19.8 Hz 8.8

Load: 20 kgf/4 Legs(44.1 lb./4 Legs)

Vibration Level: 0.2G

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SILICONE GEL TYPE MOUNTS(Example Shown: V10Z61MMN05)




AD

VAN

CED ANTIVIBRATION

CO M P O N E N TS

18 (.71)

2-R6(.24)

60(2.36)

46(1.81)

2-4.2x6(.17 x .24)LONG HOLE

SLOTTEDM6

22 (.87)

Ø36(1.42)

60°

Ø24(.94)

Ø30(1.18)

Rev: 8-24-10 SS



1 (0.5)2 (0.9)3 (1.4)5 (2.3)

1.5 (0.7)3.0 (1.4)5.0 (2.3)8.0 (3.6)

V10Z40-1210B1V10Z40-1210C1V10Z40-1210D1

ABCD

4 (1.8) 8 (3.6)12 (5.4)20 (9.1)

Platemounts – To 20 lbs.

• FOR LOADS OF 4 TO 20 POUNDS (1.8 TO 9.1 kgf) • MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber Base – Steel or Aluminum

LoadRating

Maximum Load lb. (kgf)



NOTE: The above platemounts are available in Neoprene as a special order (200 pc. minimum).

1900

1.25(31.8)

1.0(25.4)

Ø.165(4.2)

.17(4.3)

Ø.17(4.3)

.75(19.1)

Ø1.0(25.4)

.035(0.89)

.46(11.7)

1.414(35.9)

Ø.165(4.2)

Ø1.25(31.8) 1.68

(42.7)

SECTION X-X

XX

—V10Z40-1210C3

—

Base TypeSquare Aluminum

CatalogNumber

Steel

—V10Z40-1210B4V10Z40-1210C4V10Z40-1210D4

V10Z40-1210A2V10Z40-1210B2V10Z40-1210C2V10Z40-1210D2

2500 3000 4000

4 (1.8) 8 (3.6)12 (5.4)20 (9.1)

2 (0.9) 4 (1.8) 7 (3.2)11 (5)

2-4

Base TypeDiamond Aluminum

CatalogNumber

Steel



AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPO NENTS

LOAD/DEFLECTION GRAPHMaximum Recommended

Static Load/Deflection

DEFLECTION (in.)

LOA

D (l

b.) D

C

BA

40

30

20

10

0.05 .10

Rev: 8-24-10 SS



2-5


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

2

.8 (0.4)

1.6 (0.7)

2.4 (1.1)

3.0 (1.4)

4.0 (1.8)

5.0 (2.3)

5.5 (2.5)

7.0 (3.2)

.6 (0.3)

1.2 (0.5)

1.7 (0.8)

2.2 (1)

2.8 (1.3)

3.4 (1.5)

4.0 (1.8)

5.0 (2.3)

3 (1.4)

6 (2.7)

9 (4.1)

12 (5.4)

14 (6.4)

17 (7.7)

20 (9.1)

26 (11.8)

2 (0.9)

5 (2.3)

7 (3.2)

9 (4.1)

11 (5)

13 (5.9)

16 (7.3)

20 (9.1)

AA

BB

BK

CC

CK

DD

DK

DL

2000


• FOR LOADS OF 3 TO 26 POUNDS (1.4 TO 11.8 kgf)• MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber Base – Steel or Aluminum

LoadRating




1600 1750 2500

NOTE: 1. The above platemounts are available in Neoprene as a special order (200 pc. minimum). 2. The above platemounts may be discontinued but are still available in large quantities.

3 (1.4)

6 (2.7)

9 (4.1)

12 (5.4)

14 (6.4)

17 (7.7)

20 (9.1)

26 (11.8)

.4 (0.2)

.8 (0.4)

1.3 (0.6)

1.7 (0.8)

2.2 (1)

2.6 (1.2)

3.0 (1.4)

4.0 (1.8)

3000

—V10Z40-1215BB3

—V10Z40-1215CC3V10Z40-1215CK3

——

V10Z40-1215DL3

—V10Z40-1215BB1V10Z40-1215BK1V10Z40-1215CC1V10Z40-1215CK1V10Z40-1215DD1V10Z40-1215DK1V10Z40-1215DL1

Base TypeSquare Aluminum

CatalogNumber

Steel


CatalogNumber

Steel

V10Z40-1215AA2V10Z40-1215BB2V10Z40-1215BK2V10Z40-1215CC2

—V10Z40-1215DD2

——

V10Z40-1215AA4V10Z40-1215BB4

—V10Z40-1215CC4V10Z40-1215CK4V10Z40-1215DD4V10Z40-1215DK4

—

3500 4000

1.7 (0.8)

3.5 (1.6)

5.0 (2.3)

7.0 (3.2)

9.0 (4.1)

11.0 (5)

12.0 (5.4)

16.0 (7.3)

1.0 (0.5)

2.0 (0.9)

3.0 (1.4)

4.5 (2)

5.5 (2.5)

6.5 (2.9)

8.0 (3.6)

10.0 (4.5)

LOAD/DEFLECTION GRAPHMaximum Recommended Static Load/Deflection

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

.05 .10

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

DL

DK

DD

CK

CC

BK

BB

AA

.63 (16)

1.78 (45.2)

.16 DIA.(4)

1.38(35)X X

.26(6.6)

.20 (5.1)

.39 (9.9)

.050(1.3)

1.50(38.1)

2.34(59.4)

1.78(45.2)

1.95(5)

.16 DIA.(4)


SECTION X-X



2-6


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

2

3000 3500250020001500 17501100 1250

V10Z40-1260AA4V10Z40-1260BB4V10Z40-1260CC4V10Z40-1260DD4V10Z40-1260DK4



12 (5.4)

20 (9.1)

30 (13.6)

45 (20.4)

60 (27.2)

12 (5.4)

20 (9.1)

30 (13.6)

45 (20.4)

60 (27.2)

10 (4.5)

16 (7.3)

23 (10.4)

35 (15.9)

47 (21.3)

7 (3.2)

11 (5)

15 (6.8)

23 (10.4)

31 (14.1)

5 (2.3)

7 (3.2)

11 (5)

17 (7.7)

22 (10)

3 (1.4)

6 (2.7)

9 (4.1)

13 (5.9)

17 (7.7)

2 (0.9)

4 (1.8)

5 (2.3)

8 (3.6)

11 (5)

2 (0.9)

3 (1.4)

4 (1.8)

6 (2.7)

7 (3.2)

1 (0.5)

2 (0.9)

3 (1.4)

4 (1.8)

6 (2.7)

2.25(57.2)

1.75(44.5)

.19 DIA.(4.8)

XX

.391(9.9)

.56(14.2)

.062(1.57)

2.00(50.8)

.34(8.6)

1.0(25.4)

2.25(57.2) 2.98

(75.7)

.19 DIA.(4.8)

2.475(62.9)

SECTION X-X

V10Z40-1260AA2—

V10Z40-1260CC2V10Z40-1260DD2V10Z40-1260DK2


CatalogNumber

Steel

AA

BB

CC

DD

DK

LoadRating




——

V10Z40-1260CC3V10Z40-1260DD3V10Z40-1260DK3

Base TypeSquare

Steel

CatalogNumber

90

807060

5040

3020

100 .05 .10 .15 .20 .25

DK

DD

CC

BBAA



DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)





2-7


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

2

4.3 (2)

5.7 (2.6)

7.2 (3.3)

10.0 (4.5)

13.0 (5.9)



1.75(44.5)

.19 DIA. (4.8)

XX

.22 (5.6) .59

(15)

.062(1.6)

2.00(50.8)

1.000(25.4)

2.475(62.9)

2.25(57.2)

2.98(75.7)

.19 DIA.(4.8)

2.25 (57.2)

.399 10.1

.386 9.8 ( )

SECTION X-X

3500

30 (13.6)

40 (18.1)

50 (22.7)

70 (31.8)

90 (40.8)

30 (13.6)

40 (18.1)

50 (22.7)

70 (31.8)

90 (40.8)

17 (7.7)

23 (10.4)

29 (13.2)

40 (18.1)

52 (23.6)

13 (5.9)

18 (8.2)

22 (10)

31 (14.1)

40 (18.1)

8.4 (3.8)

11.0 (5)

14.0 (6.4)

20.0 (9.1)

25.0 (11.3)

6.0 (2.7)

7.8 (3.5)

10.0 (4.5)

14.0 (6.4)

18.0 (8.2)

3.3 (1.5)

4.4 (2)

5.5 (2.5)

7.0 (3.2)

10.0 (4.5)

BB

BK

CC

CK

DD

2000Load

RatingMaximum

Load lb. (kgf)



1325 1750 2500 3000 4000

—V10Z40-1220BK1

——

V10Z40-1220DD1

Base TypeSquare

Aluminum

CatalogNumber

Steel

V10Z40-1220BB3—

V10Z40-1220CC3—

V10Z40-1220DD3

Base TypeDiamond

Aluminum

CatalogNumber

Steel

————

V10Z40-1220DD2

V10Z40-1220BB4V10Z40-1220BK4

—V10Z40-1220CK4V10Z40-1220DD4





DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)90

DD

CK

CC

BK

BB

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0.02 .04 .06 .08 .10 .12 .14



2-8


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

2

50(22.7)

60(27.2)

90(40.8)

70(31.8)

90(40.8)

120(54.4)

100(45.4)

120(54.4)

170(77.1)

160 (72.6)

200 (90.7)

270(122.5)

300(136)

380(172.4)

520(235.9)

440(200)

560(254)

760(344.7)


• FOR LOADS OF 440 TO 760 POUNDS (200 TO 344.7 kgf)• MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber Base – Steel

35002000Catalog NumberMaximum

Loadlb. (kgf)



1300 1500 2500 3000 4000

.687 DIA.(17.4)

3.25 (82.6)

2.90 (73.7) DIA. MAX.

2.26 (57.4) DIA.

2.75 (69.9) DIA.

.135(3.4)

2.25 (57.2)

1.14(29)

4.25 (108)

5.25 (133.4)

.406 DIA.(10.3)


40(18.1)

50(22.7)

70(31.8)

V10Z40-1280B

A10Z40-1280C

A10Z40-1280D

NOTE: The above platemounts are available in Neoprene as a special order (200 pc. minimum).

B

C

D

.05 .10 .15

1000

800

600

400

200

0



DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

440(200)

560(254)

760(344.7)



2-9


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

2DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

V10Z 4-1550A

40

30

20

10

0.02 .04 .06 .08 .10

NATURAL FREQUENCY (Hz)

LO

AD

(lb

.) 40

30

20

10

05 10 15 20 25

V10Z 4-1550A

V10Z 4-1550D V10Z 4-1550D

2-3/8(60.3)

13/64(5.2)

1-15/16(49.2)

1-15/16(49.2)

2-3/8(60.3)

17/64 DIA. HOLE(6.7)

1-1/8(28.6)

23/32(18.3)

3/64(1.2)

V10R 4-1505

V10R 4-1504

Finger-Flex Assemblies

• FOR LOADS OF 6 TO 37 POUNDS (2.7 TO 16.8 kgf)• MATERIAL: Housing – Zinc Plated Steel withClear Dichromate Sealer

Isolator – Rubber

Assembled style V10Z 4- mounts are supplied with rubberbushings and rings permanently installed within a convenientcadmium plated metal mounting cup. Load is supported by thetop surface of the assembly which has a 17/64 (6.7 mm) diameterclearance hole to accommodate a screw fastener from the loadmember. The cup base dimensions and mounting hole patternconform to MIL size 2 specifications. The rubber isolationmembers are similiar to the FINGER-FLEX V10R 4-1504and V10R 5-1505 series.

Catalog Number

V10Z 4-1550A

Load Type Compression,lb. (kgf) per mountmin.

Approximate HardnessDurometer

30

60

max.

6 (2.7)

15 (16.8)

20 (9.1)

37 (16.8)

NATURAL FREQUENCY: 6–30 Hz


V10Z 4-1550D



V10Z 4-1552A

V10Z 4-1552D

Finger-Flex Assemblies

2-10

• FOR LOADS UP TO 50 POUNDS (110.2 kgf)• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Chromate Isolator – Rubber

1-15/32(37.3)

1-1/16(27)

V10R 4-1505

V10R 4-1504

V10R 4-1505

ApproximateHardness Durometer

30

60

Catalog Number

• FIG 1

30

60

V10Z 4-1553A

V10Z 4-1553D

1-13/32(35.7)1-13/16

(46)

V10R 4-1505

V10R 4-1504

V10R 4-1505

V10R 4-1504

NATURAL FREQUENCY: 6–30 Hz

Fig. 1



Fig. 2


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPO NENTS

NATURAL FREQUENCY-Hz

LOA

D (l

b.)

DEFLECTION (in.)

LOA

D (l

b.)

V10Z 4-1552D

V10Z 4-1552A

0

40

10

20

30

.04 .08 .12 .16 .20 .240

40

102030

50

5 10 15 20 25

V10Z 4-1552D

V10Z 4-1552A

• FIG 2

LOA

D (l

b.)

NATURAL FREQUENCY-Hz

NATURAL FREQUENCY: 6-30 Hz

40302010

05 6 7 8 9 10

50

11 12

V10Z 4-1553A

V10Z 4-1553D

40

LOA

D (l

b.)

DEFLECTION (in.)

3020

100

.04 .08 .12 .16 .20 .24

V10Z 4-1553D

V10Z 4-1553A

Rev: 8-24-10 SS



33 (15) 42 (19.1) 62 (28.1) 90 (40.8) 135 (61.2)

Cup Mounts – To 135 lbs.

• FOR LOADS OF 33 TO 135 POUNDS (15 TO 61 kgf)

2-11

DK

DD

CC

BBAA

0

50

100

150

.05 .10

LOA

D (l

b.)

DEFLECTION (in.)

LOAD/DEFLECTION GRAPHDeflections below the line x---x are considered safe practice for static loads; data above that line are useful for calculating deflectionsunder dynamic loads.

x

x

• MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber Base – Steel, Zinc Plated

SECTION X-X

Catalog NumberMaximum

Ratinglb. (kgf)

27 (12.2) 34 (15.4) 51 (23.1) 74 (33.6) 114 (51.7)

V10Z40-1240AA

V10Z40-1240BB

V10Z40-1240CC

V10Z40-1240DD

V10Z40-1240DK

33 (15) 42 (19.1) 62 (28.1) 90 (40.8) 135 (61.2)

1600 1750Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute

Maximum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)


22 (10) 28 (12.7) 42 (19.1) 60 (27.2) 93 (42.2)

14 (6.4)

18 (8.2)

27 (12.2)

39 (17.7)

60 (27.2)

10 (4.5)

13 (5.9)

19 (8.6)

28 (12.7)

43 (19.5)

7 (3.2)

9 (4.1)

14 (6.4)

20 (9.1)

30 (13.6)

6 (2.7) 7 (3.2) 11 (5) 16 (7.3) 24 (10.9)

2000 2500 3000 40003500

X X

1-15/16(49.2)

2-3/8(60.3)

1/4 - 20 UNC TAP

5/8 DP(15.9)

13/64 DIA.(5.2)

.67(17)

1.44(36.6)

1.13(28.7)

.035(0.89)

.19(4.8) 1.50 DIA.

(38.1)


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPO NENTS

Rev: 8-24-10 SS



10000

7500

5000

2500

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

V10Z74MMG124-7

V10Z74MMG124-4

3000

2000

1800

1500

1200

900

600

300

0 1 2 3 4 5

V10Z74MMG092-6

V10Z74MMG092-4

1800

1500

1200

900

600

300

0 1 2 3 4 5

V10Z74MMG074-7

V10Z74MMG074-6

V10Z74MMG074-4

700 (157)1200

(270)1750

(393)1400

(315)2000

(450) 3600

(809)8000

(1798)

3 (.12) 2.5

(.10)2

(.08)4

(.16)3

(.12)5

(.20)4

(.16)

• LATERAL STIFFNESS 3 TO 4 TIMES GREATER THAN AXIAL STIFFNESS

32(1.26)

36(1.42)

60(2.36)

90(3.54)

114(4.49)

144(5.67)

9(.35)

11(.43)

13(.51)

72(2.84)

90(3.54)

114(4.49)

Metric

Catalog Number*

V10Z74MMG074-4

V10Z74MMG074-6

V10Z74MMG074-7

V10Z74MMG092-4

V10Z74MMG092-6

V10Z74MMG124-4

V10Z74MMG124-7

DMmm(in.)

Amm(in.)

A1mm(in.)

CI

mm(in.)

Umm(in.)

• MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber Base – Carbon Steel

74(2.91)

92(3.62)

124(4.88)

53(2.09)

63(2.48)

94(3.70)

42(1.65)

53(2.09)

75(2.95)

M10

M12

M16

Lmm(in.)

Dmm(in.)

Max. Loadin Compression

N (lb.)

Deflectionmm(in.)

PERFORMANCE GRAPHS

HardnessShore A

45

60

75

45

60

45

75


2-12


AD

VAN

CED ANTIVIBRATION

CO M P O N E N TS

Base Mounts – Cylindrical Type

A1A

Ll

I LXX

ØU

ØDMØDC

*To be discontinued when present stock is depleted.

Rev: 5-9-11 SS



2-13


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

2

• LIMITED SIDE DEFLECTIONS • EASY LEVELING

• LOW MAINTENANCE

New

Metric

• MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber Base – Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated

Fig. 1 Fig. 2

Base Mounts – Cylindrical Type


900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

1 2 3 4 5 6

DEFLECTION (mm)

LO

AD

(k

gf)

T4115T4115G

T3090T3090G

T2062T2062G

T1048T1048G

20 (.79)

25 (.98)

44(1.73)

60(2.36)

20 (.79)

25 (.98)

44(1.73)

60(2.36)

42(1.65) 55

(2.17) 82

(3.23)105

(4.13) 42

(1.65) 55

(2.17) 82

(3.23)105

(4.13)

6.2(.24) 8.2(.32)10.2(.40)16.2(.64) 6.2(.24) 8.2(.32)10.2(.40)16.2(.64)

—

M8

M10

M14

M16

8.2(.32)10.2(.40)16.2(.64)24.2(.95)

—

—

—

—

Catalog Number

1

2

V10Z55MT1048

V10Z55MT2062

V10Z55MT3090

V10Z55MT4115

V10Z55MT1048G

V10Z55MT2062G

V10Z55MT3090G

V10Z55MT4115G

Fig.No.

48(1.89) 62

(2.44) 90

(3.54)115

(4.53) 48

(1.89) 62

(2.44) 90

(3.54)115

(4.53)

Amm(in.)

38(1.50)

50(1.97)

73(2.87)

98(3.86)

38(1.50)

50(1.97)

73(2.87)

98(3.86)

Bmm(in.)

Cmm(in.)

GD

mm(in.)

Emm(in.)

2.5(.10)3.6

(.14)4.4

(.17) 6

(.24)2.5

(.10)3.6

(.14)4.4

(.17) 6

(.24)

1.5(.06)

2(.08)

3(.12)

4(.16)1.5

(.06) 2

(.08) 3

(.12) 4

(.16)

23(.91)30

(1.18)45

(1.77)50

(1.97)23

(.91)30

(1.18)45

(1.77)50

(1.97)

Fmm(in.)

80(3.15)100

(3.94)130

(5.12)190

(7.48) 80

(3.15)100

(3.94)130

(5.12)190

(7.48)

Lmm(in.)

68(2.68) 85

(3.35)110

(4.33)160

(6.30) 68

(2.68) 85

(3.35)110

(4.33)160

(6.30)

Kmm(in.)

Hmm(in.)

tmm(in.)

120 (264.6)

270 (595.2)

450 (992.1)

850(1873.9)

120 (264.6)

270 (595.2)

450 (992.1)

850(1873.9)

StaticLoad

kgf(lb.)

Deflectionmm(in.)

D

F

AB

C

Ht

LKE

D

F

AB

G

Ht

LKE

Fig. 1

Fig. 2



137501250011250100008750750062505000375025001250

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

V10Z75MBM200-7

V10Z75MBM200-6

V10Z75MBM200-4

5500500045004000350030002500200015001000500

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

V10Z75MBM150-7V10Z75MBM150-6

V10Z75MBM150-4

27502500225020001756150012501000750500250

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

V10Z75MBM100-7

V10Z75MBM100-6

V10Z75MBM100-6

V10Z75MBM100-7

V10Z75MBM150-4

V10Z75MBM150-6

V10Z75MBM150-7

V10Z75MBM200-4

V10Z75MBM200-6

V10Z75MBM200-7

1600 (359.7) 2200

(494.6) 1300

(292.3) 2500

(562.0) 3500

(786.8) 5000

(1124.0) 8000

(1798.5)12000

(2697.7)

Metric

PERFORMANCE GRAPHS

• CAN BE MOUNTED IN SERIES• MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber Base – Carbon Steel

Catalog Number*A

mm(in.)

Dmm(in.)

DMmm(in.)

Lmm(in.)

Imm(in.)

128(5.04)

186(7.32)

240(9.45)

C

M10

M14

M16

Umm(in.)

11 x 16(.43 x .63)

Ø12

Ø14.5

HardnessShore A

Max. LoadUnder

CompressionN (lbf)

Max. Deflection

mm(in.)

4(.158)

7(.276)

6(.236)

7(.276)

6(.236)


32(1.26)

33 – 36(1.30 – 1.42)

40(1.58)

45(1.77)

82(3.23)

128(5.04)

96(3.78)

144(5.67)

200(7.87)

160 (6.30)

226 (8.90)

280(11.02)

55

75

45

55

75

45

55

75

2-14


AD

VAN

CED ANTIVIBRATION

CO M P O N E N TS

Base Mounts – Dome Type

U

ØDML

ØDM

A

CØD

I

SHOWN: Catalog Number V10Z75MBM200-.. with upper metal reinforcement visible.


Rev: 5-9-11 SS



1-3/4(44.5)

2-3/8(60.3)

3-3/8(85.7)

To complete the Catalog Number, specify: S for Standard Deflection or D for Double Deflection∆For Load Deflection Graphs see page 2-17

1-1/4(31.8)

1-3/4(44.5)

2-7/8 (73)

• FOR LOADS OF 45 TO 1100 POUNDS (20.4 TO 499 kgf)

Diamond Base Mounts

2-15

• MATERIAL: Plates – Steel Isolator – Oil-Resistant Neoprene or Durulene™


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPO NENTS

B

AE

ØF2–HOLES

G

HCS

CD

TOP INSERT PLATE

BOTTOM INSERTSTEEL PLATE

D

.40(10.16)

.50 (12.7)

.50 (12.7)

1-1/4(31.8)

1-3/4(44.5)

2-1/2(63.5)

1(25.4)

1-1/4(31.8)

1-3/4(44.5)

3-1/8 (79.4)

3-7/8 (98.4)

5-1/2(139.7)

3/16(4.8)

7/32(5.6)

1/4(6.4)

2-3/8 (60.3)

3 (76.2)

4-1/8(104.8)

Max. Load

lb. (kgf) 45 (20.4) 70 (31.8) 120 (54.4) 135 (61.2) 240(108.9) 380(172.4) 550(249.5) 525(238.1) 750(340.2)1100(499)

Height CB Standard

CS

DoubleCD

D FE G H

11/32(8.7)

11/32(8.7)

11/32(8.7)

Standard Double

Max. StaticDeflectionA

.20(5.08)

.25(6.35)

.

.25(6.35)

5/16-18

3/8-16

1/2-13

*

V10Z52-FA0045

V10Z52-FA0070

V10Z52-FA0120

V10Z52-FB0135

V10Z52-FB0240

V10Z52-FB0380

V10Z52-FB0550

V10Z52-FC0525

V10Z52-FC0750

V10Z52-FC1100

V10Z52-FA0045 D

V10Z52-FA0070 D

V10Z52-FA0120 D

V10Z52-FB0135 D

V10Z52-FB0240 D

V10Z52-FB0380 D

V10Z52-FB0550 D

V10Z52-FC0525 D

V10Z52-FC0750 D

V10Z52-FC1100 D

GraphRef.∆

1S 1D 3S 3D 5S 5D 6S 6D 7S 7D 9S 9D10S10D11S11D13S13D14S14D

Additional load ratings available on special order. NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.

APPLICATIONS• INDUSTRIAL• AIR CONDITIONING• BUSINESS MACHINESCHOOSE DURULENE FOR THE FOLLOWING• ROOFTOP – Extreme heat or cold, direct sunlight• INDOOR/OUTDOOR – Severe weather• OZONE-EMITTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

FEATURES:• Threaded Plate Molded into Mounting• Nonskid Base & Top Surface

Catalog Number*Neoprene Durulene™

TEMPERATURE RANGE: Neoprene – -40°F to +180°F (-40°C to +82.2°C) Durulene™ – -65°F to +250°F (-40°C to +121.1°C)



• FOR LOADS OF 110 TO 3000 POUNDS (49.9 TO 1360.8 kgf)

Rectangular Base Mounts

2-16

• MATERIAL: Plates – Steel Isolator – Oil-Resistant Neoprene or Durulene™

APPLICATIONS• INDUSTRIAL• AIR CONDITIONING• BUSINESS MACHINESCHOOSE DURULENE FOR THE FOLLOWING• ROOFTOP – Extreme heat or cold, direct sunlight• INDOOR/OUTDOOR – Severe weather• OZONE-EMITTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

FEATURES:• Threaded Plate Molded into Mounting• Nonskid Base & Top Surface


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPO NENTS

AE

B F

D

G

HCSCD

TOP INSERT PLATE

BOTTOM INSERTSTEEL PLATE

2-1/8 (54)

1-9/16(39.7)

1-1/8(28.6)

1-7/8(47.6)

1/4(6.4)

3 (76.2)

Catalog Number*Neoprene Durulene™

RatedLoad

lb. (kgf) 110

(49.9) 260

(117.9) 470

(213.2) 500

(226.8) 720

(326.6)1120(508)1500

(680.4)2250

(1020.6)3000

(1360.8)4000

(1814.4)

TEMPERATURE RANGE: Neoprene – -40°F to +180°F (-40°C to +82.2°C) Durulene™ – -65°F to +250°F (-40°C to +121.1°C)

Height CB Standard

CS

DoubleCD

D FE G H

3/8 (9.5)

Standard Double

Max. StaticDeflectionA

.20(5.08)

.25(6.35)

.25(6.35)

.40(10.16)

3/8-16

5 (127)

.50 (12.7)

* To complete the Catalog Number, specify: Additional load ratings available on special order. NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm. S for Standard Deflection or D for Double Deflection∆For Load Deflection Graphs see page 2-17

V10Z53-FB0110

V10Z53-FB0260S

V10Z53-FB0470

V10Z53-FC0500S

V10Z53-FC0720S

V10Z53-FC1120

V10Z53-FD1500

V10Z53-FD2250

V10Z53-FD3000

V10Z53-FD4000

—

—

—

—

—

V10Z53-FC1120 D

V10Z53-FD1500 D

V10Z53-FD2250 D

V10Z53-FD3000 D

V10Z53-FD4000 D

GraphRef.∆

ASADCSDSDDFS

GSHSHDISIDJSJDKSKDLSLD

§

§

§

§

§

§

§ To be discontinued when present stock is depleted.

3-3/4 (95.3)

6-1/4(158.8)

4-5/8(117.5)

3-1/16 (77.8)

1-5/8(41.3)

1-5/8(41.3)

—

2-3/4(69.9)

2-3/4(69.9)

1/2-13

1/2-13 5 (127)

4 (101.6)

9/16 (14.3)

9/16 (14.3)

2-5/16(58.7)

3 (76.2)

3/8(9.5)

3/8(9.5)

.40(10.16)

—

—

.50 (12.7)



0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6

LOAD VS. DEFLECTION

LOA

D (l

bs.)

DEFLECTION (in.)

KS

JS

IS

KD

JD

ID

HS14S

13S GS11SFS

HD14D

13D10D11D

DS

DD10S

LS LD4000

Load Deflection for Base Mounts

2-17


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPO NENTS

LOAD VS. DEFLECTIONLOAD VS. DEFLECTION

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6

LOA

D (l

bs.)

LOA

D (l

bs.)

DEFLECTION (in.)DEFLECTION (in.)

9S

CS7S

9D

5S6S

7D

3SAS

5D

3D1D

6D

AD

1S

For Catalog Numbers V10Z52-... and V10Z53-... on pages 2-15 and 2-16.


2-18


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

2

70(154.3)

100(220.5)

175(385.8)

250(551.2)

12(26.5)

22(48.5)

45(99.2)

45(99.2)

14(30.9)

20(44.1)

35(77.2)

40(88.2)

200(13.4 x 103)

250(16.8 x 103)

290(19.5 x 103)

370(24.9 x 103)

0.17

0.22

0.25

0.19

0.2

0.2

0.2

0.16

15…35(33.1...77.2)

30…50(66.2...110.2)

50…90(110.2...198.4)

80…125(176.4...275.6)

V10Z46MKD040

V10Z46MKD045

V10Z46MKD055

V10Z46MKD065

104(4.1)130(5.1)170(6.7)205(8.1)

30(1.2)35

(1.4)40

(1.6)50

(2.0)

80(3.1)100(3.9)130(5.1)165(6.5)

55(2.2) 70(2.8) 90(3.5)115(4.5)

40(1.6)45

(1.8)55

(2.2)65

(2.6)

25 (.98)

32(1.26)

50(2.00)

50(2.00)

11(.43)14

(.55)17

(.67)20

(.79)

M10

M12

M16

M16

125(4.9)160(6.3)210(8.3)245(9.6)

4.5(.18)4.5

(.18) 6

(.24) 8

(.32)

29(1.14)

34(1.34)

54(2.13)

52(2.05)

V10Z46MKD040

V10Z46MKD045

V10Z46MKD055

V10Z46MKD065

Provided with hex nut and lock washer.

• FOR STANDARD LOADS OF 15 TO 125 kgf (33.1 TO 275.6 lb.)

M-Style Mounts

• MATERIAL: Mounting Plates – Mild Steel, Painted Isolators – Natural Rubber, 60 Durometer

Metric


Catalog NumberBolt

ThreadL A l1 l2B S h1 h2h d

DIMENSIONS

Spring Ratein Z dir. Kz

kgf/cm (lb./ft.)

TECHNICAL DATA

Catalog NumberStiffness

RatioKx/Kz

StiffnessRatioKy/Kz

Standard Loadin Z Direction

kgf (lb.)

Allowable Loadkgf (lb.)

X Dir.Z Dir. Y Dir.

APPLICATIONS

• VIBRATION SCREEN

• VIBRATION CONVEYORS

• VIBRATION SIEVES

• INSTRUMENT PANELS

• REFRIGERATORS

• COMPRESSORS

FEATURES:

• Compared with circular rubber mounts, they ensure lower spring rate in vertical direction and higher stability in horizontal direction. Suited for machines which generate considerable vibrations during low- speed operation.

• Excellent in controlling vibrations of 600 cpm or higher.

• Can be installed in very small areas because of its narrow width.

• Used for oscillating motions.

B

L

A

l1

l2

X

Y

Ød

Z

Y

Bolt ThreadSh1

h2

h

S



2-19


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

2

67

89

10

1214

1618

20

25

30

40

50

6070

8090

100

120

140

160

180

200

250

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1200

1400

1600

1800

2000

1.2 1.4 1.61.8 2.0 2.5 3.0 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 161.0

KC035

KC075 (BP)

KC045

KC080 (BP) KC060

KC070KC100BP

KC140BP

KC170BP

• FOR STANDARD LOADS OF 4 TO 900 kgf ( 9 TO 1980 lb.)

V - Style Mounts

• MATERIAL: Mounting Plates – Mild Steel, Painted Isolators – Natural Rubber

Metric

Fig. 1 & Fig. 3Shown

S G

t2 H1

BP2

t2

t3

B

G

H1

G

B

S

S

S

F

A

E

t1

X

Y

X

Z

X

Y

X

Z

X

Y

X

Z

Fig. 1 Without Base Plate

t1

H2 H1

P1

t1

P1

L

AF

L

G

FA

RubberPad

Fig. 2 With Base Plate

Fig. 3 With Base Plate

45°

Ød1

Ød1

Ød22 HOLES

Ød1

45°

Ød22 HOLES

Ød12 PLACES

FEATURES:

• Compared with circular rubber mounts, these have higher

stiffness in horizontal direction "X" and better stability.They are also well-suited for rotating machines whichgenerate vibrating forces in the horizontal direction.

• Easy to install. The spring rate can be changed just

by altering the mounting positions.

• For the base plate attached type (Fig. 2), a rubber pad is fitted

to the base plate so that the machine can be placed on the floor.

APPLICATIONS

• AIR COMPRESSORS • MACHINE TOOLS

• VIBRATION SCREENS • VIBRATION SIEVES

• HORIZONTAL CENTRIFUGAL • HIGH-SPEED DIESEL ENGINES SEPARATORS

LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPH

DEFLECTION (mm)

LO

AD

RA

NG

E N

UM

BE

R

Load (kgf)



2-20


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

2

6(.24) 8

(.32) 8

(.32)12

(.47)12

(.47)

30(1.2) 50(2.0) 70(2.8) 90(3.5) 70(2.8) 90(3.5) 70(2.8) 90(3.5)110(4.3)240(9.5)180(7.1)

KC035

KC045

KC060

KC070

KC075

KC080

KC075BP

KC080BP

KC100BP

KC140BP

KC170BP

60 (2.4) 82

(3.2)108

(4.3)124

(4.9)135

(5.3)148

(5.8)135

(5.3)148

(5.8)180

(7.1)250

(9.8)288

(11.3)

M10

M16

M12

M16

M12

M16

M20

V - Style Mounts Selection Data

Metric

LoadRange

Number

Standard Load inZ Direction

4...10(9...22)25...45

(55...99)30...95

(66...209)50...150

(110...330)30...90

(66...198)35...135

(77...297)30...90

(66...198)35...135

(77...297)100...300

(220...660)300...650

(660...1430)500...900

(1100...1980)

20 (44) 90

(196) 185

(407) 290

(638) 170

(374) 260

(572) 170

(374) 260

(572) 600

(1320)1300

(2860)1750

(3850)

13 (28) 55

(121) 65

(143) 110

(242) 105

(231) 155

(341) 105

(231) 155

(341) 260

(572) 550

(1210) 650

(1430)

5 (11) 25

(55) 30

(66) 55

(121) 40

(88) 60

(132) 40

(88) 60

(132)120

(264)250

(550)280

(616)

A

1

2

3

LoadRange

NumberB E F

30(1.2)40

(1.6)45

(1.8)55

(2.2)76

(3.0)76

(3.0)

d1

ThreadG S t

1 L P1

P2

H1

H2

d2

25(1.0)32

(1.3)40

(1.6)50

(2.0)40

(1.6)50

(2.0)40

(1.6)50

(2.0)46

(1.8)

46(1.8)

140(5.5)150(5.9)200(7.9)220(8.7)252(9.9)

175(6.9)100(3.9)

t2

t3

6(.24)

M20x2

Fig.No.

26(1.0) 40(1.6) 56(2.2) 65(2.6) 56(2.2) 65(2.6) 56(2.2) 65(2.6)100(3.9)127(5.0)184(7.2)

35(1.4) 45(1.8) 60(2.4) 70(2.8) 73(2.9) 80(3.1) 85(3.3) 94(3.7)114(4.5)140(5.5)170(6.7)

4.5(.18) 4.5(.18) 6(.24) 8(.32) 6(.24) 8(.32) 6(.24) 8(.32) 8(.32)

12(.47)

170 (6.7)180

(7.1)240

(9.5)250

(9.8)300

(11.8)

79(3.1) 88(3.5)108(4.3)

NOTES: "BP" at the end of the Catalog Number stands for base plate attached type.All units are provided with hex nuts and spring washers.

StiffnessRatioKx/Kz

StiffnessRatioKy/Kz

Spring Rate ZDirection

kgf/cmX Direction Y DirectionZ Direction

ALLOWABLE LOAD

NOTE: Rubber material is natural rubber of hardness 45 durometer.

65

235

380

520

190

300

190

300

600

1200

1700

0.75

0.61

0.58

0.54

0.81

0.78

0.81

0.78

0.54

0.56

0.33

0.34

0.27

0.26

0.27

0.3

0.28

0.3

0.28

0.26

0.27

0.23

KC035

KC045

KC060

KC070

KC075

KC080

KC075BP

KC080BP

KC100BP

KC140BP

KC170BP

29(1.1)34

(1.3)44

(1.7)52

(2.0)44

(1.7)52

(2.0)44

(1.7)52

(2.0)57

(2.2)

56(2.2)

TECHNICAL DATA measured in kgf and (lb.)

M12

18(.71)

14(.55)14

(.55)

Base Plate - BP(where applicable)

Load Range NumberUse information in both tables below todetermine appropriate Load Range Number

CATALOG NUMBER DESIGNATION

V 1 0 Z 4 5 M

18x2.71x.0822x2

.87x.08

DIMENSIONS measured in mm and (inches)

M12



2-21


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

2

102(46.3)

75(34)

195(88.5)

260(118)

360(163.3)

335(152)

Rectangular Mounts – To 900 lbs.

Catalog NumberΔ

V10Z 6-530C

750 850 950 12501100 1500 1750

900 (408) — — — — — —800

(362.9)


NOTE: 81% vibration absorption (usually satisfactory) will be obtained when the mounting indicated is operating at the minimum load shown for each forced frequency. Better than 81% absorption will be obtained either with a greater load (within the limits shown) for a given forced frequency, or with a higher forced frequency for a given load.

*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield 81% isolation.ΔTo be discontinued when present stock is depleted.

Catalog NumberΔ

V10Z 6-530C

750 850 950 12501100 1500 1750

360 (163.3)155

(70.3)


Compression

Shear





2000 2500 3000

590(267.6)

390(177)

270(122.5)

2000 3000

55(25) * *

2500


• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS TO 900 POUNDS (408 kgf)

• FOR SHEAR LOADS TO 360 POUNDS (163.3 kgf)• MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber

Base – Steel

LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHDeflection below the line x-x are consideredsafe practice for static loads; data above thatline are useful for calculating deflections underdynamic loads.

COMPRESSION

SHEAR

COMPRESSION

SHEAR

XX

X

X

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5

1200

1100

1000

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

LO

AD

(lb

.)

DEFLECTION (in.)

2-1/4(57.2)

3/8(9.5)

3-1/8(79.4)

4-9/16(115.9)

1-7/16(36.5)

3/4-10 NC-2

1/4(6.4)

SECTION X-X

5/8 DIA.(15.9)

3(76.2)

1-1/2(38.1)

3/4(19.1)

1-1/2(38.1)

5(127)

6-1/2(165.1)

3(76.2)

X X

1-3/4(44.5)



2-22


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

2

COMPRESSION

SHEAR

SHEAR

COMPRESSION

XX

X

X

1400

1300

1200

1100

1000

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5


—

• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS TO 775 POUNDS (351.5 kgf)

• FOR SHEAR LOADS TO 315 POUNDS (142.9 kgf)


• MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber Base – Steel

Catalog Number

V10Z 6-500B

750MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)


5-7/8(149.2)

SECTION Y-Y

SECTION X-X

5/16-18 UNC (TYP)

3/8(9.5)

.120(3)

3-13/16(96.8)

5-3/16 (131.8)

4-1/2(114.3)

11/16(17.5)

1-7/16(36.5)

1/2(12.7)

X

7/16(11.1)

5/8(15.9)

7/8(22.2)

Y Y

X

*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield 81% isolation.


LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHDeflections below the line x-x are considered safepractice for static loads; data above that line is usefulfor calculating deflections under dynamic loads

LO

AD

(lb

.)

DEFLECTION (in.)

Compression


315(142.9)

Catalog Number

V10Z 6-500B

750MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)

Forcing Frequency in Cycles per MinuteShear

775(351.5)

315(142.9)

— — — — —585

(265.4)440

(200)270

(122.5)175

(79.4)

850 950 12501100 1500 1750 2000 2500 3000

260(117.9)

200(90.7)

165(74.8)

125(56.7) * *

850 950 12501100 1500 1750 2000 2500 3000

125(56.7)

585(29.5)

440(24.9)




2-23


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

2

• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS TO 1475 POUNDS (669 kgf)

• FOR SHEAR LOADS TO 440 POUNDS (200 kgf)



*At this forcing frequency, lesser loads will yield 81% isolation.


SECTION Y-Y

SECTION X-XLOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHDeflections below the line x-x are considered safepractice for static loads; data above that line is usefulfor calculating deflections under dynamic loads

LO

AD

(lb

.)

DEFLECTION (in.)


1475(669)

Catalog Number

V10Z 6-520B

675 850 950 12501100 1500 1750 2000 2500

—1200

(544.3)1040

(471.7)650

(294.8)470

(213.2)320

(145.1)170

(77.1)

MaximumLoad lb. (kgf) Minimum Load for 81% Isolation (lb.)

Forcing Frequency in Cycles per MinuteCompression

250(113.4)

440(200)

Catalog Number

V10Z 6-520B

675 850 950 12501100 1500 1750 2000 2500

190(86.2)

135(61.2)

110(49.9)

70(31.8)

60(27.2)

50(22.7) *

MaximumLoad lb (kgf) Minimum Load for 81% Isolation (kgf)

Forcing Frequency in Cycles per MinuteShear

440(200)

——

2800

2600

2400

2200

2000

1800

1600

1400

1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9

xx

x

x

SHEAR

COMPRESSION

COMPRESSION

SHEAR

6-3/4(171.5)

3/8-24 UNF (TYP)

7/16 DIA.(11.1)

3-13/16(96.8)

4-3/4(120.7)

1(25.4)

1-1/4(31.8)

2-1/2(63.5)

3/4(19.1)

3/16(4.8)

1-1/8(28.6)

1-1/2(38.1)

X

X

Y Y

5-7/8(149.2)



2-24


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

2

?2-24

c/cc

K

Mass (M)

Schematic of simple mounting system

K = Stiffness of spring (mount)c/cc = Critical damping ratioc = System damping coefficientcc = Critical damping coefficientfd = Disturbing frequencyfn = Natural frequency

% TRANSMISSIBILITY = T = 100

TO DETERMINE THE EFFICIENCY OF ISOLATION,SUBTRACT THE % TRANSMISSIBILITY FROM 100%

1

( )2

1fn

fd

Vibration Transmissibility Charts

100

80

60

40

30

20

108

6

4

3

2

1

.8

.6

.4

.3

.2

.1.1

.2 .3 .4 .6 .8 21 3 4 6 8 10

Transmissibility vs. Frequency Ratio and c/cc

Attenuation

Amplification

20%

40%

70%

90%

Tra

ns

mis

sib

ilit

y T

Forcing FrequencyRatio:

Natural Frequency

Pe

rce

nt

Iso

lati

on

.20

.50

.01

.05

.10

c/cc = .10

c/cc = .20

c/cc = .50

c/cc = .01

c/cc = .05

Vibration Transmissibility Chart for C/Cc = 02000

1000900800700600

500

400350300

250

150

200

10090807060

100

200

300

400

500

600

800

1000

2000

3000

NA

TU

RA

L F

RE

QU

EN

CY

(f n

) C

YC

LE

S P

ER

MIN

UT

E

DISTURBING FREQUENCY (fd) CYCLES PER MINUTE

TR

AN

SM

ISS

IBL

ITY

100%

30%

20%

10%

5%3%

2%1%

Ampl

ifica

tion

To B

e Avo

ided

Extre

mel

y Crit

ical

App

licat

ions

RESO

NANCE

.04

.01

.02

.03

.06

.2

.3

.4

.6

.1

1.0

2.0

3.04.0

6.0

10.0

STA

TIC

DE

FL

EC

TIO

N IN

IN

CH

ES

Non

critica

l App

licat

ions

Crit

ical

App

licat

ions

For more extensive discussion of vibrationanalysis and isolation, see the technicalsection starting on page T1-0.


SECTION 3

3-2


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

3

• FOR LOADS OF 120 TO 2500 POUNDS (54.4 TO 1134 kgf)

Level Mounts – To 2500 lbs.

• MATERIAL: Housing – Cast Iron Isolator – Oil-Resistant Neoprene

1-1/2 MAX.(38.1)

LEG OF EQUIPMENT

D DIA. x E LONG LEVELING BOLT

C

B

A

INSTALLATIONRaise the machine with conventional liftingdevices, place the mounts beneath the machinefeet and attach the leveling bolts to the mounts.Lower the machine and ensure that the totalweight is carried by all of the mounts. Level to adesired height by gradual and sequentialadjustment of the leveling bolts. Tighten thelocknuts.

CHARACTERISTICSThe mounts consist of a high-quality,nonskid, neoprene isolation element yielding1/8 in. (3.2 mm) deflection at rated load,rugged load-bearing top casting and hardwarenecessary for leveling and fastening equipmentto mount. Up to 5/8 in. (15.9 mm) levelingcapability eliminates shimming. Boltingequipment to floor is not required.

Dimensions

BA C D E

Max.Impactlb. (kgf)

Catalog NumberSteadyLoad

lb. (kgf)

MaximumHeight

Adjustment


90 (40.8)

150 (68)

337(152.9)

1200(544)

1875(850.5)

7-1/2(190.5)

V10Z12-MA00120

V10Z12-MA00200

V10Z12-MB00450

V10Z12-MB01600

V10Z12-MC025003/4

(19.1)

5/16 (7.9)

1/2(12.7)

2-7/8 (73)

4-15/16(125.4)

2-3/8 (60.3)

3-7/8 (98.4)

1-7/8(47.6)

1-3/4(44.5)

120 (54.4)

200 (90.7)

450 (204.1)

1600 (725.7)

2500(1134)

1/2(12.7)

1/2(12.7)

1/2(12.7)

3-1/2(88.9)

2-3/4(69.9)

3(76.2)

5-7/8(149.2)

2-5/16(58.7)



3-3


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

3

• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS ONLY • STAINLESS STEEL MESH

• CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT • FOR LOADS OF 100 TO 10000 POUNDS

Leveling Mounts – To 10000 lbs.

BEFORE LEVELING AFTER LEVELING

D

A

1/2 (12.7)C

B DIA.CHARACTERISTICSThe mounts consist of two ruggedmeehanite castings, a resilient pad of knittedstainless steel mesh and pressed steelbaseplate. The leveling screw seats into thebottom casting thus providing a built-inleveling device. The excellent dampingcharacteristics of this mount are unaffectedby contaminants such as oil, grease orcaustics.

INSTALLATIONRaise the machine with conventional liftingdevices; place the mounts beneath themachine feet and attach the leveling screwsto the mount. Lower the machine and ensurethat the total weight is carried by all of themounts. Level to a desired height by gradualand sequential adjustment of the levelingscrews. Tighten the locknut.

5/8-11 UNC

1-8 UNC

2(50.8)

2-1/8(54)

Catalog NumberLoad Range

A

NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm. To be discontinued when present stock is depleted.

lb. kgf

100–250 250–500 500–10001000–20002000–40001000–100001000–40004000–70007000–10000

45–113 113–227 227–454 454–907 907–1814 454–4536 454–18141814–31753175–4536

V10Z25-0139-1V10Z25-0139-2V10Z25-0139-3V10Z25-0139-4V10Z25-0139-5V10Z25-0339V10Z25-0339-1V10Z25-0339-3V10Z25-0339-5

*

4-1/4(108)

7-45/64(196)

B

3-1/2 (89)

4-9/32(109)

C D

*



3-4


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

3

INSTALLATIONRaise the machine with conventional lifting devices; place the mounts beneath the machine feet and attach the leveling bolts to themounting. Lower the machine and ensure that the total weight is carried by all of the mounts. Level to a desired height by gradual andsequential adjustment of the leveling bolts. Tighten the locknut.

100 (45.4)

500 (226.8)

1000 (453.6)

4000(1814.4)

V10Z25-LM3

V10Z25-LM5

V10Z25-LM6

V10Z25-LM8

Load lb. (kgf)

• FOR LOADS OF 100 TO 12000 POUNDS (45.4 TO 5443.1 kgf)

Leveling Mounts – To 12000 lbs.

BEFORE LEVELING AFTER LEVELING

D

STATIC H

Locknut is tightened downonto machine foot after ithas been leveled forpermanent positioning.

Turning leveling boltraises height of metalhousing and foot ofmachine as much as1/2 inch (12.7 mm).

High-strength steelhousing carriesload and rides onneoprene base withoutany appreciablemechanical wear orfatigue.

Neopreneelastomer mountingbase controlsdeflections undervibration and shockloads with highisolation efficiency.

Base of mount restssquarely against floorsurface with no creepingor walking. Machineremains readily portablewith no damage to floor.

Catalog NumberMin. Max.

500 (226.8)

1000 (453.6)

4000(1814.4)

12000(5443.1)

3-1/2 (89)

5(127)

6-1/4(159)

8(203)

1-1/8(28.6)

1-3/4(44.5)

1-3/4(44.5)

2(50.8)

1/2-13 x 3-1/2

1/2-13 x 5

3/4-10 x 5

1-14 x 8

DDia.

HStaticHeight

BoltSize &Length

8-12Approximately

Natural Frequencyat Maximum Load

Hz




3-5


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

3V10R12-R22

V10R12-R33

V10R12-R44

V10R12-R66

V10R12-F22

V10R12-F33

V10R12-F44

V10R12-F66

2-3/4 (69.9)

4-3/4(120.7)

2-9/16 (65.1)

1-1/2(38.1)

1-7/8(47.6)

3-13/16 (96.8)3-11/16 (93.7)

200 – 500 (90.7 – 226.8)

500 – 1200 (226.8 – 544.3)

1200 – 2400 (544.3 – 1088.6)

2400 – 4000(1088.6 – 1814.4)

200 – 500 (90.7 – 226.8)

500 – 1200 (226.8 – 544.3)

1200 – 2400 (544.3 – 1088.6)

2400 – 4000(1088.6 – 1814.4)

25.8

58.1

103.2

195.2

25.8

58.1

103.2

195.2

4

9

16

30-1/4

4

9

16

30-1/4

2 x 2 x 5/8(50.8 x 50.8 x 15.9)

3 x 3 x 5/8(76.2 x 76.2 x 15.9)

4 x 4 x 5/8(101.6 x 101.6 x 15.9)

5-1/2 x 5-1/2 x 5/8(139.7 x 139.7 x 15.9)

2 x 2 x 5/8(50.8 x 50.8 x 15.9)

3 x 3 x 5/8(76.2 x 76.2 x 15.9)

4 x 4 x 5/8(101.6 x 101.6 x 15.9)

5-1/2 x 5-1/2 x 5/8(139.7 x 139.7 x 15.9)

• FOR LOADS OF 200 TO 4000 POUNDS(90.7 TO 1814.4 kgf)

Leveling Mounts– Iso-Pad Type – To 4000 lbs.

• MATERIAL: Isolator – Iso-Pad (Standard Load) Refer to characteristics shown on page 8-2

Base – Casting 30000 psi (2109 kgf/cm2) Tensile Strength Bolt – SAE Grade No. 5 Heat-Treated

A

B

A

B C

Fig. 1 (REGULAR MOUNT)

C

*Fig. 2 (FIXED MOUNT)

Catalog Number

*Recommended for use under impact machinery.Additional bolt and mount sizes available on request.

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

PadDimensions

in. (mm)

PadAreasq. in.

BoltDimensions

Dimensions

1/2-20 x 4

3/4-16 x 6

1/2-20 x 4

3/4-16 x 6

5-1/4(133.3)

7-1/2(190.5)

4-3/4(120.7)

6-9/16(166.7)6-3/4

(171.5)

BMaximum

Adjustment

AMinimum

Height

COverallHeight

Load perMountlb. (kgf)

1

2

PadArea

sq. cmFig.

1-3/4(44.5)1-7/8(47.6)

2-7/16(61.9)2-5/8(66.7)



700

650

600

550500

450400

350300

250200

150100

50

0 1 2 3

V10Z76MSG-40

V10Z76MSG-30

2 (.079)

2.5 (.089)

40(1.575)

50(1.979)

M8/M10

M8

30(1.181)

38(1.496)

• ISOLATES IMPACTS & STRUCTURAL NOISE• PREVENTS MACHINE PIVOTING

• MATERIAL: Bolt – DIN 976 Nuts – DIN 934 Washer – DIN 9021 Isolator – Natural Rubber (Ozone-Resistant)

Metric

Catalog Number*

V10Z76MSG-30

V10Z76MSG-40

Amm (in.)

12(.472)

17(.669)


Bmm (in.)

18 (.709)

45(1.772)

Dmm (in.)

DMmm (in.)

C

100

50

50(11) 80(18)

1(.039)

250 (56) 450(101)

Catalog Number*

V10Z76MSG-30

V10Z76MSG-40

LoadN

(lbf)

Deflectionmm(in.)

LoadN

(lbf)

Deflectionmm(in.)


%

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

Maximum Minimum

3-6


AD

VAN

CED ANTIVIBRATION

CO M P O N E N TS

New

Leveling Mounts – Conical Type

ØD

ØDM

A

BC

With Threaded Leveling Bolt



Rev: 5-9-11 SS



3-7


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

3

58(2.3)65

(2.6)

12(.47)14

(.55)

7.5(.3)

100(3.9)140(5.5)

80(3.1)120(4.7)

44(1.7)54

(2.1)

67(2.63)

72(2.83)

M12

M16

200 (441)

600(1323)

70(2.76)

79(3.11)

• BALL TYPE• FOR LOADS OF 200 TO 600 kgf (441 TO 1323 lb.)

Leveling Carry Mounts

• MATERIAL: Handle – Steel, Painted Bolt – Steel, Zinc Plated Housing – Iron, Galvanized Ball – Steel Isolator – Oil-Resistant Rubber

Metric

BOLT THREAD

ØD3L

H2

H1h1

h2

ØD2

ØD1

MOUNT IN ROLLING POSITION

MACHINE LEVELEDRUBBER PAD EXTENDED

DESCRIPTIONCARRY MOUNT is a moveablemount in which the rubber mount isincorporated with a rotating ball.They allow movement of machinesand give excellent vibration-freeinstallations.

FEATURES:• Compact Design• Excellent Stability• Easy Movement & Setting• Lightweight• Low Price

APPLICATIONS• SHOP MACHINES• OFFICE EQUIPMENT• MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS

INSTALLATION

Place the CARRY MOUNT under the bolt hole of the machine.Insert the bolt into the screw hole of the CARRY MOUNT and screwit in until the bolt stops.

Turn the spoked wheel clockwise to lift the rubber mount.The steel ball then allows free movement.

Turn the spoked wheel counterclockwise to lift the steel ball.The rubber mount now supports the machine in place.

Catalog Number

V10Z44MCM200

V10Z44MCM600

h2Bolt

ThreadH2

D1

±2(± .08)

D2 D3 LWorking

Load Max.kgf (lb.)

H1 h1




3-8


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

3

• CASTER TYPE• FOR LOADS OF 60 TO 100 kgf (132 TO 220 lb.)

Leveling Carry Mounts

• MATERIAL: Frame & Bolt – Steel, Galvanized Wheel – Nylon Isolator – Oil-Resistant Rubber

Metric

L

80(3.1)

100(3.9)

CM060 & CM060S CM100 & CM100S

L100(3.9)72

(2.8)

72(2.8)

100(3.9)

MOUNTING HOLES

1

2

D

34

5

D1h2

h1

H2

H1

CASTER INROLLING POSITION

MACHINE LEVELEDRUBBER MOUNT EXTENDED

1. MOUNTING PLATE

2. FRAME

3. WHEEL

4. RUBBER MOUNT

5. LEVELING BOLT &

ADJUSTING NUT

Ød, 4 HOLES

Ø60(2.4)

Ød2 HOLES

LEVEL ADJUSTINGHOLE Ø6.5 mm(.26)

FEATURES:

• Compact Design

• Excellent Stability

• Easy Movement & Setting

• Lightweight

• Low Price

APPLICATIONS

• SHOP MACHINES

• OFFICE EQUIPMENT

• MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS

DESCRIPTIONCARRY MOUNT is a moveable mount in which the rubber mount is incorporated into a caster. They allow movement ofmachines and give excellent vibration-free installations.

INSTALLATIONRaise machine and attach casters with suitable bolts. Insert screwdriver or 1/4 diameter rod into level adjusting hole andturn it to the left (clockwise) to lift the rubber mount. Machine can now be easily moved. Once relocated, level adjustinghole is rotated counterclockwise to lift the wheel. The machine is then positioned in place.

15(.59)16

(.63)17

(.67)15

(.59)

57(2.24)

34(1.34)

76(2.99)

34(1.34)

51(2.00)

50(1.97)

75(2.95)

60(2.36)

80(3.1) 70(2.8)120(4.7) 85(3.3)

60(132)

100(220)

Catalog Number H1

WorkingLoad Max.

kgf (lb.)

H2 D D1

10(.39)

20(.79)15

(.59)

h1 h2 d L

95(3.7)

143(5.6)126(5.0)

V10Z43MCM060

V10Z43MCM060S

V10Z43MCM100

V10Z43MCM100S

30 (1.18) 8.9

(.35)46

(1.81) 8.9

(.35)

8.8 (.35)

11 (.43)




SECTION 4

V10Z71MTM015

V10Z71MTM025

V10Z71MTM075

V10Z71MTM100

V10Z71MTM125

V10Z71MTM200

V10Z71MTM250

V10Z71MTM350

V10Z71MTM450

TEMPERATURE RANGE: -90°C TO 200°C (-130°F TO 392°F)

6 (34.3)

10 (57.1)

30 (171.3)

40 (228.4)

50 (285.5) 57.14 (326.3) 71.42 (407.8)

100 (571)

128.57 (734.2)

60 (13.5) 100

(22.5) 300 (67.4) 400

(89.9) 500

(112.4) 860

(193.3) 1070

(240.5) 1050

(236) 1930

(433.9)

150 (33.7)

250 (56.2)

750 (168.6)

1000 (224.8)

1250 (281) 2000

(449.6) 2500(562) 3500

(786.8) 4500

(1011.6)

• SUSPENDS MACHINERY• LATERAL TO AXIAL STIFFNESS RATIO 0.8 TO 1

• MATERIAL: Spring – DIN 17223-C Box – Carbon Steel Isolator – Natural Rubber

PERFORMANCE GRAPHS

Metric

10

25

20

14

11

M8

M12

Catalog Number*A

mm (in.)

CE

mm (in.)

55(2.17)

80(3.15)

Lmm (in.)

60(2.36)

80(3.15)

100(3.94)

25 (.98)

35(1.38)

10(.39)

15(.59)

StiffnessN/mm (lb./in.)

AdmissibleTemporary Overload

%

100(3.94)

150(5.91)


260

240

220

200

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0 5 10 15 20 25

V10Z71MTM015

V10Z71MTM025 V10Z71MTM125

V10Z71MTM100

V10Z71MTM075

1300

1200

1100

1000

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35

1000

2000

3000

4000

V10Z71MTM450

V10Z71MTM350

V10Z71MTM250

V10Z71MTM200

Assembly

Maximum MinimumLoad

N(lb.)

Deflectionmm(in.)

LoadN

(lb.)

Deflectionmm(in.)

E

L

11

C

A

CYLINDRICALRUBBER

BUSHING

CYLINDRICALMETAL CAP

22

4-2


AD

VAN

CED ANTIVIBRATION

CO M P O N E N TS

Suspension Mounts – Spring Type

New


Rev: 5-9-11 SS



50

25

12

V10Z72MTG-50R6Load (kgf)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6

50(112)

• FOR SUSPENSION FROM CEILING• STRONG & EASY TO ASSEMBLE

• MATERIAL: Metal Housing – Carbon Steel Isolator – Natural Rubber Bushing – Carbon Steel

Catalog Number*Natural

FrequencyHz.

min - max.

Metric

7-126(.23)

PERFORMANCE GRAPH


Ø25

54.5

38.5

M6

M631.6

Ø1551.1

44.7

58.5

MaximumLoad

kgf(lbf)

Maximum Deflection

mm (in.)

4-3


AD

VAN

CED ANTIVIBRATION

CO M P O N E N TS

Suspension Mounts – Rubber Type

V10Z72MTG-50R6


Rev: 5-9-11 SS



4-4


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

4

General Characteristics and Uses

Cable Isolators

In Section 5, starting on page 5-23, we offer a large selection of cable isolators.These assemblies are made of aircraft-quality, stranded, stainless steel cable,helically wound into metal retaining bars suitable for surface mounting. Shockand vibration are damped as the result of friction between strands of cableunder load (“flexture hysteresis”). Their superior characteristics include theirability to provide protection in compression, extension, shear and roll in all axessimultaneously.

All stainless steel and aluminum construction gives these units an excellentability to resist corrosion and leads to extremely long maintenance-free life.Below are some of the applications where the cable isolators can be superior toany other type of vibration mounts.

Application Types of EquipmentProtected

Sources of Vibrationand Shock

Other EnvironmentalHazards

Critical Specifications(Limitations)

Needed IsolatorCharacteristics

OtherRequirements

ShipboardElectronics

Navigation Displays,Radar Communication,

Sonar

Nearby Blast, Ship’sInherent Vibration,

Heavy Weather

Salt Water,Temperature Extremes

MIL-S-901DMIL-STD-167

Life of InstalledEquipment, Corrosion

Resistance,Maintenance-Free

Compliant in All Directions

Over-the-Road

Vehicles

Instrumentation,Generators,Electronics

Irregular TerrainPoor Road Condition,

Collision

Temperature Extremes,Ozone, Radioactivity,

UV Radiation

Munson Rough RoadCourse, 10 g’s

Repeated Shock

Altitude Variations,Exposure to Moisture

Long Fatigue Life,Large Displacement

Minimum Space,Maintenance-Free forInaccessible Locations

ShippingContainers

Jet Engines, Missiles,Gyroscopes, Electronics

Transit, Handling Drop,Loading / Unloading

Accidental DropExcellent Shock

MitigationIndefinite Shelf Life,

Repeated Use

GeophysicalEquipment

Data Acquisition, DataProcessing Electronics

Off-the-Road Vehicles,Transit Ship (Un)loading

Misaligned Installation,Rough Use

Severe Road Shock,Careless Handling

Maintenance-Free,No Replacement

Repeated Large DeflectionsDue to Load Shock

ChemicalProcessingEquipment

Centrifuge, Dryers,Pumps

Unbalanced DynamicLoads, Fluid Hammer

Corrosive Environments,Chlorine, Sulfur

High Temperature,Corrosive Environments

Low FrequencyReponse

Maintenance-Free forInaccessible Locations

AvionicsECM, Communications,

Reconnaissance

Rapid Maneuvering,Hard Landings,

Turbulent Air

Temperature andAltitude Extremes

15-g 11ms Hard LandingMIL-STD-810

Long Fatigue Life, NoAging Deterioration,

Lightweight

Low Profile, DynamicResponse Does Not

Change with Temperatureor Altitude

OrdnanceEquipment

Missile Launcher, TankArtillery, Computer

Controls, Electronics

Off-Road Vehicles,Railroad Humping Nearby Blast

—

Munson Rough RoadCourse, Railroad Humping

Excellent ShockMitigation,

Maintenance-FreeUse at Any Altitude

MedicalEquipment

Mechanical EquipmentCritical to Patient Care

Moving Parts,Moving Carts

Minimal VibrationEasy to Maintain,No Outgassing

Can Be Sterilized


SECTION 5

5-2


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

5

Spring Mounts – Elliptic Leaf Type (Naval " X " Type)

This type of vibration and shock isolator was designed specifi-cally for shipboard or mobile applications. They are particularlysuitable to protect delicate shipboard equipment from shock dueto underwater explosions or sudden stoppage of vehicles forvehicle-mounted equipment.

All materials used are impervious to corrosion and will operateefficiently under a wide range of temperature, making the unitswell-suited for naval or aircraft applications. Their basic designemploys two or more high tensile stainless steel "U" formedleaves, situated at each end, forming an elliptical shape whenjoined together in the center portion with face plates. The spacesbetween the "U" formed leaves are filled with a specially devel-oped polymer or stainless steel mesh.

Nonmetallic collars backed by stainless steel washers aresupplied for load attachment, while providing noise reduction.Inch size or metric bolts may be used for fastening of theequipment to the base or foundation.

Low transmitted shock accelerations are obtained by combin-ing large permitted static deflection in every direction with a highenergy loss within the mount. The high damping efficiency isobtained by the polymer which has a very low static stiffness. Theload-bearing characteristics are determined by the metal con-struction of the mountings. These mounts may be used in tensionas well as compression.

The "X" Mount is one of that rare breed that gives both vibrationisolation and shock protection. Its low frequency ensures effec-tive vibration isolation, except where the resonant frequency ofthe surrounding structure may be sympathetic with the mount'snatural frequency. Similarly, care must be taken during transpor-tation of equipment supported by "X" Mounts.

The main disadvantage of the mount is that transmissibility atresonance is high. In most applications this is not critical as the"X" Mounts are placed in areas that do not coincide with itsresonant frequency. This special applications mount may be ofparticular interest not only for its improved vibration performanceat low temperature, but also its lower natural frequency at roomtemperatures. This may avoid the need of trying to reduce thenatural frequency by means of adding a rubber washer in tandem,as this procedure also increases the transmissibility at resonanceof the system.

Shock protection of the new design has the added benefit ofdurability under repeated shocks at low temperatures.

INSTALLATION OF "X" MOUNTSDue to the sophisticated nature of the "X" Mounts, it is essential

that they be correctly loaded. Incorrect loading will mean inad-equate shock protection (this is true even in underloaded situa-tions).Bad Practice

Due to the shape and size of the "X" Mount, there is a strongtendency to use the space created as storage. Needless to say,

• Heavy Machine Tools

• Air Compressors

• Engine Suspension

• Machine Mounting

• Machine Craft Installations

• Laboratory Equipment

• Electric Motors

• Factory Test Gear

• Seat Suspension in Aircraft andVehicles

• Radar CommunicationsEquipment

• Electronic Control Equipment

• Equipment Mountings in Tanksand Other Military Vehicles

• Bomb and Other Lifting Gear

• Refrigeration Compressors

• Mobile Vehicles

• Fuel Tanks

• Blowers and Fans

• Pumps

any such placement can render the shock protection useless.Preferred Systems

Mounts supporting the system underneath only, with the centerof gravity in the lower third of the unit, is preferred. When this isimpossible, a fully suspended method should be used. Topsteadies can be used where it is difficult to choose mounts tosupport the weight using a fully suspended configuration.

The practice of combining units on one raft is often carried outto ensure that a suitable loading is obtained. This practice isespecially important for operator-controlled equipment; the seatcan be mounted on the raft as well.Orientation

Where possible, the horizontal roll axis should be fore and aft,to minimize equipment movement due to ship roll, but anyorientation is acceptable for shock protection. It is advisable toplace mounts on any one piece of equipment in the samedirection.

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS INCLUDE:


5-3


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

5 75 (13.39) 150 (26.79) 250 (44.65) 400 (71.43) 650(116.08) 2300(410.74) 3000(535.75) 4800(857.2)

1.5 (0.68)

1.75(0.8)

2.25 (1.02) 2.5 (1.13)

2.75 (1.25)

13(5.9)

14.5 (6.57)

16 (7.25)

5/16 (8)

1/2(12)

3/4(20)

.354 (9)

.512(13)

.827(21)

100 (17.88) 200 (35.72) 330 (58.93) 520 (92.86) 850(151.8) 3070(548.25) 2700(482.17) 4000(714.33)

V10Y15-57170025

V10Y15-57180050

V10Y15-57190100

V10Y15-57200150

V10Y15-57210250

V10Y15-84290400

V10Y15-84280700

V10Y15-84271000

V10Y15-57170025

V10Y15-57180050

V10Y15-57190100

V10Y15-57200150

V10Y15-57210250

V10Y15-84290400

V10Y15-84280700

V10Y15-84271000

7.5

7.5

10.5

7.5

4.17(106)

4.85(123)

4.88(124)

7.3(185) 7.25(184)7.3

(185)

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.0

40 (7.14)

80 (14.29)

135 (24.11)

220 (39.29)

350(62.5) 620

(110.72) 760

(135.72)1100

(196.44)

TEMPERATURE RANGE: +50°F to +86°F +10°C to +30°C

1.25(31.75)

1.25(31.75)

2.5(63.5)

4.5(114)

5.25(133)

7.5(190)

2 (50.8)

2 (50.8)

4(101.6)

25 (11.3) 50 (22.7) 100 (45.4) 150 (68) 250(113.5) 400(181.4) 700(317.5) 1000(453.6)

Shown as mounted (bolts and washers are not supplied).

WWidth

in.(mm)

HHeight Unloaded

with Washersin. (mm)

hHeight Loadedwith Washers

in. (mm)

DDiameterWashersin. (mm)

dBolt Hole

in.(mm)

NominalLoad

lb.(kgf)

LoadRange

lb.(kgf)

LLength

in.(mm)

20–40(9–18)40–75

(18–34)75–120(34–54)120-200(54-91)200-300(91–136)300–550

(136–250)550–850

(250–386)850–1200(386–545)

8(203)

8.5(216)

11.7(297)

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Weightlb. (kg)

Static Stiffness

Verticallb./in.

(kg/cm)

Horizontal 1 lb./in.

(kg/cm)

Horizontal 2lb./in.

(kg/cm)

Natural Frequencies - Hz

Bolt SizeUNF

in.(nearestmetric)

Vertical

5.5

5.5

5.5

5.0

Horizontal 1 Horizontal 2

Available only if final use is forgovernmental installation

• NATO APPROVED NAVAL "X" MOUNTS• MATERIAL: Leaves – 304 Stainless Steel* Washers – Nylon and Stainless Steel Damping Compound – Polymer

Spring Mounts – Elliptic Leaf Type

*NOTE: Available in natural finish or painted black (at a higher price on special order).

HORIZONTAL 2:

HORIZONTAL 1:

VERTICAL:

VIBRATION MODES:

W

L

DHEIGHT UNDERNOMINAL LOAD

Hh

UNLOADED HEIGHTd

MOUNTINGHARDWARE DETAIL



5-4


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

5

43(7.68)

18(3.25)

V10Y15-39210013

TEMPERATURE RANGE: +50°F to +86°F +10°C to +30°C

13.2(6)

NominalLoad

lb.(kgf)

LoadRange

lb.(kgf)

10.6–15.9(4.8–7.2)

Catalog Number

WeightExcluding

Boltlb.

(kg)

Static Stiffness

Verticallb./in.

(kg/cm)

Horizontal 1lb./in.

(kg/cm)

Horizontal 2lb./in.

(kg/cm)


• NATO APPROVED NAVAL "X" MOUNTS• LIGHTWEIGHT

• MATERIAL: Leaves – 304 Stainless Steel Washers – Nylon and Stainless Steel Damping Compound – Polymer


1/4(6)

Bolt SizeUNF

in.(nearestmetric)

33(5.91)

FEATURES:The 6 kg Mount is designed to isolate lightweight equipment(i.e. computers, printers, electronics panels etc.) from shock andvibration and has similar properties to the present range of 'X' mountswith some reduction in the available deflection under shock conditions.

5.4–6.68.3–10.1

Natural Frequencies - Hz

Vertical Horizontal 1 Horizontal 2

7.2–8.9


HORIZONTAL 2:

HORIZONTAL 1:

VERTICAL:

VIBRATION MODES:

.31(0.14)

NewM8 BOLT

5.26(133.5)

3.23 (82)

1(25)

HEIGHT UNDERNOMINAL LOAD

UNLOADED HEIGHT

2.99(76)

.79 (20).33 (8.5)



5-5


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

5

5/16 (8)

1/2(12)

3/4(20)

.354 (9)

.512(13)

.827(21)


• NATO APPROVED NAVAL "XM" MOUNTS• FOR EXTREME ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

• MATERIAL: Leaves – 304 Stainless Steel Washers – Nylon and Stainless Steel Damping Compound – Stainless Steel Mesh


NewSPRINGASSY.

WASHER

hH

L

BUSH

W

V10Y15-5717M0025

V10Y15-5718M0050

V10Y15-5719M0100

V10Y15-5720M0150

V10Y15-5721M0250

V10Y15-8429M0400

V10Y15-8428M0700

V10Y15-8427M1000

4.17(106)

4.85(123)

4.88(124)

7.3(185) 7.25(184)7.3

(185)

TEMPERATURE RANGE: -238°F to +752°F -150°C to +400°C

1.25(31.75)

1.25(31.75)

2.5(63.5)

4.5 (114)

5.25 (133)

7.5 (190)

2 (50.8)

2 (50.8)

4(101.6)

25 (11.3) 50 (22.7) 100 (45.4) 150 (68) 250(113.5) 400(181.4) 700(317.5) 1000(453.6)

WWidth

in.(mm)

HHeight Unloaded

with Washersin. (mm)

hHeight Loadedwith Washers

in. (mm)

DDiameterWashersin. (mm)

dBolt Hole

in.(mm)

NominalLoad

lb.(kgf)

LoadRange

lb.(kgf)

LLength

in.(mm)

20–40(9–18)40–75

(18–34)75–120(34–54)120-200(54-91)200-300(91–136)300–550

(136–250)550–850

(250–386)850–1200(386–545)

8(203)

8.5(216)

11.7(297)

Catalog Number

1.5(0.68) 1.75(0.8) 2.25(1.02) 2.5(1.13) 2.75(1.25)13(5.9)14.5(6.57)16(7.25)

Weightlb.

(kg)

Bolt SizeUNF

in.(nearestmetric)



5-6


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

5

Impressed frequency Hz

30

20

10

0

-10

-20

10.0

3.0

1.0Q

0.3

0.1

-30

-40

5 6 7 10 20 30 50 100

a

b

c

def

dB

TRANSMISSIBILITY / TEMPERATURE / RESONANCE


"Q" / TEMPERATURE

NATURAL FREQUENCY / TEMPERATURE

"Q" Factor

fn=Natural Frequency

Temperature °C

Temperature °C

20

10

-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40

-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40

30

20

10

Real stiffness"Q" = ––––––––––––––––

Complex stiffness

10.2 6.1 2.8 2.2 4.022.7

6.2 6.6 7.613.022.029.6

Temp °C (°F) fn Hz Qabcdef

41.6 (106.9) 29.9 (85.8) 19.7 (67.5) 10.2 (50.4) 0.5 (32.9)–16.1 (3.0)


NEW SIZES

2624222018

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25

13012011010090

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

V10Z73MAM025 V10Z73MAM125

V10Z73MAM100

V10Z73MAM075

V10Z73MAM050


AD

VAN

CED ANTIVIBRATION

CO M P O N E N TS • WORKING TEMPERATURE RANGE

-90°C TO +200°C (-130°F TO +392°F)• LATERAL TO AXIAL STIFFNESS RATIO 0.8 TO 1

Spring Mounts – Foam Type – To 1250 N

PERFORMANCE GRAPHS

M Style Base Mounting

shown106 (4.2)

63(2.5)

11 (.43)

80 (3.2)

A

51 (2.0)

M8

M816 (.63)

46 (1.81)

49 (1.93)

52 (2.05)

71 (2.80)

74 (2.91)

77 (3.03)

Description

No bases

Lower base attached

Upper and Lower bases attached

AFree Height

mm (in.)

MountingStyle

C

M

R

• MATERIAL: Spring – Steel (Black Cataphoresis or Blue Epoxy) Base – Carbon Steel Bushing – Carbon Steel Isolator – Polyethylene Base Pad – Foam Rubber

Metric

Height at25 mm (.98 in.)

Deflectionmm (in.)

5-7

New


Catalog Number*

To complete the part number please specify mounting style. Continued on the next page*To be discontinued when present stock is depleted.

Rev: 5-7-11 SS

LoadN

(lb.)

Deflectionmm(in.)

LoadN

(lb.)

Deflectionmm(in.)

StiffnessN/mm(lb./in.)


%

Maximum Minimum

10 (57.1)

20(114.2)

30(171.3)

40(228.4)

50(285.5)

100 (22.5)

200 (45.0)

300 (67.4)

400 (89.9)

500(112.4)

250 (56.2) 500

(112.4) 750

(168.6) 1000

(224.8) 1250

(281.0)

V10Z73MAM025

V10Z73MAM050

V10Z73MAM075

V10Z73MAM100

V10Z73MAM125

1010(.39)

25(.98)



V10Z73MAM150

V10Z73MAM250

V10Z73MAM350

V10Z73MAM4504500

4000

3500

3000

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35

V10Z73MAM200


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPO NENTS

43(245.5)

57(325.5)

71(405.4)

100(571.0)

129(736.6)

• WORKING TEMPERATURE RANGE -90°C TO +200°C (-130°F TO +392°F)

• LATERAL TO AXIAL STIFFNESS RATIO 0.8 TO 1

Spring Mounts – Foam Type – To 4500 N

• MATERIAL: Spring – Steel (Black Cataphoresis or Blue Epoxy) Base – Carbon Steel Bushing – Carbon Steel Isolator – Polyethylene Base Pad – Foam Rubber

Catalog Number*

V10Z73MAM150

V10Z73MAM200

V10Z73MAM250

V10Z73MAM350

V10Z73MAM450

To complete the part number please specify mounting style.*To be discontinued when present stock is depleted.

M Style Base Mounting

shown

30

25

20

14

11

15(.59)

Maximum MinimumLoad

N (lb.)

Deflectionmm(in.)

1500 (337.2)

2000 (449.6)

2500 (562.0)

3500 (786.8)

4500(1011.6)

35(1.38)

LoadN

(lb.)

Deflectionmm(in.)

640(143.9) 860

(193.3)1070

(240.5)1500

(337.2)1930

(433.9)

StiffnessN/mm(lb./in.)


%

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

96 (3.8)

A

69 (2.7)

M12

128(5.04)

96(3.8)

22(.87)

M83 (.12)

8 (.32)

86 (3.4)

12 (.47)

76 (2.99)

79 (3.11)

82 (3.23)

111 (4.37)

114 (4.49)

117 (4.61)

Description

No bases

Lower base attached

Upper and Lower bases attached

AFree Height

mm (in.)

Height at35 mm (1.38 in.)

Deflectionmm (in.)

MountingStyle

C

M

R

Metric

5-8

New

Rev: 5-8-11 SS



5-9


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

527 – 40

40 – 61

61 – 90

V10Z30-2273

V10Z30-2274

V10Z30-2275

• CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT• STAINLESS STEEL MESH


• MATERIAL: Base Plate – Mild Steel Springs – High-Tensile Steel - Phosphated & Dyed Black Isolator – Knitted Stainless Steel Mesh End Caps – Light Alloy

CHARACTERISTICSLateral to vertical stiffness ratio approximately 1:1.Elastic Limit corresponds to a maximum load incompression of .042 oz. (1.2 g) and radially.007 oz. (0.2 g). Damping factor c/co .10 to .15.

APPLICATIONS• MEDIUM-HEAVY INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT• OPTICAL EQUIPMENT• LABORATORY EQUIPMENT

MOUNTINGMust be loaded vertically through its axis.

Catalog Number


Static Load NaturalFrequency

Hzmm

H - Height

Max.LoadFree

mm

2 – 2-1/2 76.2144 3.05.7

In.in.kgflb.

60 – 90

90 – 135

135 – 200


Spring Mounts – Damped Type – To 200 lbs.

4.0 (101.6)

3.25 (82.6)

3.0 (76.2)

2 HOLES.386 (9.8) DIA.

3/8-16 UNC-2B x 1/2 DEEP

2.50 (63.5)

H



5-10


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

5 68 – 118

113 – 205

200 – 340

V10Z31-2461

V10Z31-2462

V10Z31-2463

• CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT• STAINLESS STEEL MESH


• MATERIAL: Mounting Plates – Mild Steel, Painted Springs – High-Tensile Steel; Phosphated, Dyed Black Isolators – Knitted Stainless Steel Mesh

CHARACTERISTICSLateral to vertical stiffness approximately 1:1.Elastic Limit corresponds to a maximum load incompression of .042 oz. (1.2 g) and radially.007 oz. (0.2 g). Damping factor c/c .15 to .20.

APPLICATIONS• HEAVY LOADS• COMPRESSORS• PUMPS• GRAIN VIBRATORS


H

X

X

SECTION X-X

3-3/4 (95.3)

4-1/2 (114.3)

H

1/2-20 UNF.563 (14.3) DIA.

.260 (6.6) DIA.


Static Load NaturalFrequency

Hz mm

H - Height

Max. LoadFree

mm

150 – 260

250 – 450

440 – 750

4 – 4-1/2 3.0 76.2 2.378 60.4

in. in.lb. kgf

Catalog Number


o




5-11


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

5V10Z32-1006 & 1004

V10Z32-1008

INDUSTRIAL AND MARINE APPLICATIONSThe following table gives recommended isolation efficiency in relation to site configuration and driving motor power. If site configuration isnot known, assume for basement condition. Transfer the recommended efficiency to the transmissibility curves on the graph.

EXAMPLEProject a line from the efficiency required on the right -hand side to intersect the performance lines 1008, 1006and 1004. Project those intersections down to obtain thetwo dimensionless ratios (R) for the three mountings.Divide the lowest running speed (Hz) of the completemachine by R to give the natural frequency f 'n required.Compare f 'n with the actual natural frequency (fn) of themounting concerned . If f 'n fits into the fn band of themounting, select that mounting. If two mountings meet theabove conditions, select the one with higher fn; it will bemore stable.

A fan turning at 980 rpm (16.3 Hz) driven by a 7 kw motorrunning at 1470 rpm, which is to be installed on an upperfloor of light construction:

Recommended efficiency = 93%first projection gives R = 5.5 for 1008

and from fn = , fn = = 2.96 Hz

discard 1008 as it has fn = 9 to 7 Hz

second projection gives R = 4 for 1006 & 1004

again fn = = 4.08 Hz

which fits 1004, fn = 5 to 3 Hz

Now, all that remains is to place sufficient 1004series mountings under the machine to supportits weight evenly.

16.3____5.5

f____R

16.3____4

Basementor Ground

Floor

50%75%90%95%97%

90%93%95%97.5%98.5%

—50%80%90%95%

Up to 4 4 – 1010 – 3030 – 7575 – 225

Recommended Isolation Efficiency:Driving

Motor, kWUpper Floor

HeavyConstruction

Upper FloorLight

Construction

10

1

0.1

0.01

0.0010.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 100

20%40%

70%80%

90%93%

97%

98.5%99%

99.5%

99.9%

TR

AN

SM

ISS

IBIL

ITY

(T

)

ISO

LA

TIO

N

f ROTATION SPEED OF MACHINERY (Hz)(R) FREQUENCY RATIO = ––– = –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––

fn MOUNTING NATURAL FREQUENCY (Hz)

Selection Criteria – V10Z32 Mounts


5-12


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

5

75 – 110

95 – 130

125 – 160

160 – 230

210 – 310

300 – 420

30 – 50

50 – 80

80 – 125

125 – 195

195 – 310

310 – 420

40 – 85

65 – 125

110 – 190

175 – 270

250 – 400

360 – 560

165 – 243

209 – 287

276 – 353

353 – 507

463 – 683

661 – 926

66 – 110

110 – 176

176 – 275

276 – 430

430 – 683

683 – 926

88 – 187

143 – 246

243 – 419

386 – 595

551 – 882

794 – 1235

.394 – 1.181(10 – 30)

.197 – .394(5 – 10)

.118 – .197(3 – 5)

3.07 (78)

H

M12

3-15/16 (100)

4.33 (110)

5-33/64 (140)

2 HOLES.433 (11) DIA.


Free Loaded

EquivalentStatic

Deflection

5.04(128)

3.54 (90)

3.54 (90)

3 – 5

5 – 7

7 – 9

5.82(148)

3.94(100)

3.94(100)

V10Z32-100411

V10Z32-100412

V10Z32-100413

V10Z32-100414

V10Z32-100415

V10Z32-100416

V10Z32-100611

V10Z32-100612

V10Z32-100613

V10Z32-100614

V10Z32-100615

V10Z32-100616

V10Z32-100811

V10Z32-100812

V10Z32-100813

V10Z32-100814

V10Z32-100815

V10Z32-100816

NaturalFrequency

Hz

Catalog Number


H Static Load Range

kgflb.

CHARACTERISTICSLateral to vertical stiffness approximately 1:1.Elastic Limit corresponds to a maximum load incompression of .042 oz. (1.2 g) and radially.007 oz. (0.2 g). Damping factor c/co .15 to .20.


MOUNTINGMust be loaded verticallythrough its axis.

• CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT

• STAINLESS STEEL MESH


• MATERIAL: Mounting Plates – Mild Steel, Painted Springs – High-Tensile Steel; Phosphated, Dyed Black

Isolator – Knitted Stainless Steel Mesh




5-13


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

5

390 – 620

600 – 840

390 – 620

620 – 840

500 – 800

720 – 1120

.394 – 1.181(10 – 30)

.197 – .394(5 – 10)

.118 – .197(3 – 5)

3 – 5

5 – 7

7 – 9

5.04(128)

3.54 (90)

3.54 (90)

Free Loaded

EquivalentStatic

Deflection

5.82(148)

3.94(100)

3.94(100)

V10Z32-100425

V10Z32-100426

V10Z32-100625

V10Z32-100626

V10Z32-100825

V10Z32-100826

NaturalFrequency

Hz

Catalog Number


H Static Load Range

kgflb.

860 – 1367

1323 – 1852

860 – 1367

1367 – 1852

1102 – 1764

1587 – 2469

CHARACTERISTICSLateral to vertical stiffness approximately 1:1.Elastic Limit corresponds to a maximum load incompression of .042 oz. (1.2 g) and radially.007 oz. (0.2 g). Damping factor c/co .15 to .20.



M12

4 HOLES.512 (13) DIA.

3-15/16 (100)

9-27/32 (250)

8.27 (210)

H


• CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT

• STAINLESS STEEL MESH


• MATERIAL: Mounting Plates – Mild Steel, Painted Springs – High-Tensile Steel; Phosphated, Dyed Black

Isolator – Knitted Stainless Steel Mesh




5-14


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

5

10 to 8

Spring Mounts – Silicone Gel Type

• MATERIAL: Studs – Brass Body – Silicone Gel Spring – Piano Wire Type B, Nickel Plated

Metric

23(.906)

12(.472)

SPRING

THREAD

Ø15(.591) Ø28

(1.102)

Catalog NumberOptimum Load

kgf/ leg(lb. / leg)

ResonancePoint

Hz


dB


Hz

V10Z61MBG7

V10Z61MBG8

Thread

0.8 to 1.6(1.8 to 3.5)

1.5 to 4(3.3 to 8.8)

16 to 14

18 to 16

from 14

M3

M6

Demonstration of Silicone Gel's outstandingshock-absorbing abilities.

An ordinary fresh raw egg dropped down from 18 meters (59 ft.) high to a2 cm (.787 in.) thick Silcone Gel bed does not break. It is publicly provenmany times.

• DAMPS LOW FREQUENCY VIBRATIONS• VERTICAL VIBRATIONS DAMPED WITHOUT HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION

• TO BE USED IN COMPRESSION ONLY


New




5-15


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

5

• CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT • STAINLESS STEEL MESH • FOR LOADS OF .5 TO 10 POUNDS (.25 TO 4.6 kgf)

Steel Spring and Mesh Mounts – To 10 lbs.

• MATERIAL: Housing – Aluminum Alloy, Anodized Eyelets – Brass, Tin Plated

Isolators – Stainless Steel Spring and Mesh

5/32 (4)

.56 (14.2)

ACROSS FLATS

.15 (3.8)RADIAL DEFLECTION

1.58 (40.1) DIA.

1.62 (41.1) DIA.

H

59/64 (23.5)

NOTE: MAX BOLT LENGTH INTO CAP IS 9/32 (7.1)

#8-32 UNC-2B (SUFFIX A)M4 x 0.7 mm (SUFFIX C).27 (7) DEEP

2 HOLES.157 (4) DIA.

TYPE "D"OVAL BASE

TYPICAL PER SIDE FOR SQUARE BASE CONFIGURATION

1.94 (49.4)

2-1/4 (57.1)TYPE "S" SQUARE BASE


1.37

(34.9) 1-45/64

(43.4)

DYNAMIC CHARACTERISTICSRatio between transverse and axial stiffness (vertical)approximately 1:2.5Natural frequency = 7 to 11 Hz vertical and 4.5 to 7 Hztransverse depending on load, for a displacement input± .014 (0.35).Maximum displacement input ± .016 (0.4).Transmissibility ≤ 4:1.Conforms to MIL-E-5400

TEMPERATURE RANGE: -94°F to +347°F -70°C to +175°C


Δ

Δ Δ

LOADING LIMITATIONSPrior to abutting snubber, load corresponding to acontinuous acceleration of at least 2 G.Loads corresponding to at least 10 G may be acceptedwithout subsequently affecting the mount performance.Maximum displacement of the suspended unit underlimiting loads ± .197 (5).

APPLICATIONS • AIRCRAFT • MOBILE • MARINE • ROTATING MACHINES

V10Z19-7011SA

V10Z19-7012SA

V10Z19-7013SA

V10Z19-7014SA

V10Z19-7015DA

V10Z19-7015DC

V10Z19-7015SA

V10Z19-7015SC

Catalog NumberStatic Load

lb.

1.35

kgf in. mm

38.1

mmin.

1.09 27.68

H - Height

Free Max. Load

Weight(Approx.)

oz. kg

1.4 0.04

.55 – 1.00

.80 – 1.80

1.50 – 3.40

2.20 – 5.60

5.60 – 10.10

0.25 – 1

0.35 – 0.8

0.7 – 1.5

1 – 2.55

2.55 – 4.6

Base Type Thread

Sq

uar

e

Ova

l

#8-3

2U

NC

-2B

M4

x0.

7 m

m

MIN LOAD

MAX LOAD

TYPICAL TRANSMISSIBILITY CURVEas a function of applied load

TR

AN

SM

ISS

IBIL

ITY

FREQUENCY1 2 3 4 5 8 10 20 30 40 50

0

0.5

1

1.5

2

3

4

5

2.5

3.5

4.5

100



5-16


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

5

V10Z22M7201CV10Z22M7202CV10Z22M7203CV10Z22M7204CV10Z22M7205CV10Z22M7206CV10Z22M7207CV10Z22M7209CV10Z22M7210C

—

V10Z22-7201AV10Z22-7202AV10Z22-7203AV10Z22-7204AV10Z22-7205AV10Z22-7206AV10Z22-7207AV10Z22-7209AV10Z22-7210A

—

V10Z22-7201BV10Z22-7202BV10Z22-7203BV10Z22-7204BV10Z22-7205BV10Z22-7206BV10Z22-7207BV10Z22-7209BV10Z22-7210B

—

V10Z22-7201DV10Z22-7202DV10Z22-7203DV10Z22-7204DV10Z22-7205DV10Z22-7206DV10Z22-7207DV10Z22-7209DV10Z22-7210DV10Z22-7211D

0.7 – 1.25 1.15 – 2.3 2 – 4.5 2.8 – 5.6 4.5 – 9 7 – 14 8 – 1816 – 2220 – 3333 – 60

• CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT • STAINLESS STEEL MESH • FOR LOADS OF 1.5 TO 132 POUNDS (0.7 TO 60 kgf)

Steel Spring and Mesh Mounts – To 132 lbs.

• MATERIAL: Housing – Aluminum Alloy, Anodized Eyelets – Brass, Tin Plated

Isolators – Stainless Steel Spring and Mesh

1.18 (30) .205 (5.2)RADIAL DISPLACEMENT

2-1/4 (57.27) DIA.

UNLOADED1-27/32 (46.3)

1-3/16 (30)11/64 (4.5)

2-3/8 (60.5)

1.94 (49.2)


NOTE:MAX FIXING BOLT LENGTH INTO CAP A, B, & C IS 23/64 (9.14)INTO CAP D IS .580 (14.73)

1/4-20 UNC-2B 1/4-28 UNF-2B M6 x 1 mm 3/8-24 UNF (SUFFIX D)


(SUFFIX B)(SUFFIX C)

(SUFFIX A)

LOADING LIMITATIONSJust prior to abutting snubber, load correspondingto a continuous acceleration of at least 2 G.Loads corresponding to at least 10 G may beaccepted without subsequently affecting themount performance.Maximum displacement of the suspended unitunder limiting loads ± .236 (6).

APPLICATIONS • AIRCRAFT • MOBILE • MARINE • ROTATING MACHINES

DYNAMIC CHARACTERISTICSIn accordance with curve 1 of spec MIL-C-172.Ratio between transverse and axial stiffness(vertical): approximately 1:2.5.Natural Frequency = 7 to 10 Hz vertical and 4.5 to 6 Hztransverse depending on load for a displacementinput of ± .030 (0.75).Maximum displacement input ± .031 (0.8)Transmissibility: ≤4:1Conforms to MIL-E-5400C

TEMPERATURE RANGE: -94°F to +347°F (-70°C to +175°C)WEIGHT: 3.53 - 4.41 oz. (100-125 g) approx.

TYPICAL TRANSMISSIBILITY CURVEas a function of applied load

Catalog Number

1/4-20 UNC-2B 1/4-28 UNF-2B 3/8-24 UNF

Static Load

lb. kgf

1.55 – 2.75 2.55 – 5.00 4.40 – 9.90 6.20 – 12.35 9.90 – 19.85 15.40 – 30.85 17.65 – 39.70 35.30 – 48.50 44.10 – 72.75 72.75 – 132.30

M6 x 1 mm

MIN LOAD

MAX LOADT

RA

NS

MIS

SIB

ILIT

Y

5

4.5

4

3.5

3

2.5

2

1.5

1

0.5

01 2 3 4 5 7.5 9.5 20 30 50 100

FREQUENCY



5-17


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

5V10Z28-1641

V10Z28-1642

V10Z28-1643

V10Z28-1644

V10Z28-1645

V10Z28-1646

• FOR LOADS OF 10 TO 1000 POUNDS (4.6 TO 453.5 kgf)• STAINLESS STEEL MESH

Steel Mesh Mounts – To 1000 lbs.

• MATERIAL: Cap and Base – Aluminum Alloy Center Stud – Aluminum Alloy Isolator – Knitted Stainless Steel Mesh

• FINISH: Alochrome 1200 on all Aluminum components

APPLICATIONS

• LIGHTWEIGHT MACHINE TOOLS

• PRINTING AND TEXTILE MACHINERY

CHARACTERISTICSAlthough normally intended to be used in compres-sion, they will accept accidental tensile loads. Themounts should be fixed to the floor for loads inexcess of 220 lb. (99.8 kgf) or when workingconditions require it. They will accept compressiveloads at least five times the static load.


Catalog NumberStatic Load Weight

lb.

10 – 20

20 – 50

50 – 100

100 – 200

200 – 500

500 – 1000

mm

H - Height

Max. Load

36.6

in.

Free

mm

NaturalFrequency

Hz in.kgoz.

6.33 0.18 1.91 48.6 1.44

13 – 17For an

amplitudeof ± .012(0.3)

kgf

4.55 – 9.05

9.05 – 22.5

22.5 – 45.35

45.35 – 90.7

90.7 – 226.8

226.8 – 453.5

1-13/32 (35.7) H

3 (76.2)

2.50 (63.5)

3/8-16 UNC-2B

4 HOLES .295 (7.5) DIA.



5-18


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

5

32 – 181

136 – 363

273 – 725

V10Z27-3021

V10Z27-3022

V10Z27-3023

• CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT • STAINLESS STEEL MESH • FOR LOADS OF 70 TO 1600 POUNDS (32 TO 725 kgf)


• MATERIAL: Housing – Machine CastingCenter, Cup and Washer areCadmium Plated Mild Steel

Isolator – Stainless Steel Mesh

LOADINCREASING

LOADDECREASING

8000

6000

4000

2000

0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2

LO

AD

(lb

.)

DEFLECTION (in.)

NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm. APPLICATIONSPrimarily developed for heavy-duty applicationswhere severe shock forces are encountered,these mounts are especially recommended forvehicle and marine installations where there arehigh starting torques or reversals of loads. Theyare capable of withstanding compression loads ashigh as ten times the static loads and are used forisolating marine fans, mobile engines,generators, instrument consoles and generalmachine tools such as lathes, millingmachines, slotters, broachers, etc.


Catalog NumberStatic Load Natural

FrequencyHz

14 – 22

lb. kgf

70 – 400

300 – 800

600 – 1600

LoadedFree

H - Height

1-61/64(49.68)

1-53/64(46.38)

*A locking device is provided for the removal of rusted mounting bolts.

4 HOLES.323 (8.2) DIA. 3-1/4

(82.55)

2.45(62.3)

H

5/8-11 UNC

*



5-19


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

5

• MATERIAL: Mounting Plates – Mild Steel, Painted Isolators – Knitted Stainless Steel Mesh


2.618 (66.5)

6-1/2 (165.1)

5/8-11 UNC

15/16 (23.9) LOADED

1-7/64 (28.4) FREE

SECTION X-X3/4 (20)

MACHINEBASE

SPREADERPLATE

MUST BE FREESTANDINGON FLOOR OR FOUNDATION

XX

NOTE:Dimensions

in ( ) are mm.

• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 1000 TO 20000 POUNDS (450 TO 9070 kgf)

• FREESTANDING • CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT

EXAMPLE:Total Weight of Machine = 65 TONS


APPLICATIONSDesigned for heavy machine tools,this low profile mount serves the dualpurpose of effectively isolating machinevibration while preventing movementby holding firmly on its base.

FLOOR MOUNTINGIt is important that the stud is firmlyfixed into the floor before the machineis bolted down. In the illustration, Rawbolt"studding" has been used, but foundationanchoring hardware is not provided with the mount.For use on level surfaces only. Use 1.0(24) maximum diameter fixing studs.

Machine Weight 65 Capacity of Mount

= = 7.22 (use 8 mounts)

450 – 9070 905 – 22654530 – 9070

V10Z33-1133V10Z33-1133-2V10Z33-1133-4

1000 – 20000 2000 – 500010000 – 20000

Catalog Numberlb.

Static Load Range

kgf

360 – 7250V10Z34-1139 800 – 16000

Catalog Number*lb.

Static Load Range

kgf


• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 800 TO16000 POUNDS (360 TO 7250 kgf)

• FLOOR MOUNTED • CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT

• MATERIAL: Mounting Plates – Mild Steel, Painted Isolators – Knitted Stainless Steel Mesh

FLOORLEVEL

MACHINEBASE

APPLICATIONS

• DESIGNED PRINCIPALLY FOR HEAVY-DUTY PUNCH AND PANEL PRESSES

• LARGE MACHINE TOOLS

• ROCK CRUSHERS

FLOOR MOUNTINGTo support heavy loads, the mountsare grouped together on a spreaderplate.The spreader plate should be madethe same size as the floor bearing areaof the base. Fasten the mounts to thespreader plate by the 5/8 tapped holeprovided, then fasten the spreader to themachine base.

9

X

X

6-1/2(165.1)

2.630 (66.8)

5/8-11 UNC

.915 (23.24)

1.281 (32.5)DIA.

2.875 (73)DIA.

1.500 (38) DIA.

1/8 (3)

1.281 (32.5)

DIA.

1.118(28.4) FREE

3/8(10)

SECTION X-X



5-20


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

5

V10C16-LS197501V10C16-LS197602V10C16-LS197703V10C16-LS203704

V10C16-MS197802V10C16-MS197904V10C16-MS198006V10C16-MS198108V10C16-MS198210V10C16-MS198312V10C16-MS371114

V10C16-HS198410V10C16-HS198515V10C16-HS198620V10C16-HS198725V10C16-HS198830V10C16-HS198935

1 2 3 4

2 4 6 8101214

101520253035

0.45 0.91 1.36 1.81

0.91 1.81 2.72 3.63 4.54 5.44 6.35

4.54 6.80 9.0711.3413.6115.88

.149/325/321/8

.1723/643/163/16

.217/321/43/16

3.56 7.14 3.97 3.18

4.22 9.13 4.76 4.76

4.9813.5

6.35 4.76

22.23 31.75

25.4 4.22

31.75 45.25 34.93 6.53

44.45 54.77 44.45 9.93

7/81-1/4

1.17

1-1/41-25/32

1-3/8.26

1-3/42-5/161-3/4.39

.38

1.14

3.01

0.011

0.033

0.086

ABCD

ABCD

ABCD

EFJK

EFJK

EFJK

• ALL METAL• MATERIAL: Mounting Plates – Steel, Cadmium Plated Springs – Spring Steel Wire

Catalog Number

NOTE: Curves shown for mounts with a nominal load rating of 6 pounds.

Deflection curve for mounts with other load ratings may be drawn by shifting the curve shown topass through a point defined by the intersection of the mounts nominal load (pounds) with astandard deflection of .06 inches.

NominalLoad

kgflb. kg in. mm in. mm

DimensionsWeight

LIGHT-DUTY

oz.

MEDIUM-DUTY

HEAVY-DUTY

TEMPERATURE RANGE: -76°F to +302°F

-60°C to +150°C

Spring Mounts – Suspension Type

B

K MAX.

D

A

F

J MAX.

CE

26

24

22

20

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

00.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20

LO

AD

(lb

.)

DEFLECTION (in.)

STATIC LOAD DEFLECTION CURVE

AXIAL

RADIAL

J Designates vertical displacementK Designates radial displacement



5-21


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

5

5.9514.2939.67 3.97 3.18

8.3320.6470.64 4.76 4.76

12.3029.3769.85 6.35 4.76

15/649/16

1-9/165/321/8

21/6413/16

2-25/323/163/16

31/641-3/322-3/41/43/16

22.23 42.85 34.93 4.22 3.73

31.75 60.33 49.20 6.53 4.98

44.45 76.20

63.5 9.93 6.53

7/81-11/161-3/8.170.150

1-1/42-3/8

1-15/16.257.196

1-3/43.0

2-1/2.39.26

0.021

0.061

0.138

0.45 0.91 1.36 1.81

0.91 1.81 2.72 3.63 4.54 5.44 6.35

4.54 6.80 9.0711.3413.6115.88

1 2 3 4

2 4 6 8101214

101520253035

.71

2.05

3.01

FGHJK

FGHJK

FGHJK


Catalog NumberNominal

Load


DimensionsWeight

LIGHT-DUTY

oz.

V10C17-LP199301V10C17-LP199402V10C17-LP199503V10C17-LP199604

V10C17-MP199702V10C17-MP199804V10C17-MP199906V10C17-MP235008V10C17-MP235110V10C17-MP235212V10C17-MP370914

V10C17-HP235310V10C17-HP235415V10C17-HP235520V10C17-HP235625V10C17-HP235730V10C17-HP371035

MEDIUM-DUTY

ABCDE

ABCDE

ABCDE

HEAVY-DUTY


-60°C to +150°C

NOTE: Curves shown for mounts with a nominal load rating of 6 pounds.

Deflection curve for mounts with other load ratings may be drawn by shifting the curve shown topass through a point defined by the intersection of the mounts nominal load (pounds) with astandard deflection of .06 inches.

Spring Mounts – Pedestal Type

B

CE

F

K MAX.

HD

J MAX.

A

G

26

24

22

20

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

00.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20

LO

AD

(lb

.)

DEFLECTION (in.)


AXIAL

RADIAL

J Designates vertical displacementK Designates radial displacement



5-22


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

5

.93

2.71

6.47

27.78 3.97 3.18

33.73 4.76 4.76

45.64 6.35 4.76

1-3/325/321/8

1-21/643/163/16

1-51/641/43/16

9.53 32.94 9.53

4

12.7 47.63

12.7 6

17.46 61.91 21.43

10

3/81-19/64

3/8#4 BA

1/21-7/81/2

#1/4 BSF

11/162-9/1627/32

#3/8 BSF

0.026

0.076

0.182

EFG

EFG

EFG


Catalog NumberNominal

Load


DimensionsWeight

LIGHT-DUTY

oz.

HEAVY-DUTY


-60°C to +150°C

B

G MAX.

D

A

E

C

D

F MAX.

F Designates vertical displacementG Designates radial displacement

26

24

22

20

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

00.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20

LO

AD

(lb

.)

DEFLECTION (in.)


AXIAL

RADIAL

DEFLECTION

MEDIUM-DUTY

1 2 3 4

2 4 6 81012

101520253035

0.45 0.91 1.36 1.81

0.91 1.81 2.72 3.63 4.54 5.44

4.54 6.80 9.0711.3413.6115.88

ABCD

ABCD

ABCD

NOTE: Curves shown for mounts with a nominal load rating of 6 pounds (2.7 kgf).

Deflection curve for mounts with other load ratings may be drawn by shifting the curve shown to pass througha point defined by the intersection of the mounts nominal load (pounds) with a standard deflection of .06 inches (1.5 mm).

Spring Mounts – Single Hole Type

V10C18-LF237001V10C18-LF237102V10C18-LF237203V10C18-LF237304

V10C18-MF237402V10C18-MF237504V10C18-MF237606V10C18-MF237708V10C18-MF237810V10C18-MF237912

V10C18-HF238210V10C18-HF238315V10C18-HF238420V10C18-HF238525V10C18-HF238630V10C18-HF371235



5-23


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

5

Cable Isolators

Applications Typical Equipment Protection From Operational Advantages

Shipboard

RoughTerrain

Vehicles

Aircraft

ShippingContainers

IndustrialEquipment

OrdnanceEquipment

MedicalEquipment

Chimneys

Electronics, Computers, Machinery

Instrumentation, Generators, Electronics

Optics, Instruments, Missiles, Electronics

Centrifuge, Dryers, Pumps

Missile launchers, Tank artillery, Computercontrols, Electronics

Mechanical equipment necessary forpatient care

Chimneys, Scrubbers, Measuring devices

Electronics, Computers

Explosive blast, Inherent vibration, Storms

Rough terrain, Poor road conditions,Collision

Transit, Handling drop, Loading/Unloading

Unbalanced dynamic loads, Fluid hammer,Inherent vibration, Foundation weakness

Rough terrain, Railroad humping,Transit

Vibration from moving parts, Mobile carts-Transport shock

Wind causing resonant frequencies, Stackgas causing turbulence near scrubber, etc.

High-G maneuvering, Hard landings,Turbulent air

Long life, Maintenance-free, Temperatureextremes, Corrosion resistance, All axesprotection

Long life, Maintenance-free, Temperatureextremes, Ozone, Radioacitvity, UVRadiation

Long life, Maintenance-free, Exposureto moisture, Repeated use

Long life, Maintenance-free, Corrosiveenvironments

Maintenance-free, Temperature extremes,Nearby blast

Maintenance-free, No outgassing, Can besterlized

Maintenance-free, Temperature extremes,Corrosive environments

Temperature and altitude extremes,Lightweight

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND USES

New

LOAD

LOAD

FLOOR OR BASE

WALL

LOAD

WALL

WALL / FLOOR

45°

UNIT BEINGISOLATED

LOAD

COMPRESSION SHEAR

ROLL 45° COMPRESSION & ROLL


Cable Isolators – 1/16" & 3/32" Cable Dia.

5-24

• ISOLATION PROTECTION IN ALL AXES • RESISTS CORROSION • MAINTENANCE–FREE

• MATERIAL: Cable – Stainless Steel (MIL-W-83420) Retaining Bars – Aluminum Alloy 6061-T6; Iridited (MIL-C-5541) Retaining Clips – Stainless Steel

.3 (7.6)

.4(10.2)

.6(15.2)

.7(17.8)

.8(20.3)

.9(22.9)

1.0 (25.4) 1.1

(27.9) 1.2

(30.5) 1.3 (33) 1.4

(35.6) 1.5

(38.1)

O.D.

V10Z70-0625100

V10Z70-0625110

V10Z70-0625120

V10Z70-0625130

V10Z70-0625140

V10Z70-0625150

Catalog Number MountingHoles

1/16 Diameter Cable

H H1 L D A W W1

Compression Shear or Roll 45° Compression& Roll

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max. Deflect.

in.

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max. Deflect.

in.

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max. Deflect.

in.

.7 (17.8) .8

(20.3) 1.0

(25.4) 1.1

(27.9) 1.2

(30.5) 1.3 (33)

.177 (4.3)Hole

Countersink.31 (7.9)

to82 deg.

(4x)

99 (1.77)

65 (1.16)

36 (0.64)

25 (0.45)

18 (0.32)

14 (0.25)

.3 (7.6)

.4(10.2)

.5(12.7)

.6(15.2)

.7(17.8)

.8(20.3)

69(1.23)

54(0.96)

48(0.86)

32(0.57)

24(0.43)

21(0.38)

37(0.66)

23(0.41)

11(0.20)

8(0.14)

5(0.09)

4(0.07)

.6(15.2)

.7(17.8)

.8(20.3)

.9(22.9)

1.0(25.4)

1.1(27.9)

.16(4.1)

3.12(79.2)

2.69(68.3)

.20(5.1)

.40(10.2)

.20(5.1)

.5(12.7) .6(15.2) .7(17.8) 1.1(27.9) 1.2(30.5) 1.3(33)

1.1 (27.9)

1.2 (30.5)

1.3 (33) 1.5

(38.1) 1.6

(40.6) 1.7

(43.2)

O.D.

V10Z70-0938110

V10Z70-0938120

V10Z70-0938130

V10Z70-0938150

V10Z70-0938160

V10Z70-0938170

Catalog Number MountingHoles

3/32 Diameter Cable

H H1 L D A W W1


Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max. Deflect.

in.

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max. Deflect.

in.

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max. Deflect.

in.

.9 (22.9)

1.0 (25.4)

1.1 (27.9)

1.3 (33) 1.4

(35.6) 1.5

(38.1)

377 (6.73) 233

(4.16) 146

(2.61) 85

(1.52) 61

(1.09) 48

(0.86)

.2 (5.1)

.3 (7.6)

.4(10.2)

.5(12.7)

.6(15.2)

.7(17.8)

177(3.16)136

(2.43) 84

(1.50) 51

(0.91) 38

(0.68) 32

(0.57)

.3 (7.6)

.4(10.2)

.5(12.7)

.6(15.2)

.7(17.8)

.8(20.3)

82(1.46) 75(1.34) 49(0.88) 24(0.43) 17(0.3) 14(0.25)

.25(6.4)

4.44(112.8)

3.95(100.3)

.24(6.1)

.50(12.7)

.25(6.4)

.196 (5)Hole


to82 deg.

(4x)

NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm. Special mounting configurations, load ratings, materials and finishes are available on special order. Please contact our Engineering Department for more information.

New


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPO NENTS

A DL

W1

W O.D.

H1H

MOUNTINGHOLES

Rev: 8-24-10 SS



Cable Isolators – 1/8" & 5/32" Cable Dia.

5-25



1.6 (40.6)

1.7 (43.2)

1.9 (48.3)

2.1 (53.3)

2.3 (58.4)

2.5 (63.5)

O.D.

V10Z70-1563160

V10Z70-1563170

V10Z70-1563190

V10Z70-1563210

V10Z70-1563230

V10Z70-1563250

Catalog Number

5/32 Diameter Cable

H H1

1.2 (30.5)

1.3 (33) 1.5

(38.1) 1.8

(45.7) 2.0

(50.8) 2.2

(55.9)

.38(9.7)

1.1 (27.9)

1.2 (30.5)

1.3 (33) 1.4

(35.6) 1.5

(38.1) 1.6

(40.6) 1.8

(45.7) 2.0

(50.8)

V10Z70-1250140

V10Z70-1250150

V10Z70-1250160

V10Z70-1250170

V10Z70-1250180

V10Z70-1250190

V10Z70-1250210

V10Z70-1250230

1.4 (35.6) 1.5

(38.1) 1.6

(40.6) 1.7

(43.2) 1.8

(45.7) 1.9

(48.3) 2.1

(53.3) 2.3

(58.4)

O.D.Catalog Number

1/8 Diameter Cable

H H1

.31(7.9)

MountingHoles


Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max. Deflect.

in.

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max. Deflect.

in.

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max. Deflect.

in.

.257 (6.5)Hole


to82 deg.

(4x)

696(12.43)

450 (8.04)

290 (5.18)

215 (3.84)

170 (3.04)

135 (2.41)

82 (1.46)

61 (1.09)

.2 (5.1)

.4(10.2)

.5(12.7)

.6(15.2)

.7(17.8)

.8(20.3)

1.0(25.4)

1.2(30.5)

335(5.98) 263(4.7) 181(3.23) 146(2.61) 129(2.3) 125(2.23) 75(1.34) 67(1.2)

.4(10.2) .5(12.7) .6(15.2) .7(17.8) .8(20.3) .9(22.9) 1.1(27.9) 1.3(33)

162(2.89) 130(2.32) 98(1.75) 75(1.34) 56(1) 44(0.79) 28(0.5) 20(0.36)

.9(22.9) 1.0(25.4) 1.1(27.9) 1.2(30.5) 1.3(33) 1.5(38.1) 1.7(43.2) 1.9(48.3)

.7(17.8) .8(20.3) 1.1(27.9) 1.4(35.6) 1.6(40.6) 1.8(45.7)

MountingHoles


Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max. Deflect.

in.

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max. Deflect.

in.

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max. Deflect.

in.

767 (13.7) 543

(9.7) 329

(5.88) 196

(3.5) 133

(2.38) 97

(1.73)

.4(10.2)

.5(12.7)

.7(17.8)

.9(22.9)

1.0(25.4)

1.2(30.5)

377(6.73)295

(5.27)210

(3.75) 149

(2.66) 131

(2.34) 86

(1.54)

.5(12.7) .6(15.2) .8(20.3) 1.1(27.9) 1.3(33) 1.5(38.1)

.257 (6.5)Hole


to82 deg.

(4x)

264(4.71) 179(3.2) 114(2.04) 67(1.2) 45(0.8) 30(0.54)


New


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPO NENTS

.25(6.4)

O.D.

H1H

MOUNTINGHOLES

4.50(114.3)5.00

(127)

.28(7.1)

.56(14.2)

Rev: 8-24-10 SS



1.2 (30.5) 1.3 (33) 1.4 (35.6) 1.5 (38.1) 1.6 (40.6) 1.7 (43.2)

845 (15.09) 537 (9.59) 414 (7.39) 280 (5) 231 (4.13) 204 (3.64)

.3 (7.6)

.3 (7.6)

.4(10.2)

.5(12.7)

.7(17.8)

.8(20.3)

V10Z70-1875140

V10Z70-1875150

V10Z70-1875160

V10Z70-1875170

V10Z70-1875180

V10Z70-1875190

Cable Isolators – 3/16" Cable Dia.

5-26



1.4(35.6)

1.5(38.1)

1.6(40.6)

1.7(43.2)

1.8(45.7)

1.9(48.3)

O.D.Catalog Number

3/16 Diameter Cable - Standard Duty

1891(33.77) 1534(27.39) 1149(20.52) 811(14.48) 612(10.93) 492 (8.79)

H MountingHoles

Compression Shear or Roll

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max. Deflect.

in.

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max. Deflect.

in.

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max. Deflect.

in.

.257 (6.5)Hole


to82 deg.

(4x)

913(16.3) 710(12.68) 558 (9.96) 433 (7.73) 340 (6.07) 263 (4.7)

.4 (10.2)

.6(15.2)

.7(17.8)

.9(22.9)

.9(22.9)

1.0(25.4)

.4(10.2)

.4(10.2)

.5(12.7)

.5(12.7)

.5(12.7)

.6(15.2)

NOTES: Dimensions in ( ) are mm. Same cable diameter but additional sizes are available on the following page. Special mounting configurations, load ratings, materials and finishes are available on special order. Please contact our Engineering Department for more information.

45° Compression& Roll

New


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPO NENTS

O.D.

H

MOUNTINGHOLES

.28 (7.1)

.56 (14.2)

5.00 (127)

4.50 (114.3)

.25(6.4)

.38 (9.7)

Rev: 8-24-10 SS



5-27


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

5

2.00(50.8)2.06

(52.3)2.13

(54.1)2.19

(55.6)2.45

(62.2)3.20

(81.3)

94(1.68)

72(1.29)

57(1.02)

54(0.96)

36(0.64)

18(0.32)

1.00(25.4)1.05

(26.7)1.10

(27.9)1.20

(30.5)1.40

(35.6)2.00

(50.8)

V10Z70-1875228

V10Z70-1875250

V10Z70-1875294

V10Z70-1875319

V10Z70-1875345

V10Z70-1875420



• MATERIAL: Cable – Stainless Steel (MIL-W-83420) Retaining Bars – Aluminum Alloy

6061-T6; Iridited (MIL-C-5541) Retaining Clips – Stainless Steel

2.28 (57.9) 2.50 (63.5) 2.94 (74.7) 3.19 (81) 3.45 (87.6) 4.20(106.7)

O.D.Catalog Number

3/16 Diameter Cable – Light-Duty

279(4.98) 227(4.05) 155(2.77) 129(2.3) 82(1.46) 39(0.7)

H MountingHoles


Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max.Deflect.

in.

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max.Deflect.

in.

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max.Deflect.

in.

.28 (7.1)Hole


to82 deg.

(6x)

159(2.84) 131(2.34) 95(1.7) 77(1.38) 58(1.04) 31(0.55)

1.90(48.3)2.20

(55.9)2.50

(63.5)2.65

(67.3)2.75

(69.9)3.20

(81.3)

.8(20.3) 1.1(27.9) 1.3(33) 1.8(45.7) 1.9(48.3) 2.1(53.3)

NOTES: Dimensions in ( ) are mm. Same cable diameter but additional sizes are available on the previous page. Special mounting configurations, load ratings, materials and finishes are available on special order. Please contact our Engineering Department for more information.

New

.25(6.4)

2.58(65.6)

5.16(131.1)5.66

(143.8)

.28(7.1)

O.D.

.56(14.2)

MOUNTINGHOLES

.38(9.7)

H



5-28


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

5

300 (5.36) 182 (3.25) 122 (2.18) 96 (1.71) 92 (1.64) 76 (1.36) 75 (1.34) 39 (0.7)

.6(15.2) .8(20.3) 1.0(25.4) 1.1(27.9) 1.3(33) 1.5(38.1) 1.5(38.1) 2.0(50.8)

V10Z70-2500220

V10Z70-2500250

V10Z70-2500280

V10Z70-2500313

V10Z70-2500350

V10Z70-2500375

V10Z70-2500395

V10Z70-2500425




6061-T6; Iridited (MIL-C-5541) Retaining Screws – Stainless Steel

2.20 (55.9) 2.50 (63.5) 2.80 (71.1) 3.13 (79.5) 3.50 (88.9) 3.75 (95.3) 3.95(100.3) 4.25(108)

O.D.Catalog Number

1/4 Diameter Cable

1033(18.45) 623(11.13) 423 (7.55) 304 (5.43) 234 (4.18) 181 (3.23) 159 (2.84) 100 (1.79)

H MountingHoles


Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max.Deflect.

in.

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max.Deflect.

in.

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max.Deflect.

in.

.28 (7.1)Hole


to82 deg.

(4x)

516(9.21) 323(5.77) 277(4.95) 192(3.43) 174(3.11) 124(2.21) 110(1.96) 67(1.2)

1.5(38.1)

1.8(45.7)

2.2(55.9)

2.3(58.4)

2.5(63.5)

2.7(68.6)

2.8(71.1)

3.0(76.2)

.8(20.3) 1.0(25.4) 1.3(33) 1.6(40.6) 1.7(43.2) 1.9(48.3) 2.0(50.8) 2.2(55.9)

1.90 (48.3)

2.13 (54.1)2.31

(58.7)2.50

(63.5)2.50

(63.5)2.63

(66.8)2.63

(66.8)3.25

(82.6)


New

.29(7.4)

.62(15.7) O.D.

MOUNTINGHOLES

.31(7.9)

.5 (12.7)

H

5.162 (131.1)

5.75(146.1)



5-29


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

5




6061-T6; Iridited (MIL-C-5541) Retaining Screws – Alloy Steel; Cadmium Plated (QQ-P-416)

V10Z70-3750331

V10Z70-3750350

V10Z70-3750413

V10Z70-3750425

V10Z70-3750450

V10Z70-3750475

V10Z70-3750550

3.31 (84.1) 3.50 (88.9) 4.13 (104.9) 4.25 (108) 4.50 (114.3) 4.75 (120.7) 5.50 (139.7)

O.D.Catalog Number

3/8 Diameter Cable

1099(19.63) 1017(18.16) 734(13.11) 598(10.68) 447 (7.98) 319 (5.7) 228 (4.07)

2.80 (71.1) 2.90 (73.7) 3.00 (76.2) 3.25 (82.6) 3.50 (88.9) 4.13 (104.9) 4.25 (108)

H MountingHoles

Compression Shear or Roll45° Compression

& Roll

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max.Deflect.

in.

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max.Deflect.

in.

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max.Deflect.

in.

.28 (7.1)Hole


to82 deg.

(8x)

1.0(25.4) 1.1(27.9) 1.3(33) 1.5(38.1) 1.7(43.2) 2.0(50.8) 2.2(55.9)

638(11.39) 454 (8.11) 385 (6.88) 313 (5.59) 236 (4.21) 179 (3.2) 135 (2.41)

1.5 (38.1)

2.0 (50.8)

2.3 (58.4)

2.8 (71.1)

3.5 (88.9)

4.0(101.6)

4.5(114.3)

1.0(25.4)

1.1(27.9)

1.5(38.1)

1.6(40.6)

1.7(43.2)

2.0(50.8)

2.2(55.9)

662(11.82)

442 (7.89)

357 (6.38)

212 (3.79)

167 (2.98)

100 (1.79)

89 (1.59)


New

1.19(30.2)

1.00 (25.4) O.D.

MOUNTINGHOLES

1.75 (44.5)

4.38 (111.3)

6.13 (155.7)8.50

(215.9)

.50(12.7)

.63 (16)

H



5-30


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

5

3.25 (82.6) 3.50 (88.9) 3.75 (95.3) 4.25 (108) 4.90 (124.5) 5.40 (137.2) 6.10 (154.9)



• MATERIAL: Cable – Stainless Steel (RR-W-410 D1) Retaining Bars – Aluminum Alloy

6061-T6; Iridited (MIL-C-5541) Retaining Screws – Alloy Steel; Cadmium Plated (QQ-P-416)

or Stainless Steel

V10Z70-5000400

V10Z70-5000413

V10Z70-5000475

V10Z70-5000525

V10Z70-5000565

V10Z70-5000613

V10Z70-5000710

4.00(101.6)

4.13(104.9)

4.75(120.7)

5.25(133.4)

5.65(143.5)

6.13(155.7)

7.10(180.3)

O.D.Catalog Number

1/2 Diameter Cable

1730(30.89) 1492(26.64) 1159(20.7) 718(12.82) 469 (8.38) 339 (6.05) 229 (4.09)

H MountingHoles

Compression Shear or Roll45° Compression

& Roll

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max.Deflect.

in.

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max.Deflect.

in.

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max.Deflect.

in.

.328 (8.3)Hole


to82 deg.

(8x)

1.5 (38.1)

1.6 (40.6)

1.7 (43.2)

2.3 (58.4)

2.8 (71.7)

3.5 (88.9)

4.1(104.1)

795(14.2) 674(12.04) 507 (9.05) 357 (6.38) 243 (4.34) 209 (3.73) 120 (2.14)

2.5 (63.5)

2.7 (68.6)

3.2 (81.3)

3.5 (88.9)

4.0(101.6)

4.5(114.3)

5.2(132.1)

1.2(30.5) 1.3(33) 1.5(38.1) 1.8(45.7) 2.3(58.4) 2.6(66) 3.0(76.2)

705(12.59) 604(10.79) 409 (7.3) 280 (5) 180 (3.21) 134 (2.39) 87 (1.55)


New

1.19(30.2)

1.00 (25.4) O.D.

MOUNTINGHOLES

1.75 (44.5)

4.38 (111.3)

6.13 (155.7)8.50

(215.9)

.50(12.7)

.75 (19.1)

H



NEW

1950(34.82)1533

(27.38) 888

(15.86) 549

(9.80) 462

(8.25)

1.2 (30.48)

1.4 (35.56)

1.8 (45.72)

2.2 (55.88)

2.5(63.5)

V10Z70-6250400

V10Z70-6250440

V10Z70-6250530

V10Z70-6250600

V10Z70-6250650


5-30A

ISOLATION PROTECTION IN ALL AXES • RESISTS CORROSION • • MAINTENANCE–FREE

MATERIAL: Cable – • Stainless Steel (RR-W-410 D-1) Retaining Bars – Aluminum Alloy 6601-T6; Iridited (MIL-C-5541) Retaining Screws – Stainless Steel

4.0(101.6)

4.4(111.8)

5.3(134.6)

6.0(152.4)

6.5(165.1)

O.D.Catalog Number

5/8 Diameter Cable

3721(66.45)2789

(49.81)1774

(31.58)1199

(21.41) 974

(17.39)

H MountingHoles


Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max. Deflect.

in.

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max. Deflect.

in.

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max. Deflect.

in.

.41 (10.4)Hole


to82 deg.

(8x)

1602(28.61)1258

(22.47) 821

(14.66) 641

(11.45) 523

(9.34)

1.8(45.7) 2.3

(58.4) 2.8

(71.1) 3.2

(81.28) 3.6

(91.44)

1.2 (30.48)

1.4 (35.56)

1.8 (45.72)

2.2 (55.88)

2.5(63.5)

3.5(88.9)

3.9(99.06)

4.3(109.2)

4.7(119.4)

5.0(127)


New


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPO NENTS

1.49(37.85)

1.00(25.4)

2.15(54.61) 5.38

(136.65) 7.53(191.26)10.50

(266.7)

.50(12.7)

1.00(25.4) H

MOUNTINGHOLES

O.D.

Rev: 3-21-09 SS



NEW

2820(50.36)1441

(25.73) 1271(22.70) 770

(13.75) 388

(6.04)

2.0(50.8)

2.6(66.04)

3.0(76.2)

3.6(91.44)

4.2(106.7)

V10Z70-8750550

V10Z70-8750650

V10Z70-8750700

V10Z70-8750825

V10Z70-8750925


5-30B

ISOLATION PROTECTION IN ALL AXES • RESISTS CORROSION • • MAINTENANCE–FREE

MATERIAL: Cable – • Stainless Steel (RR-W-410 D-1) Retaining Bars – Aluminum Alloy 6601-T6; Iridited (MIL-C-5541) Retaining Screws – Stainless Steel

5.5 (139.7)

6.5 (165.1)

7.0 (177.8)

8.25 (209.6)

9.25(235)

O.D.Catalog Number

7/8 Diameter Cable

4375(78.13)2782

(49.68)1956

(34.93)1277(22.8)842

(15.04)

H MountingHoles


Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max. Deflect.

in.

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max. Deflect.

in.

Spr. Ratelb./ in.

(kgf/mm)

Max. Deflect.

in.

.53 (13.46)Hole

Countersink1.0 (15.4)

to82 deg.

(8x)

2865(51.16)1541

(27.52)1419

(25.34)809

(14.45)493

(8.80)

2.5(63.5) 3.2

(81.28) 3.8

(96.52) 4.7

(119.4) 6.4

(162.6)

2.1 (53.34)

2.6 (66.04)

2.9 (73.66)

3.3 (83.82)

4.0(101.6)

5.25 (133.4)

6.0 (152.4) 6.25

(158.8)7.5

(190.5)8.5

(215.9)NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm. Special mounting configurations, load ratings, materials and finishes are available on special order. Please contact our Engineering Department for more information.

Rev: 3-21-09 SS

New


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPO NENTS

2.00(50.8)

1.50(38.1)

3.00(76.2) 7.50

(190.5) 10.50(266.7)14.50

(368.3)

.75(19.5)

1.50(38.1) H

MOUNTINGHOLES

O.D.



SECTION 6

6-2


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

6

ENERGY ABSORBING PRODUCTS

Within the family of antivibration products, we are introducing a line of ENERGY-ABSORBING PRODUCTS.GENERAL

In order to lend full understanding of the importance and capabilities of this product line, we will deal with the concept of ENERGY as well as present some practicalexamples of several applications. The examples will also include calculations of the forces involved.

Energy-absorbing components are often used as parts of a system or a device itself or, alternatively, they might be used as a safety measure to absorb runaway energy incase of failure of a component or a system. Some numerical examples are addressing both types of these applications.ENERGY

A body is said to possess energy if it has the ability to perform work. This ability can be the result of its position or its condition. The position of the body producesPOTENTIAL ENERGY, whereas if the body is moving with some velocity it possesses energy of motion or KINETIC ENERGY.

The formulas governing energy are as follows:

Kinetic Energy of a body in translation

mV2

where m is mass: m =

V is velocity in in./sec or ft./sec W is weight in lb. g is acceleration of gravity 32.16 ft./sec2 or 386 in./sec2

Kinetic Energy of a body in rotation

E = Io•�2 .....................lb. in. or lb. ft.where Io is the mass moment of inertia about the axis of rotation in lb. in.sec2 or lb. ft.sec2

� is angular velocity in rad/sec or 1/sec

Potential Energy

E = W•h .....................lb. in. or lb. ft.where W is weight in lb. h is height of free fall in in. or ft.

If the velocity at the end of the free fall is needed, it can be found from:

V = 2gh

The total energy is considered the sum total of all energies involved, and this is the amount which is available to perform work.

In the examples which follow, simplified formulas have been developed and used to provide a very close approximation. This enables the application of units which aremost commonly used. The nomenclature used in these examples are as follows:

The actual nature of the application and the availability of space will determine which type of Bumper will be used. In order to facilitate the choice, the following graph is givenwhich compares the Force vs. Travel characteristics of the different types.

Bumper Technical Information

Continued on the next page

2

Wg

.....................lb. sec2/in. or lb. sec2/ft.

.....................lb. in. or lb. ft.

.....................in./sec or ft./sec

E1 Kinetic energy (lb. in.)E2 Work (propelling force) Energy (lb. in.)E3 Total energy (E1 + E2 lb. in.)E4 Total energy (E1 + E2) Per Hour (lb. in.)WE Effective weight (lb.)W Weight of object (lb.)V Velocity (ft./sec)

F Propelling force (lb.)C Cycles per hourHP Motor energy (horsepower)T Torque (lb. in.)g Acceleration due to gravity (ft./sec2)H Falling height including stroke of shock absorber (in.)S Shock absorber stroke (in.)

t Deceleration time (sec)a Decelertaion (ft./sec2)u Friction (coefficient)RS Shock absorber mounting radius (in.)K Distance from pivot to center of gravity (in.)VS Velocity at the shock absorber (ft./sec)q Reaction force (lb.)

This drawing shows size comparison of identical capacitybumpers from each product group. The graph at the right shows

comparable performance characteristics.

V10P80-A01

V10P80-AS102

V10P81-R05

E =

FORCE vs TRAVEL CURVE

TRAVEL (in.)

FO

RC

E (lb

.)

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

V10P80-A01

V10P80-AS102V10P81-R05


6-3


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

6

5. Free-falling weight

SH

W

3. Motor driven weight

W

HP

V

S

4. Swinging weight with torque

E1 = (0.2)•(1700)•(42) = 5440 lb. in.E2 = (1375)•(8)•(4)

= 11,000 lb. in.

E3 = 5440 + 11,000 = 16,440 lb. in.E4 = (16,440)•(100) = 1,644,000 lb. in./hourWE = 5440 + 11,000 = 5138 lb.

FormulasE1 = (0.2)•(W)•(V2)E2 = (1375)•(HP)•(S)

E3 = E1 + E2

E4 = (E3)•(C)WE = E1 + E2

ExampleW = 1700 lb.V = 4 fps

HP = 8C = 100/hourS = 4 in.

(0.2)•(V2)

V 4

(0.2)•(42)

FormulasE1 = (0.2)•(W)•(V2)E2 = (T)•(S)

E3 = E1 + E2

E4 = (E3)•(C)VS = (V)•(RS)

WE = E1 + E2

ExampleW = 350 lb.V = 3 fps

T = 1500 lb. in.RS = 20 in.K = 30 in.

C = 250/hourS = 1 in.

E1 = (0.2)•(350)•(32) = 630 lb. in.E2 = (1500)•(1)

= 75 lb. in.

E3 = 630 + 75 = 705 lb. in.E4 = (705)•(250) = 176,250 lb. in./hourVS = (3)•(20)

= 2 fps

WE = 630 + 75 = 881 lb.

RS

K

(0.2)•(VS2)

20

ExampleW = 900 lb.H = 20 in.C = 100/hourS = 4 in.

E1 = (900)•(20-4) = 14,400 lb. in.E2 = (900)•(4) = 3600 lb. in.E3 = (900)•(20) = 18,000 lb. in.E4 = (18,000)•(100) = 1,800,000 lb. in.V = (5)•(20-4) = 8.9 fpsWE = (900)•(20)

= 1125 lb.20-4

FormulasE1 = (W)•(H-S)E2 = (W)•(S)E3 = (W)•(H)E4 = (E3)•(C)V = 5•(H-S)WE = (W)•(H)

30

(0.2)•(22)

H-S



WV

S

FormulasE1 = (0.2)•(W)•(V2)E4 = (E1)•(C)WE = W

ExampleW = 500 lb.V = 6 fpsC = 500/hour

E1 = (0.2)•(500)•(62) = 3600 lb. in.E4 = (3600)•(500) = 1,800,000 lb. in./hour

EXAMPLES

2. Weight with propelling force

WV

S

FormulasE1 = (0.2)•(W)•(V2)E2 = (F)•(S)E3 = E1 + E2

E4 = (E3)•(C)WE = E1 + E2

(0.2)•(V2)

ExampleW = 800 lb.V = 5 fpsF = 300 lb.C = 250/hourS = 3 in.

E1 = (0.2)•(800)•(52) = 4000 lb. in.E2 = (300)•(3) = 900 lb. in.E3 = 4000 + 900 = 4900 lb. in.E4 = (4900)•(250) = 1,225,000 lb. in./hourWE = 4000 + 900

(0.2)•(52)= 980 lb.

S

V

V

KT

W

VS

RS

1. Weight with no propelling force

5.1 Weight without additional propelling force

M 75

Formulas ExampleE1 = (W)•(M)•(sin A) W = 900 lb. E1 = (900)•(75)•(sin A) = 17,470 lb. in.E2 = (W)•(S)•(sin A) M = 75 in. E2 = (900)•(4)•(sin A) = 932 lb. in.E3 = (M+S)•(W)•SIN (A) S = 4 in. E3 = 17,470 + 932 = 18,402 lb. in.E4 = (E3)•(C) C = 100/hour E4 = (18,402)•100 = 1,840,200 lb. in.WE = (W)•(M+S) A = 15° WE = (900)•(75 + 4)

= 948 lb.

WM

S

A°

5.2 (Calculate as in Ex. 5) Free-swinging weight W

H S


6-4


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

6

T WSS


Formulas ExampleE1 = (0.1)•(W)•(VT)2 W = 2000 lb. E1 = (0.1)•(2000)•(3.5)2 = 2450 lb. in.E2 = (T)•(S) RT = 50 in. E2 = (15,000)•(2) = 938 lb. in.

E3 = E1 + E2 RS = 32 in. E3 = 2450 + 938 = 3388 lb. in.E4 = (E3)•(C) VT = 3.5 fps E4 = (3388)•(100) = 338,800 lb. in./hourVS = (RS)•(VT) T = 15,000 lb. in. VS = (32)•(3.5)

= 2.24 fps

WE = E1 + E2 C = 100/hour WE = 2450 + 938 = 3376 lb.

S = 2 in.

6. Turntable with propelling force (horizontal or vertical)

TW

S

VT

RSRT

VS

RS

RT

0.2 VS2

32

50

0.2•2.242

EXAMPLES

Formulas ExampleE1 = (W)•(VR)2 W = 700 lb. E1 = (700)•(52)

= 1167 lb. in.

E2 = (T)•(S) RR = 60 in. E2 = (25,000)•(1) = 833 lb. in.

E3 = E1 + E2 RS = 30 in. E3 = 1167 + 833 = 2000 lb. in.E4 = (E3)•(C) VR = 5 fps E4 = (2000)•(700) = 1,400,000 lb. in./hourVS = (RS)•(VR) T = 25,000 lb. in. VS = (30)•(5)

= 2.5 fps

WE = E1 + E2 C = 700/hour WE = 1167 + 833 = 1600 lb.

S = 1 in.

7. Turn over

RR

RS

VS

VR

0.2•(VS2)

15

RR

15

30

60

RS

(0.2)•(2.52)

Formulas ExampleE1 = (W)•(VR)2 W = 90 lb. E1 = (90)•(6.5)2

= 254 lb. in.

E2 = (T)•(S) = (F)•(R)•(S) VR = 6.5 fps E2 = (150)•(24)•(1) = 120 lb. in.

E3 = E1 + E2 F = 150 lb. E3 = 254 + 120 = 374 lb. in.E4 = (E3)•(C) RR = 50 in. E4 = (374)•(1800) = 673,000 lb. in./hourVS = (RS)•(VR) R = 24 in. VS = (30)•(6.5)

= 3.9 fps

WE = E1 + E2 RS = 30 in. WE = 254 + 120 = 123 lb.

C = 1800/hourS = 1 in.

8. Swinging weight with propelling force

15

RR

0.2•(VS2)

15

30

50

RS

(0.2)•(3.92)

RS

FR

S

WRS

RR

VSVR

Formulas ExampleE1 = (0.2)•(W)•(V2) W = 40,000 lb. E1 = (0.2)•(40,000)•(2.52) = 50,000 lb. in.E2 = (W)•(S) V = 2.5 fps E2 = (40,000)•(5) = 200,000 lb. in.E3 = E1 + E2 C = 5 hour E3 = 50,000 + 200,000 = 250,000 lb. in.E4 = (E3)•(C) S = 5 in. E4 = (250,000)•(5) = 1,250,000 lb. in./hourWE = E1 + E2 WE = 50,000 + 200,000

= 200,000 lb.

9. Descending weight at controlled speed

W

S(0.2)•(V2) (0.2)•(2.52)

Reaction force (pounds) qFor all examples

(6)•(VS)

Stopping time (seconds) For all examples Deceleration (feet per second2) For all examples

t = S

a = (6)•(VS)2

Sq =

(1.5)(E3)S

NOTE: VS = Velocity at impact with shock absorber


.75(19.1) .98

(24.9)1.16

(29.5)1.35

(34.3)1.61

(40.9)1.71

(43.4)1.97

(50)2.08

(52.8)2.23

(56.6)2.46

(62.5)

700 (318)1200

(544)2000

(907)2500

(1134)3300

(1497)3800

(1724)5000

(2268)5300

(2404)6100

(2767)7500

(3402)

.40(10.2) .53

(13.5) .63

(16) .73

(18.5) .86

(21.8) .92

(23.4)1.06

(26.9)1.12

(28.4)1.19

(30.2)1.32

(33.5)

.31 (7.9)

.42(10.7)

.55 (14)

.81(20.6)

• OUTDOOR ENVIRONMENTS • HIGH-PERFORMANCE • HIGHLY INERT TO MOST CHEMICALS AND LUBRICANTS

V10P80-A01

V10P80-A02

V10P80-A03

V10P80-A05

V10P80-A07

V10P80-A08

V10P80-A10

V10P80-A11

V10P80-A12

V10P80-A14

Bumpers – Axial Type – High-Load

6-5

• MATERIAL: High-Performance Elastomer-Polyester

Catalog NumberEnergy

Capacitylb. in. (kgf. m.)

OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE: -40°F to +120°F (-40°C to +48.9°C)

Max.Forcelb. (kgf)

V10P80-A01

V10P80-A02

V10P80-A03

V10P80-A05

V10P80-A07

V10P80-A08

V10P80-A10

V10P80-A11

V10P80-A12

V10P80-A14

Catalog NumberD

BaseDiameterin. (mm)

.16 (4.5)

.37 (10.5)

.62 (17.6)

1.00 (28.3)

1.70 (48.2)

2.00 (56.7)

3.10 (87.9)

3.70(104.9)

4.60(130.4)

6.10(172.9)

1.07(27.2)1.43

(36.3)1.70

(43.2)2.00

(50.8)2.33

(59.2)2.51

(63.8)2.86

(72.6)3.05

(77.5)3.22

(81.8)3.58

(90.9)

FLoadedHeightin. (mm)

GLoadedBulge

in. (mm).13

(3.3).16

(4.1).19

(4.8).22

(5.6).26

(6.6).28

(7.1).32

(8.1).34

(8.6).36

(9.1).40

(10.2)

HBase

Thicknessin. (mm)

Weightoz. (g)

EMounting

Holein. (mm)

.41(10.4) .56

(14.2) .66

(16.8) .80

(20.3) .93

(23.6)1.02

(25.9)1.16

(29.5)1.23

(31.2)1.30

(33)1.41

(35.8)

.85(21.6)1.11

(28.2)1.35

(34.3)1.55

(39.4)1.83

(46.5)1.96

(49.8)2.25

(57.2)2.43

(61.7)2.54

(64.5) 2.81

(71.4)

AFree

Heightin. (mm)

BFree

Bulgein. (mm)

CWrench

Holein. (mm)

.76(19.3)1.01

(25.7)1.18

(30)1.37

(34.8)1.62

(41.1)1.77

(45)2.02

(51.3)2.11

(53.6)2.26

(57.4)2.54

(64.5)

100 (1.15) 250

(2.88) 400

(4.61) 700

(8.06)1100

(12.67)1400

(16.13)2000

(23.04)2500

(28.8)3000

(34.56)4000

(46.08)

See page 6-2 for technical information.

New


AD

VAN

CED ANTIVIBRATION

CO M P O N E N TS

C

FA

E

DBG

H

Rev: 8-24-10 SS



6-6


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

6

Bumpers – Radial Type

• OUTDOOR ENVIRONMENTS • HIGH-PERFORMANCE

• HIGHLY INERT TO MOST CHEMICALS AND LUBRICANTS• MATERIAL: High-Performance Elastomer-Polyester

.15 (3.8)

.20 (5.1)

.23 (5.8)

.16 (4.1)

.26 (6.6)

.35 (8.9)

.40(10.2)

1.51 (38.4)

1.96 (49.8)

2.27 (57.7)

2.68 (68.1)

3.43 (87.1)

3.47 (88.1)

4.03(102.4)

.52(13.2) .76

(19.3) .79

(20.1)1.36

(34.5)1.70

(43.2)1.82

(46.2)1.80

(45.7)

.38 (9.5)

.44(11.1)

.32 (8.1)

.41(10.4)

.48(12.2)

.37 (9.4)

.47(11.9)

.74(18.8)

.85(21.6)

.22(5.6)

.28(7.1)

V10P81-R01

V10P81-R02

V10P81-R03

V10P81-R04

V10P81-R05

V10P81-R06

V10P81-R07

Catalog NumberD

Widthin. (mm)


GLoadedBulge

in. (mm)

HBase

Thicknessin. (mm)

Weightoz. (g)

EMounting

Holein. (mm)


.97(24.6)1.25

(31.8)1.47

(37.3)1.72

(43.7)2.17

(55.1)2.31

(58.7)2.65

(67.3)

75 (34)100

(45)150

(68)200

(91)300

(136)475

(215)600

(272)

V10P81-R01

V10P81-R02

V10P81-R03

V10P81-R04

V10P81-R05

V10P81-R06

V10P81-R07



TEMPERATURE RANGE: -40°F to +120°F (-40°C to +48.9°C)

Max.Forcelb. (kgf)

AFree

Heightin. (mm)

BFree

Bulgein. (mm)

CWrench

Holein. (mm)

10(0.12) 20

(0.23) 30

(0.35) 50

(0.58)100

(1.15)200

(2.30)300

(3.46)

1.12(28.4)1.44

(36.6)1.67

(42.4)1.95

(49.5)2.48

(63)2.61

(66.3)3.00

(76.2)

.24 (6.8)

.48 (13.6)

.60 (17)

.90 (25.5)

1.80 (51)

2.80 (79.4)

3.60(102.1)

NewC

A

F

H

E

B

G

D



.73(18.5) .98

(24.9)1.18

(30)1.35

(34.3)1.58

(40.1)1.73

(43.9)1.85

(47)2.09

(53.1)

• OUTDOOR ENVIRONMENTS • HIGH-PERFORMANCE • HIGHLY INERT TO MOST CHEMICALS AND LUBRICANTS

6-7

• MATERIAL: High-Performance Elastomer-Polyester

C

FA

E

DBG

H

.40(10.2) .53

(13.5) .63

(16) .73

(18.5) .86

(21.8) .92

(23.4) .99

(25.1)1.12

(28.4)

.31 (7.9)

.56(14.2)

V10P80-AS101

V10P80-AS102

V10P80-AS103

V10P80-AS105

V10P80-AS107

V10P80-AS108

V10P80-AS109

V10P80-AS111

Catalog NumberD

BaseDiameterin. (mm)


GLoadedBulge

in. (mm)

HBase

Thicknessin. (mm)

Weightoz. (g)

EMounting

Holein. (mm)


1.08(27.4)1.45

(36.8)1.72

(43.7)1.99

(50.5)2.35

(59.7)2.53

(64.3)2.71

(68.8)3.07

(78)

.12 (3)

.16(4.1).19

(4.8).22

(5.6).26

(6.6).28

(7.1).30

(7.6).35

(8.9)

.14 (4)

.32 (9.1) .56

(15.9)1.00

(28.3)1.50

(42.5)2.10

(59.5)2.50

(70.9)3.50

(99.2)

.81(20.6)1.09

(27.7)1.27

(32.3)1.48

(37.6)1.75

(44.5)1.91

(48.5)2.03

(51.6)2.33

(59.2)

50 (0.58) 100

(1.15) 200(2.3) 300

(3.46) 550

(6.34) 700

(8.06) 800

(9.22)1200

(13.82)

300(136) 400(181) 600(272) 900(408)1300(590)1600(726)1900(862)2200(998)

V10P80-AS101

V10P80-AS102

V10P80-AS103

V10P80-AS105

V10P80-AS107

V10P80-AS108

V10P80-AS109

V10P80-AS111



OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE: -40°F to +120°F (-40°C to +48.9°C)

Max.Forcelb. (kgf)

.79(20.1)1.02

(25.9)1.24

(31.5)1.46

(37.1)1.68

(42.7)1.88

(47.8)1.99

(50.5)2.28

(57.9)

AFree

Heightin. (mm)

BFree

Bulgein. (mm)

CWrench

Holein. (mm)

.48(12.2) .63

(16) .77

(19.6) .82

(20.8) .98

(24.9)1.09

(27.7)1.12

(28.4)1.30

(33)

New

Bumpers – Axial Type – Low-Load www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365

AD

VAN

CED ANTIVIBRATION

CO M P O N E N TS

Rev: 8-24-10 SS



6-8


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

6

V10Z 7-1020A

V10Z 7-1020B

V10Z 7-1020C

V10Z 7-1020D

44 (20)

49(22.2)

56(25.4)

62(28.1)

Bumpers – Conical


• FOR LOADS OF 44 TO 62 POUNDS (20 to 28.1 kgf)

Occasional Dynamiclb. (kgf)

Catalog Number Staticlb. (kgf)

Recommended Maximum Load


80(36.3)

100(45.4)

122(55.3)

145(65.8)

3/4(19.1)

5/16 - 24 UNF THREAD

1 DIA.(25.4)

1-1/2 DIA.(38.1)

1-1/4(31.8)



6-9


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

6

• FOR LOADS OF 20 TO 28 kgf (44 TO 62 lb.)

36.3 (80)

45.4 (100)

55.3 (122)

65.8 (145)

Bumpers – Conical


V10Z 7M1020AM

V10Z 7M1020BM

V10Z 7M1020CM

V10Z 7M1020DM

Occasional Dynamickgf (lb.)

Catalog Number Statickgf (lb.)

Recommended Maximum Load

20 (44)

22.2 (49)

25.4 (56)

28.1 (62)


New

13.5(.53)

M8

Ø25(.98)

38(1.50)

32(1.26)

...That substantial quantity discounts are available for all products?

Did You Know?



6-10


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

6

V10Z 5-110C16

(0.29)


20(0.36)

1500 1800

26.5(0.47)

Channel Mounts – To 52 lbs./in.

2-3/32(53.2)

A

B7/64(2.8)

3/4(19.1)

1-7/8(47.6)

1-3/16(30.2)

4-1/4(108)

INSTALLATION INFORMATION

HOLES DRILLED AT ASSEMBLYBY CUSTOMER, AS REQUIRED

MFG. HOLE

30(762)

Style 110 for Suspended Loads

Spacers and Mounting Hardware NOT Provided

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

LOAD

SUPPORT x

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25

LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHDeflections below the line x-x areconsidered safe practice for static loads; data above that line are useful for calculating deflections under dynamic loads.

x

110C(PER INCHLENGTH)

Catalog Number

NOTE: 81% vibration absorption (usually satisfactory) will be obtained when the mount indicated is operating at the minimum load shown for each forced frequency. Betterthan 81% absorption will be obtained either with a greater load (within the limits shown) for a given forced frequency, or with a higher forced frequency for a given load.

52(0.93)

LoadLimit lb. / in.

(kgf/mm)

1200

Min. Load for 81% Isolation lb. / in. (kgf/mm)

2100 2400


Dimensionsin. (mm)

1-39/64(40.9)

3/8(9.5)

A B

35(0.63)

52(0.93)

• FOR LOADS UP TO 52 lb. / in. (0.93 kgf / mm) OF LENGTH

• SUPPLIED IN 30 INCH (762 mm) LENGTHS• MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber

Channels – Steel



6-11


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

6

11000 (4990)

Bumpers – Rectangular


• FOR LOADS TO 4700 POUNDS (2132 kgf)

Catalog Number*

V10Z 7-1001


Recommended Maximum Loads lb. (kgf)

Static Occasional Dynamic

4700 (2132)

• FOR LOADS TO 1200 POUNDS (544 kgf)

Catalog Number*

V10Z 7-1011


Recommended Maximum Loads lb. (kgf)

1200 (544) 2150 (975)

Static Occasional Dynamic




13(330.2)

1/4(6.4)

SECTION Y-Y

9(228.6)

Y Y

X

X

2(50.8)

2(50.8)

4(101.6)

1-3/4 DIA.(44.5)

1-1/2 (38.1)

11/16 DIA.(17.5)

SECTION X-X

7/16 DIA. (11.1)

4-3/4(120.7)

1(25.4)

6-3/4(171.5)

2-1/2(63.5)

SECTION X-X

5-7/8(149.2)

1-1/4(31.8)

1-1/16(27)

1-1/4(31.8)

3/16(4.8)

7/16(11.1)

X X



6-12


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

6

Metric

Shock Absorber Features

• DOUBLE ENERGY ABSORPTION

• SMOOTH DAMPING

• RESERVE OIL

FEATURES:

1 Metering piston with helical groove

2 Storage chamber / oil reserve storage

3 Guide

4 Housing

5 Spring I

6 Check Valve

7 Seal

8 Spring II

9 Seal

10 Piston Rod

These features are obtained by:• Energy absorption: Up to three times as much as conventional shock absorbers. This is achieved by the size of the piston and the large volume of oil.

• Service life: Substantially longer and more reliable as a result of reserve oil storage.

• Damping action: Constant over the entire stroke due to the spiral groove design.

• Cycle time: Minimal due to the large nominal size of the check valve.

• Adjustability: Fast and simple due to the adjustment by means of rotation of the threaded housing.

• Quality: Made to meet the highest requirements: steel, hardened and ground, nickel-plated. Made in Germany.

New

1

2

3

4

10

8

76

5

9


6-13


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

6

Stroke Control

Threaded body ofthe machine




STROKE 1

STROKE 2

STOP

The damping amount can easily be adjusted within a very narrowrange due to the new and unique design of our shock absorbers.

Adjustment of damping is possible even to the last mm of the stroke.The shock absorber just has to be retracted slightly. By reducing thestroke, you can decrease the braking action.

• Stroke control

Attention! The shock absorber may not be used as a fixed stop.


6-14


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

6

62(2.44)

5(.20)SW7

(.28)

M10 x 1 Ø8.8(.35)

2.3(.09)

51(2.00)

11(.43)

8 (.31)STROKE

Ø3(.12)

2 x SW13 (.51)(SUPPLIED)

Ø15 (.59)

8(.31) 16

(.63)

M10 X 1SW13(.51)

Shock Absorbers

• MATERIAL: Housing – Steel, Hardened and Ground, Nickel Plated • DOUBLE ENERGY ABSORPTION • SMOOTH DAMPING • RESERVE OIL

• HELICAL GROOVE TECHNOLOGY

Metric

Stroke: 8 mm (.3 in.)Piston Reset Time: .2 sec.Min. Resetting Force: 6 N (1.35 lbf)Max. Resetting Force: 12 N (2.70 lbf)Weight: 0.02 kg (.71 oz.)

Catalog Number

V20S10M100H

V20S10M100M

V20S10M100S

NewΔΔ

10 (88.5)

Max. EnergyAbsorptionper StrokeJ (lbf • in.)

16000(141600)

Max. EnergyAbsorption

per HourJ (lbf • in./h)

0.2 (.66)

1.2(3.94)

2(6.56)

Min. ImpactSpeed

m/s (ft./s)

Max. ImpactSpeed

m/s (ft./s)

10(22)

4 (8.8)

1 (2.2)

Effective Mass*

Max.kg (lb.)

Min.kg (lb.)

*As comparative figure to conventional shock absorbers. All data measured at 20% safety.

50(110.2)

14 (30.9)

1.4 (4.59)

2.2 (7.22)

4(13.12)

5 (10)

NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.ΔSW indicates dimension across flats.

Accessories

Head

SteelV21S01MMKS10

Steel with Plastic Insert**V21S01MMKK10

Shaft Support / Dirt Seal

SteelV21S02M16045

Stop Sleeves

Vanadium Steel AlloyV21S04MSS10100

Cooler Nut

AluminumV21S03MCN10100

Fig.withinsert

**

Δ

ΔSW indicates dimension across flats.

Ø8(.31)

2.5(.10)

5(.20)

Ø3 (.12)

Δ

Δ

0.5 (.020)x 45°

0.5 (.020) x 45°

Ø17(.67)

Ø12(.47)

23(.90)

7(.28)30

(1.18)

M10 X 1

SW13(.51)

M10X 1

16(.63)

Ø6(.24)

M16 X 1.5

1 X M5

34 (1.34)

11(.43)

45 (1.77)

A

A

SW 13(.51)

SECTION A-A



6-15


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

6


69.5(2.74)

6(.24)SW8

(.31)

M12 x 1 Ø10(.39)

2.3(.09)

56(2.20)

13.5(.53)

10 (.39)STROKE

Ø3(.12)


Shock Absorbers



NewΔ Δ

Stroke: 10 mm (.4 in.)Piston Reset Time: .3 sec.Min. Resetting Force: 8 N (1.80 lbf)Max. Resetting Force: 15 N (3.37 lbf)Weight: 0.04 kg (1.41 oz.)

MetricCatalog Number

V20S12M100H

V20S12M100M

V20S12M100S

16 (141.6)


30000(265500)



0.2 (.66)

1.2(3.94)

2(6.56)

Min. ImpactSpeed

m/s (ft./s)

Max. ImpactSpeed

m/s (ft./s)

16 (35.3)

7 (15.4)

1 (2.2)

Effective Mass*

Max.kg (lb.)

Min.kg (lb.)


1.4 (4.59)

2.2 (7.22)

5(11.00)

Accessories

Head

SteelV21S01MMKS12



SteelV21S02M18054

Stop Sleeves


Cooler Nut


800(1764)

22 (48.5)

8 (17.6)

Ø10(.39)

3.5(.14)

6(.24)

Ø3 (.12)

Fig.withinsert

**

Ø16 (.63)

8(.31) 20

(.79)

M12 X 1SW14(.55)

Δ0.5 (.020)

x 45°0.5 (.020) x 45°

Ø20(.79)

Ø14(.55)

33(1.30)

7(.28)40

(1.57)

M12 X 1

SW17(.67)

Δ


Δ

20(.79)

Ø6(.24)

M18 X 1.5

1 X M5

40 (1.57)

13.5(.53)

53.5 (2.11)

M12X 1

A

A

SW 15(.59)

SECTION A-A



6-16


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

6

83(3.27)

8(.31)SW10

(.39)

Ø12(.47)

3.5(.14)

66(2.60)

17(.67)

12 (.47)STROKE

Ø4(.16)


F

Ø18 (.71)

8(.31) 25

(.98)

M14 X 1**M14 X 1.5

SW16(.63)


Shock Absorbers



New


ΔΔ

Metric

31(274.4)

50000(442500)

◊As comparative figure to conventional shock absorbers. All data measured at 20% safety.

Catalog Number




Min. ImpactSpeed

m/s (ft./s)

Max. ImpactSpeed

m/s (ft./s)

Effective Mass◊

Max.kg (lb.)

Min.kg (lb.)

1.4 (4.59)

2.2 (7.22)

5(11.00)

1.4 (4.59)

2.2 (7.22)

5(11.00)

V20S14M100H

V20S14M100M

V20S14M100S

V20S14M150H

V20S14M150M

V20S14M150S

0.2 (.66)

1.2(3.94)

2(6.56)

0.2 (.66)

1.2(3.94)

2(6.56)

1550 (3417)

43 (94.8)

16 (35.3)

1550 (3417)

43 (94.8)

16 (35.3)

32 (70.5)

13 (28.7)

2 (4.4)

32 (70.5)

13 (28.7)

2 (4.4)

M14 X 1

M14 X 1.5

FThread

Size

Accessories

Head

SteelV21S01MMKS14

Steel with Plastic Insert*V21S01MMKK14


SteelV21S02M20063

Stop Sleeves

Vanadium Steel AlloyV21S04MSS14100**V21S04MSS14150

Cooler Nut

AluminumV21S03MCN14100§

V21S03MCN14150

Ø11(.43)

3(.12)

7 (.28)

Ø4 (.16)

Fig.withinsert

*

Δ

Δ

Δ


M14 X 1

M14 X 1.5

0.5 (.020)x 45°

0.5 (.020) x 45°

Ø23(.91)

Ø16(.63)

42(1.65)

8(.31)50

(1.97)

SW19(.75)

§

23(.91)

Ø8(.32)

M20 X 1.5

1 X M5

46(1.81)

17(.67)

63(2.48)

M14 X 1.5

A

A

SW 17(.67)

SECTION A-A



6-17


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

6


95(3.74)

10(.39)SW14

(.55)

M20 x 1.5 Ø18(.71)

4(.16)

76(2.99)

19(.75)

15 (.59)STROKE

Ø6(.24)


Shock Absorbers



NewΔ

Δ


Metric

70 (619.5)


Catalog Number




Min. ImpactSpeed

m/s (ft./s)

Max. ImpactSpeed

m/s (ft./s)

Effective Mass*

Max.kg (lb.)

Min.kg (lb.)

1.2 (3.94)

2 (6.56)

4.5(14.76)

1.2 (3.94)

2 (6.56)

4.5(14.76)

V20S20M150H

V20S20M150M

V20S20M150S

V20S20M150HN

V20S20M150MN

V20S20M150SN

Stop

PowerStop

0.2 (.66)

1(3.28)

1.8(5.91)

0.2 (.66)

1(3.28)

1.8(5.91)

3500 (7716)

140 (308.6)

43 (94.8)

7500(16534)

300 (661)

93 (205)

97 (213.8)

35 (77.2)

7 (15.4)

208 (458.6)

75 (165.3)

15 (33)

EmergencyStop

150(1327.5)

63000 (557550)

—

Accessories

Head

SteelV21S01MMKS20



SteelV21S02M25077

Stop Sleeves


Cooler Nut


Ø17(.67)

3.5(.14)

8 (.31)

Ø6 (.24)

Fig.withinsert

**

Δ

Ø25 (.98)

10 (.39) 25

(.98)

M20 X 1.5 SW22(.87)

Δ

Δ


M20 X 1.50.5 (.020)

x 45°0.5 (.020) x 45°

Ø30(1.18)

Ø23(.91)

51(2.00)

9(.35)60

(2.36)

SW24(.94)

M20 X 1.5

Ø10(.39)

M25 X 1.5

1 X M5

58 (2.28)

19(.75)

77(3.03)

A

A

SW 22 (.87)

20(.79)

SECTION A-A



6-18


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

6

136(5.35)

12(.47)SW19

(.75)

M25 x 1.5 Ø23(.91)

4(.16)

105(4.13)

31(1.22)

25 (.98)STROKE

Ø8(.31)

2 x SW30 (1.18)(SUPPLIED)

Shock Absorbers



NewStroke: 25 mm (.98 in.)Piston Reset Time: .6 sec.Min. Resetting Force: 20 N (4.50 lbf)Max. Resetting Force: 40 N (9.00 lbf)Weight: 0.27 kg (9.52 oz.)

ΔΔ


Metric

V20S25M150H

V20S25M150M

V20S25M150S

V20S25M150HN

V20S25M150MN

V20S25M150SN

Catalog Number


210(1858.5)

550(4867.5)

95000(840750)

—

PowerStop

EmergencyStop

0.2 (.66)

0.6(1.97)

1.4(4.59)

0.2 (.66)

0.6(1.97)

1.4(4.59)




Min. ImpactSpeed

m/s (ft./s)

Max. ImpactSpeed

m/s (ft./s)

Effective Mass*

Max.kg (lb.)

Min.kg (lb.)

Stop

0.8 (2.62)

1.8 (5.91)

4 (13.1)

0.8 (2.62)

1.8 (5.91)

4 (13.1)

10500(23148)

1167 (2573)

214 (471.8)

27500(60627)

3056 (6737)

561 (1237)

656(1446)

130 (286.6)

26 (57.3)

1719(3790)

340 (749.6)

69 (152)

Accessories

Head

SteelV21S01MMKS25



SteelV21S02M33103

Stop Sleeves


Cooler Nut


M25 X 1.50.5 (.020)

x 45°0.5 (.020) x 45°

Ø36(1.42)

Ø27(1.06)

69.5(2.74)

10.5(.41)80

(3.15)

SW27(1.06)

Ø22(.87)

5(.20)

10.5 (.41)

Ø8 (.31)

Fig.withinsert

**

Δ

Ø32 (1.26)

10 (.39) 35

(1.38)

M25 X 1.5 SW27(1.06)

Δ

Δ


M25 X 1.5

Ø12(.47)

M33 X 1.5

1 X M5

72(2.83)

31 (1.22)

130(4.05)

A

A

SW 30 (1.18)

22 (.87)

SECTION A-A



6-19


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

6

2 x NUT Ø41 (1.61)(SUPPLIED)

M33 x 1.5

Ø28(1.10) 5

(.20)125

(4.92)41

(1.61)

Ø10(.39)

165(6.50)

SW24 (.94)

30 (1.18)STROKE

10(.39)

Shock Absorbers



NewΔ


Stroke: 30 mm (1.18 in.)Piston Reset Time: .6 sec.Min. Resetting Force: 35 N (7.87 lbf)Max. Resetting Force: 75 N (16.86 lbf)Weight: 0.48 kg (16.93 oz.)

Metric

V20S33M150H

V20S33M150M

V20S33M150S

V20S33M150HN

V20S33M150MN

V20S33M150SN

Catalog Number


320(2832)

900(7965)

120000(1062000)

—

PowerStop

EmergencyStop

0.2 (.66)

0.6(1.97)

1.4(4.59)

0.2 (.66)

0.6(1.97)

1.4(4.59)




Min. ImpactSpeed

m/s (ft./s)

Max. ImpactSpeed

m/s (ft./s)

Effective Mass*

Max.kg (lb.)

Min.kg (lb.)

Stop

0.8 (2.62)

2 (6.56)

3.5(11.48)

0.8 (2.62)

2 (6.56)

3.5(11.48)

16000 (35273)

1778 (3920)

327 (720.9)

45000 (99207)

5000 (11023)

918 (2024)

1000(2204.6)

160 (352.7)

52 (114.64)

2813(6202)

450 (992)

147 (324.1)

Accessories

Head

SteelV21S01MMKS33



SteelV21S02M45130

Stop Sleeves


Ø38 (1.50)

15(.59) 40

(1.57)

M33 X 1.5SW36(1.42)

Cooler Nut


M33 X 1.50.5 (.020)

x 45°0.5 (.020) x 45°

Ø44 (1.73)

Ø36(1.42)

91.5(3.60)

12(.47)103.5

(4.07)

SW36(1.42)

Fig.withinsert

**

Ø28(1.10)

5(.20)

11.5 (.45)

Ø10 (.39)

Δ

Δ

Δ


M33 X 1.5

Ø14(.55)

M45 X 1.5

1 X M5

90(3.54)

40 (1.57)

130(5.12)

A

A

SW 41 (1.61)

28 (1.10)

SECTION A-A



6-20


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

6

Ø58 (2.28)

15(.59) 50

(1.97)

M45 X 1.5SW55 (2.17)

Shock Absorbers



New


Δ

Metric

V20S45M150H

V20S45M150M

V20S45M150S

V20S45M150HN

V20S45M150MN

V20S45M150SN

Catalog Number


650 (5753)

1500(13275)

150000(1327500)

—

PowerStop

EmergencyStop

0.2 (.66)

0.6(1.97)

1.4(4.59)

0.2 (.66)

0.6(1.97)

1.4(4.59)

0.7 (2.30)

1.6 (5.25)

3.5(11.48)

0.7 (2.30)

1.6 (5.25)

3.5(11.48)

32500 (71650)

3611 (7961)

663 (1462)

75000(165345)

8333 (18371)

1531 (3375)




Min. ImpactSpeed

m/s (ft./s)

Max. ImpactSpeed

m/s (ft./s)

Effective Mass*

Max.kg (lb.)

Min.kg (lb.)

Stop

2653 (5849)

508 (1120)

106 (233.7)

6122(13497)

1172 (2584)

245 (540.1)

Accessories

Stop Sleeves


Cooler Nut

AluminumV21S03MCN45150V21S03MCN45150L◊ (Longer Length)


Head

SteelV21S01MMKS45


Fig.withinsert

**

Ø38(1.50)

5(.20)

15 (.59)

Ø12 (.47)


M45 x 1.5

Ø43(1.69) 6

(.24)140

(5.51)30

(1.18)

Ø12(.47)

170(6.69)

SW36(1.42)

25 (.98)STROKE

10(.39)

Δ

Δ


M45 X 1.50.5 (.020)

x 45°0.5 (.020) x 45°

Ø60 (2.36)

Ø52 (2.05)

92(3.62)

132(5.20)

18(.71)

150(5.91)

110 (4.33)

SW55(2.17)or

or



6-21


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

6


M45 x 1.5

Ø43(1.69) 6

(.24)195

(7.68)55

(2.17)

Ø12(.47)

250(9.84)SW36

(1.42)

50 (1.97)STROKE

10(.39)

Shock Absorbers



Metric

New

Catalog Number


Stroke: 50 mm (1.97 in.)Piston Reset Time: 1 sec.Min. Resetting Force: 60 N (13.49 lbf)Max. Resetting Force: 90 N (20.23 lbf)Weight: 2 kg (70.5 oz.)

1300 (11505)

3000 (26550)

V20S45M150LH

V20S45M150LM

V20S45M150LS

V20S45M150LHN

V20S45M150LMN

V20S45M150LSN

190000(1681500)

—

65000(143299)

7222 (15922)

1327 (2926)

150000(330690)

16667 (36744)

3061 (6748)

PowerStop

EmergencyStop

0.2 (.66)

0.6(1.97)

1.4(4.59)

0.2 (.66)

0.6(1.97)

1.4(4.59)

0.7 (2.30)

1.6 (5.25)

3.5(11.48)

0.7 (2.30)

1.6 (5.25)

3.5(11.48)





Min. ImpactSpeed

m/s (ft./s)

Max. ImpactSpeed

m/s (ft./s)

Effective Mass*

Max.kg (lb.)

Min.kg (lb.)

Stop

5306(11698)

1016 (2240)

212 (467.4)

12245(26995)

2344 (5168)

490 (1080)

Accessories

Δ

Ø58 (2.28)

15(.59) 50

(1.97)

M45 X 1.5SW55 (2.17)

Stop Sleeves


Cooler Nut

AluminumV21S03MCN45150V21S03MCN45150L◊ (Longer Length)

Head

SteelV21S01MMKS45


Fig.withinsert

**

Ø38(1.50)

5(.20)

15 (.59)

Ø12 (.47) Δ

Δ


M45 X 1.50.5 (.020)

x 45°0.5 (.020) x 45°

Ø60 (2.36)

Ø52 (2.05)

92(3.62)

132(5.20)

18(.71)

150(5.91)

110 (4.33)

SW55(2.17)or

or



6-22


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

6

s h

F

ß

m

mP

s

s

m

s

m

m

h

s

Shock Absorbers Technical Information

SHOCK ABSORBERS - FORMULAS AND CALCULATION EXAMPLESW1 Kinetic energy per stroke; mass load only in NmW2 Energy/work of propelling force per stroke in NmW3 Total energy per stroke (W1 + W2) in NmW4 Total energy per hour (W3 x n) in Nm/hme Effective mass in kgm Mass to be braked in kgv Final velocity of mass in m/svD Shock absorber impact velocity in m/sw Angular velocity in 1/sF Additional propelling force in Nn Number of strokes per hour in 1/hP Motor drive in kW

HM Holding moment factor (normal 2.5) 1 to 2.5M Torque in NmJ Mass inertia moment in kgm2

g Gravity constant = 9.81 in m/s2

h Falling height without shock absorber stroke in ms Stroke of shock absorber in mL/R/r Radius in mQ Countervailing force/supporting force in Nμ Friction coefficientt Braking time in sß Angle in °

m•g

Metric

Free Falling MassFormula:W1 = m x g x hW2 = m x g x sW3 = W1 + W2

W4 = W3 x nvD = 2 x g x hme = 2 x W3 / vD

2

Example:m = 10 kgh = 0.3 mn = 120 1/hs = 0.02 m

W1 = 10 x 0.3 x 9.81 = 29.43 NmW2 = 10 x 9.81 x 0.02 = 1.962 NmW3 = 29.43 + 1.962 = 31.392 NmW4 = 31.392 x 120 = 3767.04 Nm/hvD = 2 x 9.81 x 0.3 = 2.426 m/sme = 2 x 31.392 / 2.426 = 25.88 kg

Free Falling Mass without Propelling ForceFormula:W1 = m x v2 x 0.5W2 = m x g x sW3 = W1 + W2

W4 = W3 x nvD = vme = 2 x W3 / vD

2

Example:m = 13000 kgv = 2 m/ss = 0.22 mn = 30 1/h

W1 = 13000 x 22 x 0.5 = 26000 NmW2 = 13000 x 9.81 x 0.22 = 28056.6 NmW3 = 26000 + 28056.6 = 54056.6 NmW4 = 54056.6 x 30 = 1621698 Nm/hme = 2 x 54056.6 / 22 = 27028.3 kg

Mass on a Conveyor BeltFormula:W1 = m x v2 x 0.5W2 = m x μ x g x sW3 = W1 + W2

W4 = W3 x nvD = vme = 2 x W3 / vD

2

Example:m = 190 kgv = 1.8 m/sn = 170 1/hμ = 0.2 (Stahl/Guß)s = 0.04 m

W1 = 190 x 1.82 x 0.5 = 307.8 NmW2 = 190 x 0.2 x 9.81 x 0.04 = 14.91 NmW3 = 307.8 + 14.91 = 322.71 NmW4 = 322.71 x 170 = 54860 Nmme = 2 x 322.71 / 1.82 = 199.2 kg

Mass with Motor DriveFormula:W1 = m x v2 x 0.5W2 = 1000 x P x HM x s / vW3 = W1 + W2

W4 = W3 x nvD = vme = 2 x W3 / vD

2

Example:m = 980 kgv = 1.7 m/sHM = 2.7P = 6 kWn = 80 1/hs = 0.11 m

W1 = 980 x 1.72 x 0.5 = 1416.1 NmW2 = 1000 x 6 x 2.7 x 0.11 / 1.7 = 1048.24 NmW3 = 1416,1 + 104824 = 2464.34 NmW4 = 2464.34 x 80 = 197146.8 Nmme = 2 x 2464.34 / 1.72 = 1705.43 kg

Mass on an InclineFormula:W1 = m x g x h = m x vD

2 x 0.5W2 = m x g x sinß x sW3 = W1 + W2

W4 = W3 x nvD = 2 x g x hme = 2 x W3 / vD

2

a. with Propelling Force Downward:W2 = (F - m x g x sinß) x s

b. with Propelling Force Upward:W2 = (F + m x g x sinß) x s

Note: Add rotational energies of motor, coupling and gear, if not negligible, to W1.



6-23


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

6

s

v

MR

m

F s

m

m

s

Shock Absorbers Technical Information

Metric

r

R

s

A

L

Fm

L

Rs s

m

m s

R

LM

vD

vD

vD

vD

2.1 with vertical motion upward:2.2 with vertical motion downward

Counterv. force/supporting force Q (N) Applies for all examples: Q = 1.2 x W3 / sBraking Time t (s) Applies for all examples: t = 2.6 x s / vD

Retardation a (m/s2) Applies for all examples: a = 0.6 x vD2 / s

Note: If used in a damp environment, please consult our engineering department.

Mass with Propelling ForceFormula:W1 = m x v2 x 0.5W2 = F x sW3 = W1 + W2

W4 = W3 x nvD = vme = 2 x W3 / vD

2

W2 = (F - m x g) x sW2 = (F + m x g) x s

Example:m = 30 kgv = 1.9 m/sF = 300 Nn = 800 1/hs = 0.03 m

W1 = 30 x 1.92 x 0.5 = 54.15 NmW2 = 300 x 0.03 = 9 NmW3 = 54.15 + 9 = 63.15 NmW4 = 63.15 x 800 = 50520 Nm/hme = 2 x 63.15 / 1.92 = 34.97 kg

Rotary Table with Horizontal or Vertical Propelling MomentFormula:W1 = m x v2 x 0.25 = 0.5 x J x w2

W2 = m x s / RW3 = W1 + W2

W4 = W3 x nvD = v x R / L = w x Rme = 2 x W3 / vD

2

Example:m = 1200 kgv = 1.3 m/sM = 1200 Nms = 0.04 mL = 1.35 mR = 0.9 mn = 90 1/h

Swinging Mass with Propelling ForceFormula:W1 = m x v2 x 0.18 = 0.5 x J x w2

W2 = F x r x s / R = M x s / RW3 = W1 + W2


2

Example:m = 1500 kgv = 3 m/sF = 6000 Ns = 0.05 mr = 0.7 mR = 0.9 mL = 1.5 mn = 700 1/h

W1 = 1500 x 32 x 0.18 = 2430 NmW2 = 6000 x 0.7 x 0.05 / 0.9 = 233.33 NmW3 = 2430 + 233.33 = 2633.33 NmW4 = 2633.33 x 700 = 1864333 Nm/hvD = 3 x 0.9 / 1.5 = 1.8 m/sme = 2 x 2633.33 / 1.82 = 1625.51 kg

Swinging Mass with Propelling Moment (e.g. Turning Device)Formula:W1 = m x v2 x 0.18 = 0.5 x J x w2

W2 = F x r x s / R = M x s / RW3 = W1 + W2


2

Example:J = 41 kgm2

w = 2 1/sM = 400 Nms = 0.025 mL = 1.8 mR = 0.9 mn = 1300 1/h

W1 = 0.5 x 41 x 22 = 82 NmW2 = 400 x 0.025 / 0.9 = 11.1 NmW3 = 82 + 11.1 = 93.1 NmW4 = 93.1 x 1,300 = 121044 Nm/hvD = 2 x 0.9 = 1.8 m/sme = 2 x 93.1 / 1.82 = 57.47 kg

Note: Please check impact angle long = s/R (see example 6.2)

Swinging Mass with Propelling MomentFormula:W1 = m x v2 x 0.5 = 0.5 x J x w2

W2 = M x s / RW3 = W1 + W2


2

Example:m = 30 kgv = 1.5 m/sM = 60 NmR = 0.6 mL = 0.9 mn = 1600 1/hs = 0.02 m

W1 = 30 x 1.52 x 0.5 = 33.75 NmW2 = 60 x 0.02 / 0.6 = 2 NmW3 = 33.75 + 2 = 35.75 NmW4 = 35.75 x 1600 = 57200 NmvD = 1.5 x 0.6 / 0.9 = 1 m/sme = 2 x 33.75 / 12 = 71.5 kg

Mass without Propelling ForceFormula:W1 = m x v2 x 0.5W2 = 0W3 = W1 + W2

W4 = W3 x nvD = vme = m

Example:m = 200 kgv = 3 m/sn = 1000 1/hs = 0.01 m

W1 = 200 x 32 x 0.5 = 900 NmW2 = 0W3 = 900 + 0 = 900 NmW4 = 900 x 1000 = 900000 Nm/h

W1 = 1200 x 1.32 x 0.25 = 507 NmW2 = 1200 x 0.04 / 0.9 = 53.3 NmW3 = 507 + 53.3 = 560.33 NmW4 = 560.33 x 90 = 50429.7 Nm/hvD = 1.3 x 0.9 / 1.35 = 0.86 m/sme = 2 x 560.33 / 0.862 = 1515.22 kg


6-24


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

6

Equipment Description:

Equipment Weight (lbs. or kg.):

Excitation Source:

Excitation Frequency (rpm, cpm, cps or Hz):

Allowable Static Deflection of Isolators (inch or mm):

% Vibration Isolation Efficiency Desired:

Space Limitation if any:

Shock / Vibration Isolation Application Sheet

The following data willhelp us to determine yourneeds to meet yourshock and vibration re-quirements. If a drawingcannot be included,please include a sketchwith this form.

Completed By: Date:

Technical Requirements

Prototype/Production Requirements

Prototype Quantity: Timing:

Production Forecast: Timing:

Company Name:

Address:

Contact Name/Position:

Telephone: FAX:

e-mail:

Temperature Range (°F or °C): Low: High:

Preferred Damping Material (Circle One):

Natural Rubber, Neoprene, Urethane,Sorbothane®, Vinyl Chloride Elastomeric Resin,Silicone Gel,Wire Mesh, Cable,others:

Examples of how to choose vibration isolators for various operating situations are given in the Vibration Mount Technical Sectionstarting on page T1-27.


SECTION 7

7-2


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

7

Finger-Flex Mounts

TYPICAL INSTALLATION ARRANGEMENTS

Any number of Finger-Flex mounts can be installed in parallel to achieve greater load-carrying capacity. These mounts may also be stacked in series to meet greater deflection requirements. Separators between mounts, if used, must be designed to meet the specific requirements of the installation.

Multiple Installations Finger-Flex mounts are used for office machines, electronic equipment, motors, air conditioning equipment, heating equipment, fans, blowers, pumps and scientific equipment.

Typical Installations

Rubber parts used are similiar totype V10R 4-1504 & V10R 4-1505combination. The difference is that theflange of the rubber bushing within thisassembled mounting has fingers ononly one of its surfaces. The ringmember absorbs both vibration andshock.

A.If the load support is1/2 inch (12.7 mm)or more thick, twoFinger-Flex bushings aregenerally used.

B.When the loadsupporting member is1/8 inch (3.18 mm) to1/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick,the standard bushingand ring combination ismost suitable.

C.If the load supportingmember is less than1/8 inch (3.18 mm) thick,the metal surrounding themounting hole should beturned up. This providesadditional mounting areafor the bushing.

Shoulder bolt

Mounting base

Finger-Flex bushing

Mounting support

Rebound plate

Finger-Flex bushing

Shoulder bolt

Mounting base

Finger-Flex bushing

Mounting support

Rebound plate

Finger-Flex bushing

Shoulder bolt

Mounting baseFinger-Flex bushing

Mounting support

Rebound plate

Finger-Flex bushing


7-3


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

7—

—

3(1.4)

5(2.3)

—

—

3(1.4)

5(2.3)

3(1.4)

4(1.8)

6(2.7)

9(4.1)

3(1.4)

4(1.8)

6(2.7)

9(4.1)

Finger-Flex Mounts – To 12 lbs.

• FOR LOADS UP OF 4 TO 12 POUNDS (1.8 TO 5.4 kgf)• MATERIAL: Natural Rubber

LOAD

SUPPORT

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

A

D

C

B

0

60

50

40

30

20

10

0.040 0.02 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16

Deflection below the X are considered safe practice for static loads; data above the X are useful for calculating deflections under dynamic loads.

A

D

C

B

8

12

10

6

4

2

01816 20 22 24 26 28

LO

AD

(lb

.)

NATURAL FREQUENCY (CPS)

5/64(2)

1/4(6.4)

5/64(2)

13/16(20.6) 29/64

(11.5)8 FINGERSEACH SIDEOUT OF PHASE

8 FINGERSEACH SIDEOUT OF PHASE

8 FINGERSEACH SIDEOUT OFPHASE

5/64(2)

3/16(4.8)

1/4(6.4)

9/16(14.3)

13/16(20.6)

15/32(11.9)

1/4(6.4)

Fig. 1 RING STYLE

Fig. 2 BUSHING STYLE

5/64(2)


Catalog Number

V10R 4-1500A

V10R 4-1500B

V10R 4-1500C

V10R 4-1500D

V10R 4-1501A

V10R 4-1501B

V10R 4-1501C

V10R 4-1501D

Fig.No.

30

40

50

60

30

40

50

60


2(0.9)

3(1.4)

4(1.8)

7(3.2)

2(0.9)

3(1.4)

4(1.8)

7(3.2)

4(1.8)

6(2.7)

9(4.1)

12(5.4)

4(1.8)

6(2.7)

9(4.1)

12(5.4)

2700



330030002400HardnessDurometer

Compression

1

2

4(1.8)

6(2.7)

9(4.1)

12(5.4)

4(1.8)

6(2.7)

9(4.1)

12(5.4)



7-4


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

7V10R 4-1502A

V10R 4-1502B

V10R 4-1502C

V10R 4-1502D

V10R 4-1503A

V10R 4-1503B

V10R 4-1503C

V10R 4-1503D

4(1.8)

5(2.3)

8(3.6)

10(4.5)

4(1.8)

5(2.3)

8(3.6)

10(4.5)

7(3.2)

9(4.1)

14(6.4)

20(9.1)

7(3.2)

9(4.1)

14(6.4)

20(9.1)

10 (4.5)

13 (5.9)

18 (8.2)

25(11.3)

10 (4.5)

13 (5.9)

18 (8.2)

25(11.3)

10 (4.5)

13 (5.9)

18 (8.2)

25(11.3)

10 (4.5)

13 (5.9)

18 (8.2)

25(11.3)


• FOR LOADS UP OF 10 TO 25 POUNDS (4.5 TO 11.3 kgf)• MATERIAL: Natural Rubber

LOAD

SUPPORT

DEFLECTION (in.)


LO

AD

(lb

.)L

OA

D (

lb.)

Deflections below the X are considered safe practice for static loads; data above the X are useful for calculating deflections under dynamic loads.

D

D

C

C

B

B

A

A

12 14 16 18 20 22 24

24

20

16

12

8

4

0

0

10

20

30

50

40

60

70

80

0 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.20

1/16(1.6)

51/64(20.2)

1-11/64(29.8)

7/64(2.8)

7/64(2.8)5/16

(7.9)

Fig. 1 RING STYLE

10 FINGERSEACH SIDE OUT OF PHASE


12 FINGERSEACH SIDE OUT OF PHASE

.193(4.9)

11/16(17.5)

1-11/64(29.8)

35/64(13.9)

3/8(9.5)

17/32(13.5)

10 FINGERS(12 on 1503B)


Catalog NumberFig.No.

30

40

50

60

30

40

50

60


2000



250022501750HardnessDurometer

Compression

1

2

5(2.3)

7(3.2)

10(4.5)

13(5.9)

5(2.3)

7(3.2)

10(4.5)

13(5.9)

2750

3(1.4)

4(1.8)

6(2.7)

8(3.6)

3(1.4)

4(1.8)

6(2.7)

8(3.6)



7-5


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

7V10R 4-1504A

V10R 4-1504B

V10R 4-1504C

V10R 4-1504D

V10R 4-1505A

V10R 4-1505B

V10R 4-1505C

V10R 4-1505D

30

40

50

60

30

40

50

60

LOAD

SUPPORT

DEFLECTION (in.)


LO

AD

(lb

.)L

OA

D (

lb.)


D

D

C

C

B

B

A

A

12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

0

25

50

75

125

100

150

175

200

0 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.20 0.24


• FOR LOADS OF 14 TO 37 POUNDS (6.4 TO 16.9 kgf)• MATERIAL: Natural Rubber

3/32(2.4)

3/32(2.4)

21/64(8.3)

1-3/8(34.9)

3/4(19.1)


Fig. 1 RING STYLE

3/32(2.4)

3/32(2.4)

5/16(7.9)

21/64(8.3)

21/32(16.7)

1-3/8(34.9)


3/8(9.5)

11/16(17.5)




7 (3.2)

8 (3.6)

16 (7.3)

25(11.3)

7 (3.2)

8 (3.6)

16 (7.3)

25(11.3)


HardnessDurometer

Compression

14 (6.4)

19 (8.6)

27(12.2)

37(16.8)

14 (6.4)

19 (8.6)

27(12.2)

37(16.8)

—

19(8.6)

—

—

—

19(8.6)

—

—

2000




1

2

9 (4.1)

10 (4.5)

19 (8.6)

32(14.5)

9 (4.1)

10 (4.5)

19 (8.6)

32(14.5)

5(2.3)

6(2.7)

13(5.9)

21(9.5)

5(2.3)

6(2.7)

13(5.9)

21(9.5)

2250 2500 2750 3000

12 (5.4)

14 (6.4)

25(11.3)

—

12 (5.4)

14 (6.4)

25(11.3)

—



7-6


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

7



3/8(9.5)

3/32(2.4)

7/8(22.2)

1-29/32(48.4) 1-5/32

(29.4)

12 FINGERSEACH SIDE

OUT OF PHASE

9/16 (14.3)

35/64 (13.9)

12 FINGERS


Fig. 1 RING STYLE

1/2(12.7)

5/32(4)

5/32(4)

1-29/32(48.4)

1-1/4(31.8)

12 FINGERSEACH SIDE

OUT OF PHASE

B

D

C

A

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)


LOAD

SUPPORT

300

250

200

150

100

50

00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35

B

D

C

A

LO

AD

(lb

.)

NATURAL FREQUENCY (CPS)8 10 12 14 16 18

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0


HardnessDurometer

Compression


1500



1750 2000 2250 2500

V10R 4-1506A

V10R 4-1506B

V10R 4-1506C

V10R 4-1506D

V10R 4-1507A

V10R 4-1507B

V10R 4-1507C

V10R 4-1507D

8 (3.6) 12 (5.4) 20 (9.1) 33(15) 8 (3.6) 12 (5.4) 20 (9.1) 33(15)

30

40

50

60

30

40

50

60

35(15.9)

50(22.7)

65(29.5)

80(36.3)

35(15.9)

50(22.7)

65(29.5)

80(36.3)

30(13.6)

50(22.7)

30(13.6)

50(22.7)

1

2

17 (7.7)

24(10.9)

40(18.1)

76(34.5)

17 (7.7)

24(10.9)

40(18.1)

76(34.5)

13 (5.9)

18 (8.2)

31(14.1)

56(25.4)

13 (5.9)

18 (8.2)

31(14.1)

56(25.4)

10 (4.5)

14 (6.4)

24(10.9)

43(19.5)

10 (4.5)

14 (6.4)

24(10.9)

43(19.5)

—

—

—

—




7-7


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

7




Fig. 1 RING STYLE

5/8(15.9)

1/8(3.2)13/16

(20.6)

2-3/16(55.6)

1-1/4(31.8)

5 FINGERSON OUTSIDEOF SHAFT

7/32(5.6)

13/32(10.3)

7/8(22.2) 2-1/8

(54)

11/16(17.5)

1-25/32(45.2)

15/32(11.9)

3(76.2) 5/8

(15.9) 1-1/16(27)

32° 30'

LOAD

SUPPORTX

X

X

X

D C

B

A

DEFLECTION (in.)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

00 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8

Deflections below the X are considered safe practicefor static loads; data above the X are useful for calculating deflections under dynamic loads.

D

C

B

A

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

06 7 8 9 10 11


LO

AD

(lb

.)


HardnessDurometer

Compression



900


1000 1250 1500 1750


250(113.4)

350(158.8)

120 (54.4)

160 (72.6)

250(113.4)

350(158.8)

V10R 4-1508C

V10R 4-1508D

V10R 4-1509A

V10R 4-1509B

V10R 4-1509C

V10R 4-1509D

1

2

65(29.5)

93(42.2)

30 (13.6)

46 (20.9)

65 (29.5)

93 (42.2)

250(113.4) 324(147)

—

160 (72.6) 250(113.4) 324(147)

48(21.8) 66(29.9) 22(10) 34(15.4) 48(21.8) 66(29.9)

178 (80.7) 242(109.8) 98 (44.5) 104 (47.2) 178 (80.7) 242(109.8)

105(47.6) 141(64) 46(20.9) 67(30.4) 105(47.6) 141(64)

50

60

30

40

50

60



7-8


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

7

V10Z42-1010

V10Z42-2000

V10Z42-4000

V10Z42-4040

V10Z42-4050

V10Z42-5000

V10Z42-6000

V10Z42-6020

V10Z42-7000

V10Z42-8020

NominalLoad

RatingAxial

lb. (kgf)

.77(19.6)

.78(19.8)

1.31(33.3)

1.32(33.5)

1.25(31.8)

1.52(38.6)

1.81(46)

2.06(52.3)

2.75(69.9)

.44(11.2)

.69(17.5)

1.38(35.1)

1.00(25.4)

1.00(25.4)

1.71(43.4)

2.00(50.8)

1.56(39.6)

2.12(53.8)

3.37(85.6)

.010(0.25)

.018(0.46)

.015(0.38)

.035(0.89)

.030(0.76)

.020(0.51)

.030(0.76)

.075(1.91)

.030(0.76)

Bolt Mounts – Solo Unitized

• SOLO TYPE • FOR LOADS OF 60 TO 1300 POUNDS (27.2 TO 590 kgf)

• MATERIAL: Outer Body – Natural Rubber Load-Carrying Member Spacer – Steel, Tubular Rolled

CINCH WASHERRECOMMENDED DIMENSIONS

A

KE

J

G

H

A

PREASSEMBLY DIMENSIONS

SOLO MOUNTING

C

E

B

D

ISOLATEDUNIT

CINCH WASHER

SUPPORTPLATE

ASSEMBLY BOLT

F

F

M

L N

J BEVEL

SELECTION GUIDE AND SPECIFICATIONS

.75(19.1)

.75(19.1)

1.25(31.8)

1.50(38.1)

1.81(46)

2.00(50.8)

2.75(69.9)

NominalDeflection

RatingAxial

in. (mm)

60 (27.2)

125 (56.7)

200 (90.7)

425(192.8)

500(226.8)

900(408.2)

1300(590)

1.00 (25.4)

1.09 (27.7)

2.00 (50.8)

2.01 (51.1)

3.00 (76.2)

3.75 (95.3)

4.53(115.1)

.13 (3.3)

.31 (7.9)

.62(15.7)

.25 (6.4)

.25 (6.4)

.75(19.1)

.93(23.6)

.50(12.7)

.75(19.1)

1.75(44.5)

.17 (4.3)

.19 (4.8)

.48(12.2)

.46(11.7)

.46(11.7)

.56(14.2)

.71(18)

.76(19.3)

.94(23.9)

1.12(28.4)

.38 (9.7)

.38 (9.7)

.52(13.2)

.39 (9.9)

.64(16.3)

.64(16.3)

.64(16.3)

.77(19.6)

1.06(26.9)

.18 (4.6)

.21 (5.3)

.52(13.2)

.62(15.7)

.81(20.6)

1.16(29.5)

1.22(31)

.03(0.8)

.03(0.8)

.06(1.5)

.06(1.5)

.12(3)

.09(2.3)

.12(3)

.55 (14)

.96 (24.4)

2.18 (55.4)

1.30 (33)

1.30 (33)

2.12 (53.8)

2.42 (61.5)

1.97 (50)

2.66 (67.6)

4.34(110.2)

.38 (9.7)

.38 (9.7)

.52(13.2)

.38 (9.7)

.64(16.3)

.64(16.3)

.64(16.3)

.77(19.6)

1.06(26.9)

1.00 (25.4)

1.12 (28.4)

2.00 (50.8)

2.50 (63.5)

3.00 (76.2)

3.70 (94)

4.50(114.3)

.09(2.3)

.09(2.3)

.12(3)

.15(3.8)

.19(4.8)

.25(6.4)

.25(6.4)

SELECTION CRITERIA:Calculate static load.Select a mount of equalor greater capacity. Fordynamic loads greaterthan 3X static load,select next larger size.

INSTALLATION:1.

2.

3.

Lubricate mount andsocket with wateror rubber lubricant.Insert into socket, handrotate with axial force.If necessary, use drivingbolt. Care must be takenthat the driving bolt doesnot overhang the steelsleeve O.D.


A B C D E F G H J K L MN

(min)Catalog Number



7-9


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

7

.03(0.8)

.06(1.5)

.12(3)

.12(3)

1.16(29.5)

1.62(41.1)

1.85(47)

2.28(57.9)

.43(10.9)

.92(23.4)

.40(10.2)

1.12(28.4)

.010(0.25)

.015(0.38)

.018(0.46)

.080(2.03)

150 (68)

425(192.8)

500(226.8)

900(408.2)

V10Z42-A3010

V10Z42-A5020

V10Z42-A6010

V10Z42-A7010

Bolt Mounts – Tandem Unitized

• TANDEM TYPE • FOR LOADS OF 150 TO 900 POUNDS (68 TO 408.2 kgf)

• MATERIAL: Outer Body – Natural Rubber Load-Carrying Member Spacer – Steel, Tubular Rolled

SELECTION GUIDE AND SPECIFICATIONS

1.12(28.4)

1.50(38.1)

1.81(46)

2.25(57.2)

NominalLoad

RatingAxial

lb. (kgf)

Catalog Number

NominalDeflection

RatingAxial

in. (mm)

1.78(45.2)

2.58(65.5)

3.00(76.2)

3.75(95.3)

.38 (9.7)

.50(12.7)

.75(19.1)

.75(19.1)

.38 (9.7)

.87(22.1)

.75(19.1)

.74(18.8)

.52(13.2)

.64(16.3)

.64(16.3)

.77(19.6)

.62(15.7)

1.17(23.7)

1.19(30.2)

1.50(38.1)

.52(13.2)

.64(16.3)

.64(16.3)

.77(19.6)

1.75 (44.5)

2.50 (63.5)

3.00 (76.2)

4.00(101.6)

.10(2.5)

.15(3.8)

.19(4.8)

.25(6.4)

A

KE

J

G

H

A

PREASSEMBLY DIMENSIONS

TANDEM MOUNTING

C

B

D 2 x E

ISOLATED UNIT

CINCH WASHER

SUPPORT PLATE

MOUNT

MOUNT

ASSEMBLY BOLT

F

M

L N

CINCH WASHERRECOMMENDED DIMENSIONS

F

SHOWN FORMOUNTING ORIENTATION

INSTALLATION:1.

2.

3.

Lubricate mount andsocket with water orrubber lubricant.Insert into socket, handrotate with axial force.If necessary, use drivingbolt. Care must be takenthat the driving bolt doesnot overhang the steelsleeve O.D.

SELECTION CRITERIA:Calculate static load.Select a mount of equalor greater capacity. Fordynamic loads greaterthan 3X static load,select next larger size.

A B C D E F G H J K L MN

(min)


.59(15)

1.05 (26.7)

1.16 (29.5)

1.13 (28.7)



7-10


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

7

Bolt Mounts – Ring and Bushing Type

• WEAR PLATE DESIGN IMPROVES FATIGUE LIFEAND WEAR RESISTANCE

• RESISTS OILS, OZONE AND MOST SOLVENTS• FAIL-SAFE DESIGN WITH SNUBBING WASHER

New

150 (667)

260 (1156)

500 (2224)

V10Z82-RX3031150

V10Z82-RX3031260

V10Z82-RX3031500

Catalog NumberThick Mounting Plate

Inch (mm).563 (14.3)

Max. Load lb. (N)

Axial Radial

75 (333)

130 (578)

250 (1112)

80 (355)

160 (711)

300 (1334)

Thin Mounting PlateInch (mm).50 (12.7)

Axial Radial

40 (177)

80 (355)

150 (667)

TEMPERATURE RANGE: -20°F to +180°F (-28.9°C to +82.2°C)

TYPICAL INSTALLATION CONFIGURATION

NOTE: Install so bushing supports static load.

.06 (1.5) CHAMFERREQUIRED

ISOLATED EQUIPMENT

SNUBBINGWASHER

1.25 (31.75) MIN.MOUNTING HOLEDIAMETER

.563 (14.3)or .50 (12.7)

SUPPORTSTRUCTURE

1.94 (49.3)INSTALLED

SNUBBING WASHER V 9C20-051(Zinc Plated Carbon Steel)

DIA..51 (13)

THICKNESS.13 (3.3)DIA.

2.00 (50.8)

• MATERIAL: Isolator – Neoprene Wear Plate & Sleeve – Carbon Steel, Rust-Resistant Coating

.53(13.5)

.78(19.8)

.45(11.4)

Ø1.23(31.2)

Ø1.88(47.8)

.77(19.6)

.78(19.8)

R 06(1.5)

WEARPLATE

1.94(49.3)


APPLICATIONS• SMALL ENGINES• GENERATORS• PUMPS• RADIATORS• OPERATOR CABS IN SEVERE ENVIRONMENTS

AXIAL LOAD vs. DEFLECTION.563 (14.3) Thick Mounting Plate

LO

AD

(lb

.)DEFLECTION (in.)

1400

1200

1000

800

600

400

200

00 .025 .05 .075 .10 .125 .15 .175 .20 .225

-RX3031500

-RX3031260

-RX3031150

AXIAL LOAD vs. DEFLECTION.50 (12.7) Thick Mounting Plate

LO

AD

(lb

.)

DEFLECTION (in.)

1400

1200

1000

800

600

400

200

00 .025 .05 .075 .10 .125 .15 .175 .20 .225

-RX3031500

-RX3031260

-RX3031150



7-11


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

71.31

(33.3)

1.88(47.8)

2.55(64.8)

V10Z82-R21200060

V10Z82-R21200120

V10Z82-R21200200

V10Z82-R30310150

V10Z82-R30310300

V10Z82-R30310500

V10Z82-R41390350

V10Z82-R41390700

V10Z82-R41391300

40

56

70

48

64

68

40

56

70

.38 (9.7)

.56(14.2)

.88(22.4)

30 (133)

40 (177)

50 (222)

60 (266)

120 (533)

200 (889)

140 (622)

300(1334)

650(2891)

Catalog Number


Ain.

(mm)

Axial StaticLoad, Max.

lb. (N)

60 (266) 120

(533) 200

(889) 150

(667) 300

(1334) 500

(2224) 350

(1556) 700

(3113)1300

(5782)

Radial StaticLoad, Max.

lb. (N)

MountingPlate

Thicknessin. (mm)

15

12

NaturalFrequency(Max. Load)

Hz (ref)

DurometerFin.

(mm)

.39 (9.9)

.53(13.5)

.65(16.5)

Gin.

(mm)

.48(12.2)

.78(19.8)

.9(22.9)

Hin.

(mm)

.79(20.1)

1.3 (33)

1.58(40.1)

Kin.

(mm)

1.25(31.8)

1.94(49.3)

2.43(61.7)

Jin.

(mm)

.04 (1)

.06(1.5)

.09(2.3)

Bin.

(mm)

.59(15)

.77(19.6)

1.03(26.2)


• FULL REBOUND PROTECTION • STRUCTURE-BORNE NOISE ATTENUATION• RESISTS OILS, OZONE AND MOST SOLVENTS• FAIL-SAFE DESIGN WITH SNUBBING WASHER

• MATERIAL: Isolator – Neoprene Sleeve – Carbon Steel Rust-Resistant Coating

NewK

H

G

A

B

G

F

JRAD.

AXIAL LOAD vs. DEFLECTION(.38 Thick Mounting Plate)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

DEFLECTION (in.)

600

500

400

300

200

100

0.02 .04 .08.06 .10 .12

-R21200200

-R21200120

-R21200060


LO

AD

(lb

.)

DEFLECTION (in.)

1400

1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0

.0250 .05 .075 .10 .125 .15 .175 .20 .225

-R30310500

-R30310300

-R30310150


LO

AD

(lb

.)

DEFLECTION (in.)

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

.02 .04 .08.06 .10 .12 .14 .16 .18

-R41390350

-R41391300

-R41390700

NOTE: For Snubbing Washers and Installation Configurations see page 7-13

APPLICATIONS• HIGHWAY AND OFF-HIGHWAY VEHICLES: ISOLATE ENGINES, CABS, RADIATORS, BATTERY BOXES, FUEL TANKS AND ACCESSORIES• MOTOR GENERATORS AND COMPRESSORS• PUMPS AND CENTRIFUGES• MARINE EQUIPMENT AND POWER PLANTS• HVAC EQUIPMENT• PORTABLE EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY• OFFICE EQUIPMENT/COMPUTERS



7-12


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

7


• FULL REBOUND PROTECTION • STRUCTURE-BORNE NOISE ATTENUATION• RESISTS OILS, OZONE AND MOST SOLVENTS• FAIL-SAFE DESIGN WITH SNUBBING WASHER

• MATERIAL: Isolator – Neoprene Sleeve – Carbon Steel, Rust-Resistant Coating

New

K

H

G

A

B

G

F

JRAD.

2.88(73.2)

3.38(85.9)

V10Z82-R56460500

V10Z82-R56461000

V10Z82-R56462100

V10Z82-R78542600

V10Z82-R78543600

V10Z82-R78544600

40

60

70

60

68

74

1.12(28.4)

1.25(31.8)

200 (889) 400

(1779) 900

(4003)1000

(4448)1450

(6449)1900

(8451)

Catalog Number


Ain.

(mm)

3.5 (88.9)

4.88(124)

Axial StaticLoad, Max.

lb. (N)

500(2224)1000

(4448)2100

(9341)2600

(11565)3600

(16013)4600

(20461)

Radial StaticLoad, Max.

lb. (N)

MountingPlate

Thicknessin. (mm)

10

NaturalFrequency(Max. Load)

Hz (ref)

DurometerFin.

(mm)

.93(23.6)

1.063 (27)

Gin.

(mm)

1(25.4)

1.25(31.8)

Hin.

(mm)

2.3(58.4)

2.55(64.8)

Kin.

(mm)

Jin.

(mm)

.12(3)

Bin.

(mm)

1.41(35.8)

1.86(47.2)

NOTE: For Snubbing Washers and Installation Configurations see next page.

AXIAL LOAD vs. DEFLECTION1.25 Thick Mounting Plate

LO

AD

(lb

.)

DEFLECTION (in.)

8000

7000

6000

5000

4000

3000

2000

1000

00 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25

-R78544600

-R78543600

-R78542600

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

0 .05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25

AXIAL LOAD vs. DEFLECTION(1.12 Thick Mounting Plate)

LO

AD

(lb

.)

DEFLECTION (in.)

-R56462100

-R56461000

-R56460500

APPLICATIONS• HIGHWAY AND OFF-HIGHWAY VEHICLES: ISOLATE ENGINES, CABS, RADIATORS, BATTERY BOXES, FUEL TANKS AND ACCESSORIES• MOTOR GENERATORS AND COMPRESSORS• PUMPS AND CENTRIFUGES• MARINE EQUIPMENT AND POWER PLANTS• HVAC EQUIPMENT• PORTABLE EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY• OFFICE EQUIPMENT/COMPUTERS



7-13


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

7

Bolt Mounts – Washers and Installation

New

.09(2.3).13

(3.3).19

(4.8).25

(6.4).38

(9.7)

.40(10.2) .51

(13) .66

(16.8) .94

(23.9)1.06

(26.9)

V 9C20-040

V 9C20-051

V 9C20-066

V 9C20-094

V 9C20-106

Catalog NumberFor

SeriesV10Z82-

R21

R30 & RX30

R41

R56

R78

1.56 (39.6)

2.00 (50.8)

2.81 (71.4)

3.88 (98.6)

5.25(133.4)

Dia. Xin.

(mm)

Dia. Yin.

(mm)

Thickness Zin.

(mm)

B RADIUSREQUIRED

ISOLATED EQUIPMENT

SNUBBINGWASHER

EMOUNTINGHOLE DIAMETER

D

SUPPORTSTRUCTURE

CINSTALLED

B RADIUSREQUIRED

ISOLATEDSTRUCTURE

CINSTALLED

E MOUNTING

HOLE DIAMETER

D

SNUBBINGWASHER

INSTALLATION CONFIGURATIONS

Installation Dimensions

Mount Series

V10Z82-R21V10Z82-R30V10Z82-R41V10Z82-R56V10Z82-R78

Bin. (mm)

.04 (1.02)

.06 (1.52)

.09 (2.29)

.12 (3.05)

.12 (3.05)

Cin. (mm)

1.25 (31.8)1.94 (49.3)2.43 (61.7)2.88 (73.2)3.38 (85.9)

Din. (mm)

.38 (9.7) .56 (14.2) .88 (22.4)1.12 (28.4)1.25 (31.8)

Ein. (mm)

.75 (19.1)1.25 (31.8)1.50 (38.1)2.25 (57.2)2.50 (63.5)

• MATERIAL: Carbon Steel - Zinc Plated

DIA. X

THICKNESSZ

DIA. Y

Snubbing Washers

For Bolt Mounts,see previous pages.



.813 (20.65)

1.000 (25.40)

.250 (6.35)

.563 (14.30)

.520 (13.21)

1.060 (26.92)

6 (26.7)

3 (13.3)

6 (26.7)

3 (13.3)

6 (26.7)

.063 (1.60)

.050 (1.27)

.063 (1.60)

.050 (1.27)

.063 (1.60)

.063 (1.60)

.040 (1.02)

.063 (1.60)

.040 (1.02)

.063 (1.60)

.125 (3.18)

.050 (1.27)

.130 (3.30)

.050 (1.27)

.130 (3.30)

.224 (5.69)

.226 (5.74)

.276 (7.01)

.281 (7.14)

.158 (4.01)

.188 (4.78)

.158 (4.01)

.188 (4.78)

.063 (1.60)

.125 (3.18)

.063 (1.60)

.125 (3.18)

.057 (1.45)

.063 (1.60)

.031 (0.79)

.043 (1.09)

V10R14-G401-1

V10R14-G402-1

V10R14-G403-1

V10R14-G404-1

V10R14-G410-1

V10R14-G411-1

V10R14-G412-1

V10R14-G414-1

Vinyl Elastomer Grommets

7-14

• MATERIAL: Highly-Damped Blue Vinyl Elastomer

1

2

Catalog Number

PEAK PERFORMANCE TEMPERATURE RANGE: 55°F TO 105°F (13°C TO 41°C)


AD

VAN

CED ANTIVIBRATION

CO M P O N E N TS • VIBRATION & SHOCK CONTROL • SMALL SIZES

• NOISE CONTROL • EXCELLENT PHYSICAL INTEGRITY

H

CD

E

G C

B E

A

DH

FG

H

C

G F

B

AD

E

Fig. 1 Fig. 2

H

E C

DG

H

B E

FA

DG

C

Fig. 3 Fig. 4

Fig. 5 Fig. 6

Fig.No.

APlate

Thicknessin. (mm)

.375 (9.53)

.250 (6.35)

.375 (9.53)

.250 (6.35)

.375 (9.53)

BHole

Diameterin. (mm)

CInside

Diameterin. (mm)

.313 (7.95)

.375 (9.53)

.313 (7.95)

.375 (9.53)

.230 (5.84)

.323 (8.20)

.230 (5.84)

.323 (8.20)

DOverallHeightin. (mm)

.563 (14.30)

.625 (15.88)

.379 (9.63)

.563 (14.30)

.379 (9.63)

.563 (14.30)

EOutside

Diameterin. (mm)

FEdge

Radiusin. (mm)

GRib

Heightin. (mm)

HRib

Widthin. (mm)

Loadlb. (N)

10 (44.5)

25 (111.2)

.085 (2.16)

.125 (3.18)

.135 (3.43)

.078 (1.98)

.132 (3.35)

—

.250 (6.35)

—

.516 (13.11)

.460 (11.68)

.260 (6.60)

.457 (11.61)

.260 (6.60)

—

.313 (7.95)

—

.544 (13.82)

V10R82-F10-1

V10R82-M10-1

V10R82-F25-1

V10R82-M25-1

3

4

5

6

Catalog Number Fig.No.

AShankHeightin. (mm)

—

.469 (11.91)

—

.473 (12.01)

BShank

Diameterin. (mm)

CInside

Diameterin. (mm)

DOverallHeightin. (mm)

EFlange

Diameterin. (mm)

FFlangeHeightin. (mm)

GRib

Heightin. (mm)

HRib

Widthin. (mm)

Loadlb. (N)

New

H

E C

GF

B

AD

APPLICATIONS • COMPUTER DISK DRIVES• COMPUTER PRINTERS AND PERIPHERALS• PRECISION EQUIPMENT – MEDICAL, OFFICE AND LABORATORY

Fig. 2Fig. 1

Fig. 4

Fig. 3

Fig. 6

Fig. 5

Rev: 8-24-10 SS


7-15


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

7V10Z61MS

V10Z61MA1

V10Z61MA2

V10Z61MB1

V10Z61MB2

• PROTECTS FRAGILE SUBJECTS FROM MICROVIBRATIONSAND LIGHT SHOCKS

Bolt Mounts – Silicone Gel Type

• MATERIAL: Collar – Brass Bushing – Silicone Gel

Metric

BOLT (NOT SUPPLIED)

WASHER (NOT SUPPLIED)

GEL BUSHING

GEL BUSHING

OBJECT TO ISOLATE

MOUNTING BASE

COLLAR

INSTALLATION DIAGRAM

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

Fig. 3

Catalog Number


NOTE: More technical data is given on pages 1-34, 1-35 & 2-3.

1

2

3

6(.24)

7(.28)

11(.43)


dB


Hz

0.05 to 0.188 (.11 to .41)

0.125 to 0.625 (.28 to 1.38)

0.625 to 1 (1.38 to 2.2)

1 to 3.75 (2.2 to 8.27)

3.75 to 8 (8.27 to 17.64)

Optimum Loadkgf/ leg(lb./leg)

64 to 42

67 to 35

49 to 37

49 to 23

20 to 15

ResonancePoint

Hz

7 to 9

9 to 10

15 to 16

15 to 17

19 to 23

dCollar

ID

3(.12)

3(.12)

4(.16)

LCollarLength

CollarThickness

0.5 (.02)

1 (.04)

1 (.04)

Fig.No.

90 @ 0.05 kg (.11 lb.)60 @ 0.188 kg (.41 lb.)95 @ 0.125 kg (.28 lb.)50 @ 0.625 kg (1.38 lb.)70 @ 0.625 kg (1.38 lb.)55 @ 1 kg (2.2 lb.)70 @ 1 kg (2.2 lb.)35 @ 3.75 kg (8.27 lb.)30 @ 3.75 kg (8.27 lb.)25 @ 8 kg (17.64 lb.)

New


Ø5(.20)

L

L

3 (.12)

d

6.5(.26)

5 (.20)

5 (.20)

4 (.16) 4 (.16)

4 (.16)

d

3.5 (1.4)

3 (.12)L

d

Ø4(.16)

Ø7(2.8)

Ø11(.43)

Ø7(.28)

Ø11(.43)

Ø9(.35)Ø14

(.55)

Ø9(.35)Ø14

(.55)

Ø6(2.4)Ø14

(.55) Ø25(.98)

Ø14(.55)

Ø25(.98)



#6

#8

#10

V10Z14-04050

V10Z14-04100

V10Z14-04150

V10Z14-05050

V10Z14-05100

V10Z14-05150

V10Z14-06050

V10Z14-06100

V10Z14-06150

• CAN BE USED AS SEALING WASHER• ONE-PIECE CONSTRUCTION • SELF-SEALING

Bolt Mounts – Washer Type

7-16

• MATERIAL: Washer – Stainless Steel Seal – Silicone Rubber

Catalog Number ThreadSize

1/2

1

1-1/2

1/2

1

1-1/2

1/2

1

1-1/2

WasherO.D.

TEMPERATURE RANGE: -160°F to +500°F (-106.7°C to +260°C)PRESSURE RANGE: 100 psi (0.69 N/mm2) Internal & External

New

INSTALLATION: Bolt Mounts – Washer Type are installed onbolts or screws in the same manner as regular washers. Therubber section should always face the panel.

1

1-1/2

1

1-1/2

1

1-1/2

1

1-1/2

1

1-1/2

1/4

5/16

3/8

7/16

1/2

V10Z14-08100

V10Z14-08150

V10Z14-10100

V10Z14-10150

V10Z14-12100

V10Z14-12150

V10Z14-14100

V10Z14-14150

V10Z14-16100

V10Z14-16150

Catalog Number ThreadSize

WasherO.D.

SECTION X-X

Top View

Bottom View


AD

VAN

CED ANTIVIBRATION

CO M P O N E N TS

XX

METALRUBBER

5/64

O.D.

ThreadSize

Rev: 8-24-10 SS



7-17


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

7

Silicone vs. Rubber

Metric

New

50

60

70

40

30

20

10

0-100 -50 0 50 100 150

RE

BO

UN

D R

ES

ILE

NC

E (

%)

TEMPERATURE (°C)

REBOUND RESILIENCE

No matter what the temperature could be, Silicone Gel performs more stably than other materials.

V10Z61 and V10Z62 Series Silicone

Urethane High Damping Rubber

NBR (Rubber)

Natural Rubber

V10Z61and

V10Z62Series

Silicone

UrethaneHigh

DampingRubber

NBR(Rubber)

NaturalRubber

EPDMRubber

50

60

70

40

30

20

10

0

CO

MP

RE

SS

ION

SE

T (

%)

COMPRESSION SETOutstanding restoration is available even when Silicone Gel stays compressed.

1. Compress above materials by 25% and leave

compressed for 22 hours in 70°C (158° F).

2. Release compression and leave in normal

temperature for 30 minutes.


7-18


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

7

Unique Properties of Silicone Gel

Silicone gel has many properties that are superior to many other vibration damping materials such as rubber and urethane.

• Stable performance over wide temperature range: -40°C (-40°F) to 100 ~ 200°C (212 ~ 392°F) depending on the composition.

• Good thermal conductivity.

• Excellent in light-load and high-frequency vibration applications.

• High ozone, UV and chemical resistance.

Many Forms of Silicone Gel Products Are Offered in This Catalog

Shock Absorbent Test

Impact of dropping a fresh egg froma height of 18 m (59 feet) onto a2 cm (.79 in.) thick silicone gel padis gently absorbed without break-ing the egg.

Stud Type Mounts p. 1-34 thru 1-36

Base Mounts p. 2-3

Spring Mounts p. 5-14

Bolt Mounts p. 7-15

Silicone Foam Pads p. 8-8

Silicone Gel Pads p. 8-9

Silicone Gel Tape & Chips p. 8-10


SECTION 8

8-2


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

3S

E C

T I

O N

8

• FOR STANDARD LOADS OF 50 TO 100 PSI (3.5 TO 7 kgf/cm2)

Iso-Pads

• MATERIAL: A compound of two layers of tough vinyl chloride elastomeric resin bonded to both sides of a strong reinforcing core of monofilament fiberglass and fused in a special process.

L

W

T

PATTERNED

NATURAL FREQUENCY vs. LOAD (PSI) (STATIC)

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y IN

HZ

STATIC LOAD IN PSI

60

50

40

30

20

10

0 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120

DEFLECTION IN INCHES

STA

TIC

LO

AD

IN

PS

I

LOAD vs. DEFLECTION

0

2400

2000

1600

1200

800

400

.020 .040 .060 .080 .100 .120 .140 .160 .180

LOADING

UNLOADIN

G

LOAD DEFLECTION vs. RECOVERY

AP

PL

IED

LO

AD

IN

PS

I

180

150

120

90

60

30

0 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 8.0 9.6 11.2 12.8

DEFLECTION IN PERCENT OF ORIGINAL THICKNESS

TRANSMISSIBILITY

TR

AN

SM

ISS

IBIL

TY GAIN

LOSS

SC

ALE

IN

DB

RATIO OFfo (Applied Frequency)

fn (Natural Frequency)

8.0

4.0

2.0

1.0

.50

.250

.125

.062

.031.10 1.0 10

20

1510

50510

15202530

COLOR: Orange

COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION: .8

TEMPERATURE RANGE: -50°F to +230°F (-45.6°C to 110°C)

NATURAL FREQUENCY vs TEMP AT 100 PSI (7 kgf/cm2):

-50°F (-45.6°C) fn = 24 HzRoom Temperature fn = 27 Hz+230°F (110°C) fn = 19 Hz

*Priced per box of 12 pieces.

V10R10-00

V10R10-33

V10R10-44

V10R10-36

V10R10-48

Catalog Number

22

3

4

3

4

558

76.2

101.6

76.2

101.6

W Pad Area

506

9

16

18

32

in. mm

23

3

4

6

8

584

76.2

101.6

152.4

203.2

L

in. mm

5/8 15.9

T

in. mm sq. in.

3265

58.1

103.2

116.1

206.5

sq. cm

*

*

*

*



8-3


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

3S

E C

T I

O N

8

• UNPATTERNED • PATTERNED

Iso-Pad Sheets

ISO-PADSHIM

STANDARDMETAL SHIM STOCK(.001 TO .062 as required)

ISO-PAD

FLOOR

TYPICAL INSTALLATIONS:

ISO-PAD

METAL WASHERMACHINEMACHINE(3/16 thick)

ISO-PAD

ISO-PAD BOLTINSULATOR

For Bolt Isolation:

Occasionally, machinery must be bolted down because of unbalanced structure, upward pull, safety requirements or local ordinances.Shimming instructions would apply for bolted machinery.

The bolt head should be isolated from the machine base or feet by using a metal washer over a piece of ISO-PAD. The body of the bolt mustalso be isolated. This can be achieved with Bolt Insulator material cut to size, rolled into a cylinder, and slipped over the bolt.

For Machine Leveling:

SHIM increases ISO-PAD height in 3/32 in. (2.4 mm) increments. If metal shims are required, use ISO-PAD SHIM to isolate them from themachine base and eliminate metal-to-metal contact. It is especially useful in assuring level machine installations on unlevel floors.

ISO-PAD SHIM has a composition similiar to ISO-PAD Standard. (See previous page for ISO-PAD Standard)

• FIG. 1

ISO-PAD FOR BOLT INSULATOR (UNPATTERNED)

Coefficient of Friction: .8 Color: Orange

• FIG. 2

ISO-PAD FOR SHIM (PATTERNED)

Coefficient of Friction: .8 Color: Orange

Fig. 1 Fig. 2

11

Catalog Number

V10R11-B11

Sheet Dimensions

W

11

in.

279.4

mmL

in.

279.4

mm

3/32

Tin.

2.4

mm

22

Catalog Number

V10R11-A00

Sheet Dimensions

W

22

in.

558

mmL

in.

558

mm

3/32

Tin.

2.4

mm



• FOR LIGHT LOADS OF 20 TO 120 PSI (1.4 TO 8.4 kgf/cm2)

Iso-Pads

8-4

• MATERIAL: Vinyl Chloride Elastomeric Resin

NATURAL FREQUENCY vs. TEMP. AT 80 PSI (5.6 kgf/cm2)

-50 °F (-45.6°C) fn = 24 HzRoom Temperature fn = 40 Hz+230°F (110°C) fn = 24 Hz

COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION: .8

T

L

W

UNPATTERNED


AD

VAN

CED ANTIVIBRATION

CO M P O N E N TS

L TCatalog Number

COLOR: Orange TEMPERATURE RANGE: -50°F to +230°F (-45.6°C to 110°C)

Rev: 11-1-11 SS

Pad DimensionsW

.25+.062 -.000

Pad Area

in. mm in. mm in. mm

6.4+1.58

0

sq. in. sq. cm

23 1 2 3 4

V10R 9-00V10R 9-11V10R 9-22V10R 9-33V10R 9-44

22 1 2 3 4

506 1 4 9 16

558 25.4 50.8 76.2 101.6

584 25.4 50.8 76.2 101.6

3265 6.5 25.8 58.1 103.2

120

100

80

60

40

20

0 .4 .8 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.0 4.8 5.6 6.4 7.2

8.04.02.01.0.50.250.125.062.031

.10 1.0 10

201510

505

1015202530

DEFLECTION IN PERCENT OF ORIGINAL THICKNESS

LOAD DEFLECTION VS. RECOVERYA

PPLI

ED L

OA

D IN

PSI

TRANSMISSIBILITY VS. FREQUENCY RATIO

TRA

NSM

ISSI

BIL

ITY

SCAL

E IN

dB

UNLOAD

INGLOAD

ING

RATIO OF fo(Applied Frequency)fn(Natural Frequency)

NATURAL FREQUENCY VS. LOAD (PSI) (STATIC)

120

100

80

60

40

20

1201059075604530150STATIC LOAD IN PSI

FREQ

UEN

CY

IN H

z

1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0 .025 .050 .075 .100

DEFLECTION IN INCHES

LOAD VS. DEFLECTION

STAT

IC L

OA

D IN

PSI

GAIN

LOSS



V10R79MPA08035

V10R79MPA1006016000

1400

1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

V10R79MPA10030

Load (kgf)350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0 1 2 3 4 5 6

V10R79MPA07025

V10R79MPA07030

Load (kgf)

V10R79MPA05020

V10R79MPA07035

V10R79MPA05020

V10R79MPA07025

V10R79MPA07030

V10R79MPA07035

V10R79MPA08035

V10R79MPA10030

V10R79MPA10060

Metric

• MATERIAL: Natural Rubber (55-60 Shore A Black)

PERFORMANCE GRAPHS

• 100% RUBBER • HOLE FOR EASY INSTALLATION• GREAT FOR IMPACT LOADS

50(1.97)

70(2.76)

80(3.15)

100(3.94)

Rev: 5-12-11 SS

150 (331) 200

(441) 300

(661) 400

(882) 600

(1323) 900

(1984) 1500

(3307)

Catalog NumberE

mm(in.)

Lmm(in.)

tmm(in.)

t1mm(in.)

Dmm(in.)

Max. Loadkgf(lbf)

50(1.97)

70(2.76)

80(3.15)

100(3.94)

20(1.79)

25 (.98)

30(1.18)

35(1.38)

35(1.38)

30(1.18)

60(2.36)

—

21(.83)

—25

(.98)—

11(1.43)

29(1.14)

35(1.38) 38(1.50)

40(1.57)

8-5


AD

VAN

CED ANTIVIBRATION

CO M P O N E N TS

Square Rubber Mounts

E

L

ØD

tt1



• VERSATILE• SMALL FOOTPRINT

• MATERIAL: Natural Black Rubber (Ozone-Resistant Rubber)

Metric

Catalog Number** FigureNumber

1

2

tThickness

mm (in.)

10 (.39)

12 (.47)

CompressionLoad

N/cm2 (lb./in.2)

26 (38)

30 (44)


%

30

Fig. 1

Fig. 2V10R78MS400-12N

*The material for this item is Neoprene.**To be discontinued when present stock is depleted.

Rev: 5-9-11 SS

V10R78MS300-10..

Dimensions in ( ) are in.

V10R78MS300-10N

V10R78MS300-10CR

V10R78MS400-12N

*

ASSEMBLY EXAMPLES

GLUED MOUNTING:Attachment using glue.

METAL BASEPLATE MOUNTING

SPLIT MOUNTING:One single pad can be used by

splitting it, to insulate the different legs of a machine.

DIRECT MOUNTING:Free installation of the

machine on the pad simply by resting it there.

METALPADSMETAL

280(11.02)

280(11.02)

t

380(14.96)

380(14.96)

t

8-6


AD

VAN

CED ANTIVIBRATION

CO M P O N E N TS

New

Pads – Single Ribbed



35 (51)

• VERSATILE• SMALL FOOTPRINT

• MATERIAL: Natural Black Rubber (Ozone-Resistant Rubber)

Metric

Catalog Number*

V10R78MD400-16

The serrated sides of the pads enable the pads to fit together so that they generate greater continuity to help insulate vibrations better. PADS (matched antivibratory pads), compress simultaneously, whether or not they are of the same hardness.

16 (.63)380 (14.96)380 (14.96)

tThickness

mm (in.)

CompressionLoad

N/cm2 (lb./in.2)


%

30

HHeightmm (in.)

WWidth

mm (in.)Made up of

(2x) V10R78MS400-12N

t

H

W

8-7


AD

VAN

CED ANTIVIBRATION

CO M P O N E N TS

Pads – Paired Ribbed


Rev: 5-9-11 SS



Silicone Foam Pads

8-8

• OUTSTANDING DURABILITY • LOW COMPRESSION SET • DURABLE IN ANY WEATHER• FOR OUTSIDE USE • SHOCK ABSORBER • LOW FLAMMABILITY

• MATERIAL: Silicone Foam

W

LT

Rev: 1-22-08 SS

50

40

30

20

10

1

0.2

CO

MPR

ESSI

ON

(%)

COMPRESSION SET

SiliconeFoam

Chloro-prene

Poly-ethyleneFoam

UrethaneFoam

1. Compress the materials by 50% and leave compressed for 22 hours in 70°C (158°F).2. Release compression and leave subject in normal temperature for 30 minutes.

Metric

New


AD

VAN

CED ANTIVIBRATION

CO M P O N E N TS

LLength

500 (19.69)

2000 (78.7)

500 (19.69)

1000 (39.4)

Green

White

V10Z62MNPGRN0500

V10Z62MNPGRN2000

V10Z62MNPWTE0500

V10Z62MNPWTE1000

TEMPERATURE RANGE: -40°C to 200°C (-40°F to 392°F)

Catalog Number WWidth

450 (17.72)

300 (11.81)

ColorTThickness

3 (.118)

6 (.236)

0.260.3273

269.51.150.06

3.8x1014

3.8XX

OOXXOOO

CHARACTERISTICS:Specific GravityTensile Strength (Mega Pascal)Elongation (%)Young's Modulus (Kilo Pascal)Specific Heat (Joule/g •°K)Thermal Conductivity (Watt/m •°K)Specific Volume Resistance Ratio (Ω •cm)Dielectric Breakdown Strength (kV/mm)

TolueneAcetoneMethanolDistilled H20FuelLubricantNaCI (10%)HCI (10%)NaOH (5%)

ChemicalResistance

X = Has a reactionO = No reaction



8-9


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

3S

E C

T I

O N

8

Silicone Gel Pads

• LOW RESONANCE MAGNIFICATION • OZONE, UV AND CHEMICAL RESISTANT• ABSORBS SHOCKS • REDUCES NOISE

• MATERIAL: Silicone Gel

100(3.94)

100(3.94)

5(.197)

2 (.08)

Ø9(.354)

Ø10(.394)

• Divide for light load. Add for heavy load.

• Make sure of total object load and then select optimum gel pad.

(Example) • For 0.3 kgf (.66 lb.) load, add a board for extra weight or divide V10Z62MSN02 to reduce projections.

• For 10 kgf (22.1 lb.) load, divide V10Z62MSN15 into pieces.

• For 80 kgf (176.4 lb.) load, use two of V10Z62MSN50 and divide if needed.

INSTALLATION

NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch

V10Z62MSN02

V10Z62MSN05

V10Z62MSN15

V10Z62MSN50

Catalog NumberOptimum

Loadkgf/pad(lb./pad)

ResonancePoint

Hz

27 to 21

29 to 23

26 to 18

22 to 15


dB

6

8

13

20 to 18


Hz

from 38

from 40

from 37

from 30

Deflectionmm (in.)

Color

Yellow

Green

Orange

Blue

0.5 to 2 (1.1 to 4.4)

2 to 5 (4.4 to 11.0)

5 to 15 (11.0 to 33.1)

15 to 50 (33.1 to 110.2)

Metric

New


1.4 to 3(.06 to .12)

1.5 to 2.5(.06 to .10)

1.1 to 2.2(.04 to .09)

0.7 to 2(.03 to .08)

OBJECT BOARD

GEL PAD



8-10


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

3S

E C

T I

O N

8

TAPE

1 (.039)

2 (.079)

3 (.118)

V10Z62MGT1

V10Z62MGT2

V10Z62MGT3

V10Z62MGT4

V10Z62MGT5

V10Z62MGT6

Silicone Gel Tape & Chips

• LOW COMPRESSION SET • HIGH CHEMICAL RESISTANCE• HIGH WEATHER RESISTANCE • EFFECTIVE IN NARROW SPACE

• MATERIAL: Silicone Gel

Fig. 2

Fig. 1

10 (.394)

20 (.787)

10 (.394)

20 (.787)

10 (.394)

20 (.787)

TEMPERATURE RANGE: -40°C to 100°C (-40°F to 212°F)

1000(39.4)

Catalog NumberW

WidthL

LengthT

Thickness

• Fig. 1

*Priced per sheet (25 chips per sheet)NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.

10 (.394)

15 (.591)

20 (.787)

10 (.394)

15 (.591)

20 (.787)

V10Z62MGC1

V10Z62MGC2

V10Z62MGC3

V10Z62MGC4

V10Z62MGC5

V10Z62MGC6

V10Z62MGC7

V10Z62MGC8

CHIPS*• Fig. 2

3 (.118)

5 (.197)

3 (.118)

5 (.197)

10 (.394)

3 (.118)

5 (.197)

10 (.394)

Metric

New

W T

L

ADHESIVE AGENT ON ONE SIDE

W

T L

ADHESIVE AGENT ON ONE SIDE



SECTION 9

9-2


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

9

#2-56

#2-56#2-56 / #4-40#2-56 / #6-32

#4-40#4-40 / #6-32

#6-32

#2-56

#2-56#2-56

#2-56 / #4-40#2-56

#2-56 / #4-40#4-40

.1200 (3.048)

.1248 (3.17)

.1248 (3.17)

.1873 (4.757)

.2498 (6.345)

.1873 (4.757)

.2498 (6.345)

.2498 (6.345)

.1200 (3.048)

.1248 (3.17)

.1873 (4.757)

.2498 (6.345)

5/16 (7.94)

5/16 (7.94)

3/8 (9.53)

1/2 (12.7)

5/16 (7.94)

5/16 (7.94)3/8 (9.53)1/2 (12.7)3/8 (9.53)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)

V50PSS-0303V50PSS-0304V50PSS-0404V50PSS-0406V50PSS-0408V50PSS-0606V50PSS-0608V50PSS-0808

V50PSR-0303V50PSR-0304V50PSR-0404V50PSR-0406V50PSR-0408V50PSR-0606V50PSR-0608V50PSR-0808

A1

Bore+.0005

(+0.013)

A2

Bore+.0005

(+0.013)

.1200 (3.048)

.1250 (3.175)

.1250 (3.175)

.1875 (4.763)

.2500 (6.35)

.1875 (4.763)

.2500 (6.35)

.2500 (6.35)

V50FSS-0303V50FSS-0304V50FSS-0404V50FSS-0406V50FSS-0408V50FSS-0606V50FSS-0608V50FSS-0808

V50FSR-0303V50FSR-0304V50FSR-0404V50FSR-0406V50FSR-0408V50FSR-0606V50FSR-0608V50FSR-0808

Couplings – Neo-Flex – Short

• MATERIAL: Hubs – 303 Stainless Steel Center – Molded Neoprene, Durometer 73

• MOLDED NEOPRENE CENTER • SHAFT-TO SHAFT INSULATION• FAIRLOC® AND PIN TYPE HUBS

• TORSIONAL VIBRATION ISOLATION

D2D1

LL 1 L 2

13/16(20.6)O.D.

A1

D1 A1

A2

11/16(17.5)O.D.

D2

LL 1 L 2

13/16(20.6)O.D.

A211/16(17.5)O.D.

Fig 1. FairLoc® Type Hub

Other bore sizes and combinations available on special order.

A2

Bore+.001

(+0.025)

Catalog Number D1

HubDia.

CapScrew

A1

Bore+.001

(+0.025)

D2

HubDia.

Smooth StyleRibbed Style

L1

HubLength

L2

HubLength

LOverallLength± 1/64(± 0.4)

Fig. 1 Fairloc® Type Hub

Catalog Number D1

HubDia.

SetScrew

D2

HubDia.Smooth StyleRibbed Style

Fig. 2 Pin Type Hub

D2

13/16(20.6)O.D.

A211/16(17.5)O.D.

1/4(6.4)

SET SCREWSPOT DRILL

1-1/4(31.8)

D1 A1

1/4(6.4)

D1 A1

SET SCREWSPOT DRILL

1-1/4(31.8)

D2

13/16(20.6)O.D.

A2

11/16(17.5)O.D.

Fig 2. Pin Type Hub

.1200 (3.048)

.1250 (3.175)

.1875 (4.763)

.2500 (6.35)

.440 (11.18)

.440 (11.18)

.495 (12.57)

.610 (15.49)

.440 (11.18)

.440 (11.18)

.495 (12.57)

.610 (15.49)

.495 (12.57)

.610 (15.49)

.610 (15.49)

.257 (6.53)

.257 (6.53)

.257 (6.53)

.295 (7.49)

.257 (6.53)

.257 (6.53)

.257 (6.53)

.328 (8.33)

.257 (6.53)

.295 (7.49)

.295 (7.49)

1.264 (32.1)

1.264 (32.1)1.264 (32.1)1.335 (33.9)1.264 (32.1)1.302 (33.1)1.330 (33.8)


100 (0.71)

120 (0.85)

150 (1.06)

180 (1.27)

Max.Torque

oz. in. (N ••••• m)

SmoothStyle

RibbedStyle

5°.010 (0.25)

MISALIGNMENT COMPENSATION

Max. Angular Offset

Max. Lateral Offset

1°.005 (0.13)

100 (0.71)

120 (0.85)

150 (1.06)

180 (1.27)

Max.Torque

oz. in. (N ••••• m)



9-3


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

9

M2

M2

M3

M2M2

M2/M2.5M2/M2.5

M2.5

M2.5

M2.5

Couplings – Neo-Flex – Short

Metric


• MOLDED NEOPRENE CENTER • SHAFT-TO-SHAFT INSULATION• TORSIONAL VIBRATION ISOLATION

• FAIRLOC® AND PIN TYPE HUBS

Ll2l1

Ø20.6(.81)

Ø17.5(9.69)

L

D1 d1 d2 D2

d2 D2D1 d1

l1 l2

Ø20.6(.81)

Ø17.5(.69)

Ribbed Style

Smooth Style


Ø20.6(.81)

6.3(.25)

6.3(.25)

6.3(.25)

SET SCREW

SPOT DRILL31.8

(1.25)

SPOT DRILL

Ø17.5(.69)

6.3(.25)

SETSCREW

31.8(1.25)

d1 d2D1

d1D1

D2

d2 D2 Ø20.6(.81)

Ø17.5(.69)

Ribbed Style

Smooth Style

V50FSRM0303V50FSRM0304V50FSRM0305V50FSRM0306V50FSRM0404V50FSRM0405V50FSRM0406V50FSRM0505V50FSRM0506V50FSRM0606

11 (.43)11 (.43)11 (.43)12.5 (.49)12.5 (.49)12.5 (.49)16 (.63)

16 (.63)

16 (.63)

11 (.43)12.5 (.49)16 (.63)12.5 (.49)

16 (.63)

16 (.63)

16 (.63)

3 (.12)4 (.16)5 (.20)6 (.24)4 (.16)5 (.20)6 (.24)5 (.20)6 (.24)6 (.24)

d2

Bore+0.025

(+.0010)

Catalog Number D1

HubDia.

CapScrew

d1

Bore+.0.025(+.0010)

D2


V50FSSM0303V50FSSM0304V50FSSM0305V50FSSM0306V50FSSM0404V50FSSM0405V50FSSM0406V50FSSM0505V50FSSM0506V50FSSM0606

7 (.28)

7 (.28)

7.5 (.30)

7.5 (.30)

7 (.28)7 (.28)7.5 (.30)7.5 (.30)7 (.28)7.5 (.30)7.5 (.30)

7.5 (.30)

7.5 (.30)

l1

HubLength

l2

HubLength

LOverallLength

± 0.4(± .016)

33.1 (1.30)33.1 (1.30)33.6 (1.32)33.6 (1.32)33.1 (1.30)33.6 (1.32)33.6 (1.32)

34.1 (1.34)

34.1 (1.34)

3 (.12)

4 (.16)

5 (.20)

6 (.24)

NOTE: Fairloc® hubs require controlled shaft tolerances. Suggested tolerance according to g6, h6 or h7.

Fig. 1 Fairloc® Hub Type

V50PSRM0303V50PSRM0304V50PSRM0306V50PSRM0404V50PSRM0406V50PSRM0606

7.9 (.31)

9.5 (.37)

12.7 (.50)

3 (.12)4 (.16)6 (.24)4 (.16)6 (.24)6 (.24)

Catalog Number D1

HubDia.

SetScrew

D2

HubDia.

Smooth StyleRibbed StyleV50PSSM0303V50PSSM0304V50PSSM0306V50PSSM0404V50PSSM0406V50PSSM0606

3 (.12)

4 (.16)

6 (.24)

Fig. 2 Pin Type Hub

Fig. 1 Fairloc Type Hub Fig. 2 Pin Type HubNOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch. MISALIGNMENT COMPENSATION

Max. Angular Offset

Max. Lateral Offset

5°0.25 (.010)

1°0.13 (.005)

d2

Bore+0.013(.0005)

d1

Bore+.0.013(+.0005)

7.9 (.31) 9.5 (.37)12.7 (.50) 9.5 (.37)12.7 (.50) 7.9 (.31)

SmoothStyle

RibbedStyle

Max.Torque

N • m (oz. in.)

0.71 (100)

0.85 (120)

1.06 (150)

1.27 (180)

Max.Torque

N • m (oz. in.)

0.71 (100)

0.85 (120)

1.27 (180)



9-4


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

9

#2-56

#2-56#2-56 / #4-40#2-56 / #6-32

#4-40#4-40 / #6-32

#6-32

#2-56

#2-56#2-56

#2-56 / #4-40#2-56

#2-56 / #4-40#4-40

.1200 (3.048)

.1248 (3.17)

.1248 (3.17)

.1873 (4.757)

.2498 (6.345)

.1873 (4.757)

.2498 (6.345)

.2498 (6.345)

.1200 (3.048)

.1248 (3.17)

.1873 (4.757)

.2498 (6.345)

5/16 (7.94)

5/16 (7.94)

3/8 (9.53)

1/2 (12.7)

5/16 (7.94)

5/16 (7.94)3/8 (9.53)1/2 (12.7)3/8 (9.53)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)

V50PLS-0303V50PLS-0304V50PLS-0404V50PLS-0406V50PLS-0408V50PLS-0606V50PLS-0608V50PLS-0808

V50PLR-0303V50PLR-0304V50PLR-0404V50PLR-0406V50PLR-0408V50PLR-0606V50PLR-0608V50PLR-0808

A1

Bore+.0005

(+0.013)

A2

Bore+.0005

(+0.013)

.1200 (3.048)

.1250 (3.175)

.1250 (3.175)

.1875 (4.763)

.2500 (6.35)

.1875 (4.763)

.2500 (6.35)

.2500 (6.35)

V50FLS-0303V50FLS-0304V50FLS-0404V50FLS-0406V50FLS-0408V50FLS-0606V50FLS-0608V50FLS-0808

V50FLR-0303V50FLR-0304V50FLR-0404V50FLR-0406V50FLR-0408V50FLR-0606V50FLR-0608V50FLR-0808

Couplings – Neo-Flex – Long


• MOLDED NEOPRENE CENTER • SHAFT-TO SHAFT INSULATION• FAIRLOC® AND PIN TYPE HUBS

• TORSIONAL VIBRATION ISOLATION

Fig 1. FairLoc® Type Hub


A2

Bore+.001

(+0.025)

Catalog Number D1

HubDia.

CapScrew

A1

Bore+.001

(+0.025)

D2


L1

HubLength

L2

HubLength

LOverallLength± 1/64(0.4)


Catalog Number D1

HubDia.

SetScrew

D2


Fig. 2 Pin Type Hub

Fig 2. Pin Type Hub

.1200 (3.048)

.1250 (3.175)

.1875 (4.763)

.2500 (6.35)

.440 (11.18)

.440 (11.18)

.495 (12.57)

.610 (15.49)

.440 (11.18)

.440 (11.18)

.495 (12.57)

.610 (15.49)

.495 (12.57)

.610 (15.49)

.610 (15.49)

.257 (6.53)

.257 (6.53)

.257 (6.53)

.295 (7.49)

.257 (6.53)

.257 (6.53)

.257 (6.53)

.328 (8.33)

.257 (6.53)

.295 (7.49)

.295 (7.49)

2.514 (63.9)

2.514 (63.9)2.514 (63.9)2.585 (65.7)2.514 (63.9)2.552 (64.8)2.590 (65.8)

11/16(17.5)O.D.

13/16(20.6)O.D.

11/16(17.5)O.D.

2-1/2 (63.5)9/16

(14.3)SET

SCREWSPOT DRILL

SETSCREW

SPOT DRILL

D1 A1

1/4 (6.4)

D2A2

1/4(6.4)

2-1/2(63.5)9/16

(14.3)

D1 A1

1/4(6.4)

D2d2

1/4(6.4)

13/16(20.6)O.D.

Fig 1. FairLoc® Type Hub Fig 2. Pin Type Hub

11/16(17.5)O.D.

13/16(20.6)O.D.

9/16(14.3)

L9/16

(14.3)

L

A2D1 A1D2

11/16 (17.5)O.D.

13/16(20.6)O.D.

A2D2D1 A1

L1 L2

L1 L2


100 (0.71)

120 (0.85)

150 (1.06)

180 (1.27)

Max.Torque

oz. in. (N ••••• m)

100 (0.71)

120 (0.85)

150 (1.06)

180 (1.27)

Max.Torque

oz. in. (N ••••• m)

SmoothStyle

RibbedStyle


Max. Angular Offset

Max. Lateral Offset

15°.015 (0.38)

8°.010 (0.25)



9-5


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

9

M2

M2

M3

M2M2

M2/M2.5M2/M2.5

M2.5

M2.5

M2.5

Ø20.6(.81)Ø17.5

(.69)

63.5(2.50)14.3(.56)

SETSCREW

SPOT DRILL

SETSCREW

SPOT DRILL

D1 d1

6.3(.25)

D2d2

6.3(.25)

Ø20.6(.81)Ø17.5

(.69)

63.5(2.50)14.3(.56)

D1 d1

6.3(.25)

D2d2

6.3(.25)

Couplings – Neo-Flex – Long

Metric


• MOLDED NEOPRENE CENTER • SHAFT-TO-SHAFT INSULATION• TORSIONAL VIBRATION ISOLATION

• FAIRLOC® AND PIN TYPE HUBS

Ribbed Style

Smooth Style

Ribbed Style

Smooth Style

V50FLRM0303V50FLRM0304V50FLRM0305V50FLRM0306V50FLRM0404V50FLRM0405V50FLRM0406V50FLRM0505V50FLRM0506V50FLRM0606

11 (.43)11 (.43)11 (.43)12.5 (.49)12.5 (.49)12.5 (.49)16 (.63)

16 (.63)

16 (.63)

11 (.43)12.5 (.49)16 (.63)12.5 (.49)

16 (.63)

16 (.63)

16 (.63)

3 (.12)4 (.16)5 (.20)6 (.24)4 (.16)5 (.20)6 (.24)5 (.20)6 (.24)6 (.24)

Catalog Number CapScrew

Smooth StyleRibbed StyleV50FLSM0303V50FLSM0304V50FLSM0305V50FLSM0306V50FLSM0404V50FLSM0405V50FLSM0406V50FLSM0505V50FLSM0506V50FLSM0606

7 (.28)

7 (.28)

7.5 (.30)

7.5 (.30)

7 (.28)7 (.28)7.5 (.30)7.5 (.30)7 (.28)7.5 (.30)7.5 (.30)

7.5 (.30)

7.5 (.30)

64.8 (2.55)64.8 (2.55)65.3 (2.57)65.3 (2.57)64.8 (2.55)65.3 (2.57)65.3 (2.57)

65.8 (2.59)

65.8 (2.59)

3 (.12)

4 (.16)

5 (.20)

6 (.24)


NOTE: Fairloc® hubs require controlled shaft tolerances. Suggested tolerance according to g6, h6 or h7.


D1

HubDia.

D2

HubDia.

l1

HubLength

l2

HubLength

V50PLRM0303V50PLRM0304V50PLRM0306V50PLRM0404V50PLRM0406V50PLRM0606

7.9 (.31)

9.5 (.37)

12.7 (.50)

7.9 (.31) 9.5 (.37)12.7 (.50) 9.5 (.37)12.7 (.50)12.7 (.50)

3 (.12)4 (.16)6 (.24)4 (.16)6 (.24)6 (.24)

Catalog Number SetScrewSmooth StyleRibbed Style

V50PLSM0303V50PLSM0304V50PLSM0306V50PLSM0404V50PLSM0406V50PLSM0606

Fig. 2 Pin Type Hub

D1HubDia.

D2HubDia.


Max. Angular Offset

Max. Lateral Offset

RibbedStyle

RibbedStyle

SmoothStyle

Fairloc Type Hub Pin Type Hub

5°0.38 (.015)

15°0.38 (.015)

8°0.25 (.010)

SmoothStyle

1°0.25 (.010)

Fig. 1 Fairloc Type Hub

Fig. 2 Pin Type Hub


LOverallLength

± 0.4 (± .016)

d1Bore

+.0.025 (+.0010)

d2Bore

+.0.025 (+.0010)

d1Bore

+.0.013 (+.0005)

3 (.12)

4 (.16)

6 (.24)

d2Bore

+.0.013 (+.0005)

Ø20.6(.81)

14.3(.56)

L14.3(.56)

L

l2l1

d2D1 d1D2Ø17.5

(.69)

Ø17.5(.69)

Ø20.6(.81)

l2

d2D2

l1

D1 d1

Max.Torque

N • m (oz. in.)

0.71 (100)

0.85 (120)

1.06 (150)

1.27 (180)

Max.Torque

N • m (oz. in.)

0.71 (100)

0.85 (120)

1.27 (180)



9-6


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

9

.250 (6.35)

.250 (6.35)

.375 (9.53)

.250 (6.35)

.375 (9.53)

.375 (9.53)

.500(12.7)

15/64 (6)

5/16 (7.9)

25/64 (9.9)

15/32(11.9)

Couplings – Flexible – Spline Type

FEATURES:

• High rpm

• Electrically Isolated

• Dampens Shock & Vibration

• No Lubrication

• MATERIAL: Spline – Hytrel or Polyurethane Hub – Zinc Alloy Die Casting (Sizes 16, 20, 25)

– Sintered Metal (Size 32)

Catalog NumberΔ

V 5D28-1608

V 5D28-2008

V 5D28-2012

V 5D28-2508

V 5D28-2512

V 5D28-3212

V 5D28-3216

MISALIGNMENT COMPENSATIONMax. Angular Offset – 2°Max. Lateral Offset – .008 (0.2)

1-1/16 (27)

1-11/32(34.1)

1-39/64(40.9)

1-57/64 (48)

15/32(11.9)

19/32(15.1)

45/64(17.9)

53/64 (21)

5/16 (7.9)

25/64 (9.9)

15/32(11.9)

9/16(14.3)

7/16(11.1)

35/64(13.9)

21/32(16.7)

25/32(19.8)

1/8(3.2)

5/32 (4)

13/64(5.2)

15/64 (6)

.315 (8)

.394(10)

.472(12)

.591(15)

V 5Z2�-1608

V 5Z2�-2008

V 5Z2�-2012

V 5Z2�-2508

V 5Z2�-2512

V 5Z2�-3212

V 5Z2�-3216

V 5R2�-16

V 5R2�-20

V 5R2�-25

V 5R2�-32

Rated Torquelb. in. (N ••••• m)Coupling

Size

16202532

6.6 (0.75)13.3 (1.5)20.4 (2.3)39.8 (4.5)

Max.rpm

24000190001500012000

Hytrel Polyurethane

4.4 (0.5) 8.8 (1)13.3 (1.5)26.6 (3)

• HYTREL SPLINE FOR HEAVY-DUTY


**Other bore diameter combinations and bore sizes not exceeding the maximum listed above are available on special order.ΔTo complete the Catalog Number, specify:

8 for a Polyurethane Spline9 for a Hytrel Spline

Example: For a Complete Coupling with a Polyurethane Spline, specify Catalog Number V 5Z28-2008.

��

#4-40

#6-32

5/8(15.9)

25/32(19.8)

1(25.4)

1-1/4(31.8)

HubOnly

CompleteCoupling

SplineOnly

O.D. D K MLLength

SplineBore

ESplineLength

TSet

Screw

Max.Bore

**

BBore+.001 -.000+0.025( )

TEMPERATURE RANGE: Hytrel -22°F to +212°F (-30°C to +100°C) Polyurethane -4°F to +140°F (-20°C to +60°C)

T (2 at 90°)

B

K E K2

O.D.

D(TYP)

M

L

0



9-7


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

9

V 5D28M1603V 5D28M1604V 5D28M1605V 5D28M1606V 5D28M1608V 5D28M2005V 5D28M2006V 5D28M2008V 5D28M2010V 5D28M2506V 5D28M2508V 5D28M2510V 5D28M2512V 5D28M3208V 5D28M3210V 5D28M3212V 5D28M3214

ΔTo complete the Catalog Number, specify:8 for a Polyurethane Spline9 for a Hytrel Spline

Example: For a Complete Coupling with a Hytrel Spline, specify Catalog Number V 5Z29M1604

8(.31)

10(.39)

12(.47)

15(.59)

3 (.12) 4 (.16) 5 (.20) 6 (.24) 8 (.31) 5 (.20) 6 (.24) 8 (.31)10 (.39) 6 (.24) 8 (.31)10 (.39)12 (.47) 8 (.31)10 (.39)12 (.47)14 (.55)

Couplings – Flexible – Spline Type

MetricThe projections are shown per ISO convention.

FEATURES:

• High rpm



• Blind Assembly

• No Lubrication

Rated TorqueN • m ( lb. in.)Coupling

Size

16202532

0.75 (6.6)1.5 (13.3)2.3 (20.4)4.5 (39.8)

Max.rpm

24000190001500012000

Catalog NumberΔ

HubOnly

CompleteCoupling

SplineOnly

D L S l1

SplineBore

MISALIGNMENT COMPENSATIONMax. Angular Offset – 2°Max. Lateral Offset – 0.2 (.008)

d*BoreH8

27(1.06)

34(1.34)

41(1.61)

48(1.89)

TSet

Screw

Max.Bore

**

**Other bore diameter combinations and bore sizes not exceedingthe maximum listed above are available on special order.

16 (.63)

20 (.79)

25 (.98)

32(1.26)

12(.47)

15(.59)

18(.71)

21(.83)

l2

8(.31)

10(.39)

12(.47)

14(.55)

11(.43)

14(.55)

17(.67)

20(.79)

w

3(.12)

4(.16)

5(.20)

6(.24)

M3

M4

*Bore Tolerance: 3 mm +0.014 (.12 +.0006)4, 5 & 6 mm +0.018 (.16, .20 & .24 +.0007) 8 & 10 mm +0.022 (.31 & .39 +.0009) 12 & 14 mm +0.027 (.47 & .55 +.001)

• HYTREL SPLINE FOR HIGH-TORQUE ANDHIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS

Hytrel Polyurethane

0.5 (4.4)1 (8.8)1.5 (13.3)3 (26.6)

V 5Z2�M1603V 5Z2�M1604V 5Z2�M1605V 5Z2�M1606V 5Z2�M1608V 5Z2�M2005V 5Z2�M2006V 5Z2�M2008V 5Z2�M2010V 5Z2�M2506V 5Z2�M2508V 5Z2�M2510V 5Z2�M2512V 5Z2�M3208V 5Z2�M3210V 5Z2�M3212V 5Z2�M3214

V 5R2�M16

V 5R2�M20

V 5R2�M25

V 5R2�M32

��

6(.24)

8(.31)

10(.39)

12(.47)14

(.55)


TEMPERATURE RANGE: Hytrel -30°C to +100°C (-22°F to +212°F)

Polyurethane -20°C to +60°C (-4°F to +140°F)

D

l2

L

wS(TYP)

d

l1 l112

T (2 at 90°)

• MATERIAL: Spline – Hytrel or Polyurethane Hub – Zinc Alloy Die Casting (Sizes 16, 20, 25)

– Sintered Metal (Size 32)



9-8


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

9

.007 (0.178)

.005 (0.127)

.003 (0.076)

.008 (0.203)

.006 (0.152)

.004 (0.102)

.006 (0.152)

.004 (0.102)

.002 (0.051)

TanBlackRustTan

BlackRustTan

BlackRust

869298869298869298

.250 (6.35)

.3125 (7.94)

.250 (6.35)

.3125 (7.94)

.375 (9.53)

.375 (9.53)

.500 (12.7)

.625 (15.88)

• HUB ONLY

V 5Z27-20…V 5Z27-30…V 5Z27-40…

25/32 (19.8)1-3/16 (30.2)1-37/64 (40.1)

Couplings – Flexible – Spider Type

• MATERIAL: Hubs – Aluminum Spider – NBR Rubber – 86, 92 or 98 Durometer

• SPLIT HUB• PRELOADED RUBBER SPIDER

LHUB

S

D C SPIDER

B O.D.

CAP SCREWSSUPPLIED

Coupling Size Code

Spider Durometer Code

V 5R27-2086V 5R27-2092V 5R27-2098V 5R27-3086V 5R27-3092V 5R27-3098V 5R27-4086V 5R27-4092V 5R27-4098

Temp. RangeO.D.Catalog Number Color

Operating MaximumNonoperating

DurometerCode

-58°F to +175°F(-50°C to +79°C)

-40°F to +194°F(-40°C t0 +90°C)

-22°F to +194°F(-30°C to +90°C)

25/32 (19.8)

1-3/16 (30.2)

1-37/64 (40.1)

• SPIDER ONLY

25/64 (9.9)15/32 (11.9)19/32 (15.1)

7/16 (11.1)19/32 (15.1)15/16 (23.8)

SeeSpiderData

D RatedTorque

DLength

ThroughBore

CDistanceBetweenFlanges

EXAMPLE: V 5Z27-201092 is a 25/32 (19.8) O.D. coupling with a .3125 (7.9) bore & a 92 durometer spider.

1-3/16 (30.2)1-37/64 (40.1)2-23/64 (59.9)

V 5A27-2008V 5A27-2010V 5A27-3008V 5A27-3010V 5A27-3012V 5A27-4012V 5A27-4016V 5A27-4020

CouplingSize CodeCatalog Number O.D.

25/32 (19.8)

1-3/16 (30.2)

1-37/64 (40.1)

.20 (5.1)

.27 (6.9)

.43 (10.9)

#4-40

#6-40

#10-32

CapScrew

SB Bore

CouplingSeries

(Ref. only)

LOverallLength

V 5 Z 2 7 –

COMPLETE COUPLINGCATALOG NUMBER DESIGNATION:

(Consists of two hubs and a spider)

FEATURES: Precision machined hub with integral fasteners & prestressed spiders which eliminate backlash. Allows limited axial motion.

MISALIGNMENT COMPENSATIONMax. Angular Offset – 1°

Max.LateralOffset

19 (2.1) 26 (2.9) 44 (5) 48 (5.4) 66 (7.5)110 (12.4) 62 (7) 88 (9.9)150 (16.9)

-76°F to +248°F(-60°C to +120°C)

-58°F to +248°F(-50°C to +120°C)

-48°F to +248°F(-44°C to +120°C)


20082010300830103012401240164020

RatedTorque

lb. in. (N ••••• m)

+.001 (+0.025) -.000 (+0.025)

Max.Axial

Motion

.030 (0.76)

.040 (1.02)

.050 (1.27)



9-9


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

9

Couplings – Flexible – Spider Type

Metric

• MATERIAL: Hubs – Aluminum Spider – NBR Rubber - 86, 92 or 98 Durometer

• SPLIT TYPE HUB• PRELOADED RUBBER SPIDER

Coupling Size Code

Durometer Code

V 5R27M2086V 5R27M2092V 5R27M2098V 5R27M3086V 5R27M3092V 5R27M3098V 5R27M4086V 5R27M4092V 5R27M4098

869298869298869298

TanBlackRustTan

BlackRustTan

BlackRust

0.18 (.007)0.13 (.005)0.08 (.003)0.21 (.008)0.15 (.006)0.09 (.004)0.14 (.006)0.1 (.004)0.06 (.002)

Temp. RangeD

Max.LateralOffset

Catalog Number ColorOperating Maximum

Nonoperating

DurometerCode

-50°C to +80°C(-58°F to +176°F)

-40°C to +90°C(-40°F to +194°F)

-30°C to +90°C(-22°F to +194°F)

20 (.79)

30(1.18)

40(1.57)

• SPIDER ONLY

V 5Z27M20…V 5Z27M30…V 5Z27M40…

20 (.79)30 (1.18)40 (1.57)

10 (.39)12 (.47)15 (.59)

11 (.43)15 (.59)24 (.94)

SeeSpiderData

DRated

Torque

L1Length

ThroughBore


EXAMPLE: V 5Z27M200692 is a 20mm O.D.coupling with a 6mm bore & a 92 durometer spider.

30 (1.18)40 (1.57)60 (2.36)

5 (.2) 6 (.24) 8 (.31) 6 (.24) 8 (.31)10 (.39)10 (.39)12 (.47)16 (.63)

V 5A27M2005V 5A27M2006V 5A27M2008V 5A27M3006V 5A27M3008V 5A27M3010V 5A27M4010V 5A27M4012V 5A27M4016

200520062008300630083010401040124016

CouplingSize Code

Catalog Number D

20 (.79)

30(1.18)

40(1.57)

5 (.2)

7(.28)

11(.43)

M3

M3

M4

CapScrew

l1d

+0.025

• HUB ONLY

CouplingSeries

(Ref. only)

LOverallLength

V 5 Z 2 7 M

COMPLETE COUPLINGCATALOG NUMBER DESIGNATION:

(Consists of two hubs and a spider)

FEATURES: Precision machined hub with integral fasteners & prestressed spiders which eliminate backlash. Allows limited axial motion.

MISALIGNMENT COMPENSATIONMax. Angular Offset – 1°

-60°C to +120°C(-76°F to +248°F)

-50°C to +120°C(-58°F to +248°F)

-40°C to +120°C(-40°F to +248°F)

0.8 (.03)1 (.04)1.2 (.05)

Max.Axial

Motion

LHUB

l1L1 C SPIDER

d D

CAP SCREWSSUPPLIED

2.2 (19.47) 3 (26.55) 5 (44.25) 5.5 (48.68) 7.5 (66.38)12.5 (110.63) 7 (61.96)10 (88.51)17 (150.47)

RatedTorque

N ••••• m (lb. in.)




9-10


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

9

5.0

4.5

3.5

4.7

3.2

V 5Z 3-03504V 5Z 3-03506V 5Z 3-03508V 5Z 3-03510V 5Z 3-03512V 5Z 3-05008V 5Z 3-05010V 5Z 3-05012V 5Z 3-05014V 5Z 3-05016V 5Z 3-07012V 5Z 3-07014V 5Z 3-07016V 5Z 3-07508V 5Z 3-07510V 5Z 3-07512V 5Z 3-07514V 5Z 3-07516V 5Z 3-09008V 5Z 3-09010V 5Z 3-09012V 5Z 3-09014V 5Z 3-09016

V 5R 3-035

V 5R 3-050

V 5R 3-070

V 5R 3-075

V 5R 3-090

9/32 (7.1)15/32 (11.9)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)

Couplings – Flexible – Jaw Type

• MATERIAL: Body – Sintered Iron Spider – NBR Rubber – 80 Durometer

O.D.

CouplingSeries

(Reference Only)

V 5Z 3-035..V 5Z 3-050..V 5Z 3-070..V 5Z 3-075..V 5Z 3-090..

5/8 (15.9)1-5/64 (27.4)1-23/64 (34.5)1-3/4 (44.5)2-7/64 (53.6)

LOverallLength

13/16 (20.6)1-23/32 (43.4)2 (50.8)2-1/8 (54)2-1/8 (54)


17/64 (6.7)5/8 (15.9)3/4 (19.1)13/16 (20.6)13/16 (20.6)

SetScrew

Catalog Number

BodyOnly

CompleteCoupling

SpiderOnly

BBoreSize

ApproximateWeight @ Max.

Borelb. (kg)

1/8 (3.18)3/16 (4.76)1/4 (6.35)5/16 (7.94)3/8 (9.53)1/4 (6.35)5/16 (7.94)3/8 (9.53)7/16 (11.11)1/2 (12.7)3/8 (9.53)7/16 (11.11)1/2 (12.7)1/4 (6.35)5/16 (7.94)3/8 (9.53)7/16 (11.11)1/2 (12.7)1/4 (6.35)5/16 (7.94)3/8 (9.53)7/16 (11.11)1/2 (12.7)

• RUBBER SPIDER

O.D.

L

D SETSCREW

BODY

B

SPIDERC

S

MISALIGNMENT COMPENSATIONMax. Angular Offset – 1°Max. Lateral Offset – .015 (0.38)

DLength

ThroughBore

#6 - 321/4 - 201/4 - 201/4 - 201/4 - 20

S

.13 (3.3)

.31 (7.9)

.38 (9.7)

.31 (7.9)

.44 (11.2)

RatedTorque

lb. in. (N ••••• m)

3.5 (0.4) 26.3 (3) 43.2 (4.9) 90.0 (10.2)144.0 (16.3)

H.P.@ 1800 rpm

.10 .75 1.20 2.504.00

V 5D 3-03504V 5D 3-03506V 5D 3-03508V 5D 3-03510V 5D 3-03512V 5D 3-05008V 5D 3-05010V 5D 3-05012V 5D 3-05014V 5D 3-05016V 5D 3-07012V 5D 3-07014V 5D 3-07016V 5D 3-07508V 5D 3-07510V 5D 3-07512V 5D 3-07514V 5D 3-07516V 5D 3-09008V 5D 3-09010V 5D 3-09012V 5D 3-09014V 5D 3-09016

NOTE: Complete coupling consists of two bodies plus spider.

* These spiders have four legs only.

NOTE: If couplings are run at 3600 rpm, H.P. values shown in table can be doubled.

Windup@ Maximum

Torquedeg.

.1 (0.05)

.2 (0.09)

.4 (0.18)

.8 (0.36)

1.2 (0.54)


*

*



9-11


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

9

Max. LateralOffset

Max. AngularOffset

1/8(3.2)

5/32 (4)

5/32 (4)

3/16(4.8)

#6-32

#8-32

1/4-20

1/4-20

1/4-20

V 5R 1-11

V 5R 1-18

V 5R 1-21

V 5R 1-31

.015 (0.38)

.015 (0.38)

.020 (0.51)

.025 (0.64)

Couplings – Flexible – Geargrip

FEATURES:

• No Lubrication



• MATERIAL: Sleeve – Neoprene with Ground O.D. Hub – Zinc Alloy Die Casting

NominalTorque

lb. in. (N ••••• m)

CouplingSize

11182131

S M

SET SCREW

C

K

L

B

O.D.

D

6 (0.7) 12 (1.4) 18 (2) 60 (6.8)

H.P. @1750 rpm

.17 .33 .501.66

1°1°

1°30'2°

Max.Speed

3500 rpm

OperatingTemperature

-20°F to +160°F(-29°C to +71°C)

Catalog Number

HubOnly

CompleteCoupling

SleeveOnly

V 5Z 1-1104V 5Z 1-1106V 5Z 1-1108V 5Z 1-1110V 5Z 1-1112V 5Z 1-1810V 5Z 1-1812V 5Z 1-1814V 5Z 1-1816V 5Z 1-2110V 5Z 1-2112V 5Z 1-2114V 5Z 1-2116V 5Z 1-3112V 5Z 1-3114

V 5D 1-1104V 5D 1-1106V 5D 1-1108V 5D 1-1110V 5D 1-1112V 5D 1-1810V 5D 1-1812V 5D 1-1814V 5D 1-1816V 5D 1-2110V 5D 1-2112V 5D 1-2114V 5D 1-2116V 5D 1-3112V 5D 1-3114

O.D.±1/16(±1.6)

L±1/16(±1.6)

C DK

±1/16(±1.6)

M SSet

Screw

.125 (3.18)

.188 (4.78)

.250 (6.35)

.3125 (7.94)

.375 (9.53)

.3125 (7.94)

.375 (9.53)

.438 (11.13)

.500 (12.7)

.3125 (7.94)

.375 (9.53)

.438 (11.13)

.500 (12.7)

.375 (9.53)

.438 (11.13)

.78(19.8)

1.17(29.7)

1.17(29.7)

1.43(36.3)

1(25.4)

1-1/2(38.1)

2-1/4(57.2)

2-3/8(60.3)

.70(17.8)

1.15(29.2)

1.15(29.2)

1.45(36.8)

7/32(5.6)

5/16(7.9)

5/16(7.9)

3/8(9.5)

.56(14.2)

.90(22.9)

1-19/32(40.5)

1-19/32(40.5)

1/32(0.8)

3/64(1.2)

1/16(1.6)

1/16(1.6)


BBore

+.002 (0.050) -.001 (0.025)



9-12


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

9A*

Couplings – Flexible "K" Type

UNIQUE, DURABLE ELEMENT• Speeds up to 3600 rpm• Tough polyurethane material is strong, flexible, cut- and tear- resistant• Unique configuration gives maximum flexibility• Generous radius for added strength• Ozone-proof• Full wraparound design stays securely in hub

OUTSTANDING HUB FEATURES• Annealed steel for maximum strength• Zinc plating to resist corrosion• Inside hub to decrease overall length• Rounded corners to prevent cutting• Precision swaged mechanical crimp• Accommodates standard size set screws

• MATERIAL: Hubs – Steel, Zinc Plated Body – Polyurethane

V 5Z 7-10606

V 5Z 7-10808

V 5Z 7-11010

V 5Z 7-11212

V 5Z 7-20808

V 5Z 7-21010

V 5Z 7-21212

V 5Z 7-21414

V 5Z 7-21616

V 5Z 7-31212

V 5Z 7-31414

V 5Z 7-31616

V 5Z 7-41616

TEMPERATURE RANGE : -4°F to +140°F-20°C to +60°C

Fig.No.

Catalog Number

Dimensions

Flats Points

SetScrew

Max.AngularOffset

Max.LateralOffset

1

2

55/64(21.8)

1-5/8(41.3)

1-53/64(46.4)

1-1/8(28.6)

1-7/8(47.6)

2-1/8 (54)

11/16(17.5)

1(25.4)

1-1/8(28.6)

1/16 (1.6)

3/8 (9.5)

7/16(11.1)

1-3/16(30.16)

1-7/8 (47.6)

2-1/4 (57.2)

#6-32

#10-24

1/4-20

3(0.3)

12(1.4)

28(3.2)

10°

15°

3/32(2.4)

1/8(3.2)

B

ESET SCREW

D

C

A* Flats

Fig. 1 STANDARD HUB

Fig. 2 INVERTED HUB


A* Points

Fig. 1

A* Points

Fig. 2

1-55/64(47.2)

2-9/64(54.4)

1-1/8(28.6)

3/8 (9.5)

2-7/16 (61.9)

1/4-2040

(4.5)

15°

15°

3/16(4.8)

1/8(3.2)

A* Flats

B

E

D

C

SET SCREW

BBore+.002 -.000+.051

0( )C D E

Max.Torque

Capacitylb.in.(N•m)

.1875 (4.76) .250 (6.35) .312 (7.92) .375 (9.53) .250 (6.35) .312 (7.92) .375 (9.53) .438(11.13) .500(12.7) .375 (9.53) .438(11.13) .500(12.7) .500(12.7)



9-13


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

9

S* Flats

d

L

H

D

SET SCREW

S*

Couplings – Flexible "K" Type

Metric

• MATERIAL: Hubs – Steel, Zinc Plated Body – Polyurethane

V 5Z 7M10606

V 5Z 7M10808

V 5Z 7M11010

V 5Z 7M21010

V 5Z 7M21414

V 5Z 7M41414

V 5Z 7M41616

TEMPERATURE RANGE: -20°C to +60°C-4°F to +140°F

Fig.No.Catalog Number

Dimensions

Flats Points

dBore+0.05

(+.002)

D H LSet

Screw

Max.Torque

CapacityN•m

(lb.in.)

Max.AngularOffset

Max.LateralOffset

1

2

24 (.94)

43(1.69)

50(1.97)

28(1.10)

47(1.85)

54(2.13)

17.5 (.69)

25.4(1.00)

28.5(1.12)

0.8(.03)

8.5(.33)

9.8(.39)

30(1.18)

48(1.89)

59(2.32)

M3

M5

M6

0.4 (3.54)

1.4(12.39)

3.2(28.32)

10°

15°

2.4(.09)

3.2(.13)

d

LSET SCREW

H

D

S* Flats

Fig. 1 STANDARD HUB

Fig. 2 INVERTED HUB


S* Points

Fig. 1

S* Points

Fig. 2

6(.24) 8

(.31)10

(.39)10

(.39)14

(.55)14

(.55)16

(.63)

UNIQUE, DURABLE ELEMENT• Speeds up to 3600 rpm• Tough polyurethane material is strong, flexible, cut- and tear- resistant• Unique configuration gives maximum flexibility• Generous radius for added strength• Ozone-proof• Full wraparound design stays securely in hub

OUTSTANDING HUB FEATURES• Annealed steel for maximum strength• Zinc plating to resist corrosion• Inside hub to decrease overall length• Rounded corners to prevent cutting• Precision swaged mechanical crimp• Accommodates standard size set screws



9-14


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

S E

C T

I O

N

9

Couplings – Flexible – Bantam

• MATERIAL: Hubs – Zinc Alloy Die Cast, Chromated Sleeve – Natsyn™ Polyisoprene Rubber

V 5Z25-104V 5Z25-106V 5Z25-108V 5Z25-110

Catalog NumberBore

+.0015 (+0.038) -.0000 (+0.038)Hub Only

CompleteCoupling

Couplings – Flexible – One-Piece

V 5R 5-2516V 5R 5-3016V 5R 5-3516

Catalog Number

• ONE-PIECE CONSTRUCTION• MATERIAL: Hubs – Steel Sleeves – Buna Nitrile Rubber

1.30 DIA.

BL

11/32 7/8

1/4-20SET SCREW

FEATURES:Isolates vibration up to 85%Sleeve provides electrical insulation

CAPACITY RATING:1/20 hp @ 1725 rpm or 30 oz. in. (0.21 N •m)

MISALIGNMENT COMPENSATIONMax. Angular Offset – 1-1/2°Max. Lateral Offset – .010 (0.25)

Sleeve Only

V 5D25-104V 5D25-106V 5D25-108V 5D25-110

V 5R25-1

1/8 (3.2)3/16 (4.8)1/4 (6.4)5/16 (7.9)

MISALIGNMENT COMPENSATIONMax. Angular Offset – 7°Max. Lateral Offset – 1/8 (3.2)

BBore

1/2(12.7)

LLength

2-1/2 (63.5)3 (76.2)3-1/2 (88.9)



CAPACITY RATING:Rated 1/2 hp @ 1725 rpm

13/16(20.6)DIA.

3/8(9.5)

5/32(4)

13/16(20.6)

BORE

#10-24 X 1/4SET SCREWTWO EACH END



T1-1

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTSTable of Contents

1.0 FUNDAMENTALS OF VIBRATION AND SHOCK1.1 What Is Vibration? ...................................................................................................................................... T1-2

1.1.1 Damping ........................................................................................................................................ T1-21.2 What is Shock? ........................................................................................................................................... T1-31.3 What is Noise? ........................................................................................................................................... T1-31.4 Principles of Vibration Isolation................................................................................................................... T1-41.5 Principles of Noise Reduction ..................................................................................................................... T1-5

2.0 BASIC DEFINITIONS AND CONCEPTS IN VIBRATION AND SHOCK ANALYSIS2.1 Kinematic Characteristics ........................................................................................................................... T1-52.2 Rigid-Body Characteristics ......................................................................................................................... T1-62.3 Spring and Compliance Characteristics ..................................................................................................... T1-62.4 Damping, Friction and Energy-Dissipation Characteristics ........................................................................ T1-72.5 Vibration Characteristics of Mechanical Systems ....................................................................................... T1-7

2.5.1 Amplitude-Frequency Characteristics of Forced Vibrations ........................................................... T1-8

3.0 VIBRATION ISOLATION ...................................................................................................................................... T1-93.1 Vibration Isolation of Vibration-Producing Products ................................................................................... T1-103.2 Vibration Isolation of Vibration-Sensitive Objects ....................................................................................... T1-123.3 Shock Isolation ........................................................................................................................................... T1-14

3.3.1 Shock Motion of Base (Base Suddenly Stops or Accelerates) ......................................................... T1-163.3.2 Sudden Impact on Equipment ........................................................................................................... T1-17

4.0 NONLINEARITIES ................................................................................................................................................ T1-17

5.0 MULTIDEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS, COUPLED MODES ....................................................................... T1-19

6.0 STATIC LOAD DISTRIBUTION CALCULATION ................................................................................................. T1-206.1 Advantages of CNF Vibration Isolators ....................................................................................................... T1-21

7.0 CONNECTIONS OF SPRING ELEMENTS .......................................................................................................... T1-227.1 Springs in Parallel ....................................................................................................................................... T1-227.2 Springs in Series ........................................................................................................................................ T1-227.3 Spring Connected Partly in Parallel and Partly in Series ............................................................................ T1-22

8.0 3-D OBJECT DRIVEN BY VIBRATORY FORCE AND TORQUES ...................................................................... T1-238.1 Displacement of the Object ........................................................................................................................ T1-238.2 Undamped Natural Frequencies ................................................................................................................. T1-248.3 Mount Deflections ....................................................................................................................................... T1-24

9.0 COMPLEX DRIVING FORCES ............................................................................................................................T1-25

10.0 DESIGN PROBLEM EXAMPLES .........................................................................................................................T1-26

REFERENCES .................................................................................................................................................... T1-34

APPENDIX1 Useful Formulas in Vibration Analysis ........................................................................................................ T1-352 Properties of Rubber and Plastic Materials ................................................................................................ T1-373 Hardness Conversion Charts ..................................................................................................................... T1-38

Technical Section: Vibration and Shock Isolation


T1-2

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

1.0 FUNDAMENTALS OF VIBRATION AND SHOCK

1.1 What Is Vibration?Mechanical vibration is a form of oscillatory motion. It occurs in all forms of machinery and equipment. It is what you feel

when you put your hand on the hood of a car, the engine of which is running, or on the base of an electric motor when themotor is running. Perhaps the simplest illustration of a mechanical vibration is a vertical spring loaded with weight (W), asshown in Figure 1. In this position, the deflection of the spring from its free state is just sufficient to counterbalance the weightW. This deflection is called the STATIC DEFLECTION of the spring. The position in which the spring is at rest is No. 1. Thespring is then slowly extended to position No. 2 and released. The elastic force moves the block W upward, accelerating upto the mean position and then decelerating moving further up. The uppermost position of the weight (position No. 3) is at thesame distance from position No. 1 as position No. 2, but in the opposite direction. The subsequent motion of the weight as afunction of time, if there is only negligible resistance to the motion, is repetitive and wavy if plotted on a time scale as shownby line 1 in the graph. This simple model exhibits many of the basic characteristics of mechanical vibrations. The maximumdisplacement from the rest or mean position is called the AMPLITUDE of the vibration. The vibratory motion repeats itself atregular intervals (A1, A2, A3). The interval of time within which the motion sequence repeats itself is called a CYCLE orPERIOD. The number of cycles executed in a unit time (for example, during one second or during one minute), is known asthe FREQUENCY. The UNITS OF FREQUENCY are 1 cycle/sec or 1 Hertz (Hz) which is standard. However, "cycles perminute" (cpm) are also used, especially for isolation of objects with rotating components (rotors) which often produce oneexcitation cycle per revolution which can be conveniently measured in cpm. When, as in Figure 1, the spring-weight systemis not driven by an outside source, the vibration is a FREE VIBRATION and the frequency is called the NATURAL FRE-QUENCY of the system, since it is determined only by its parameters (stiffness of the spring and weight of the block).

In general, vibratory motion may or may not be repetitive and its outline as a function of time may be simple or complex.Typical vibrations, which are repetitive and continuous, are those of the base or housing of an electric motor, a householdfan, a vacuum cleaner, and a sewing machine, for example. Vibrations of short duration and variable intensity are frequentlyinitiated by a sudden impulsive (shock) load; for example, rocket upon takeoff, equipment subject to impact and drop tests,a package falling from a height, or bouncing of a freight car. In many machines, the vibration is not part of its regular orintended operation and function, but rather it cannot be avoided. Vibration isolation is one of the ways to control this un-wanted vibration so that its adverse effects are kept within acceptable limits.

1.1.1 DampingThe vibratory motion as a function of time as shown in Figure 1 (line 1) does

not change or fade. The elastic (potential) energy of the spring transforms intomotion (kinetic) energy of the massive block and back into potential energy ofthe spring, and so on. In reality, there are always some losses of the energy(usually, into thermal energy) due to friction, imperfections of the spring mate-rial, etc. As a result, the total energy supporting the vibratory motion in the sys-tem is gradually decreasing (dissipated), thus diminishing the intensity (ampli-tude) of the spring excursions, as shown by line 2 in Figure 1 ("decaying vibra-tion"). This phenomenon is called DAMPING, and energy-dissipating compo-nents are called DAMPERS, Figure 2. The rate of decay of amplitude in a sys-tem with damping is often characterized by LOGARITHMIC (or LOG) DECRE-MENT � defined as

� = log (An/An-1), (1)

W

W

W

x

W = Weight

Position No. 1;spring at rest(mean position)

Weight, W inposition No. 2spring extended

Position No. 3spring contracted

Position of weight (x) Amplitude Line 1

Line 2

1 CycleA0

A1 A2

Ad1 Ad2Ad3

A3

Figure 1 Free Vibrations of a Simple Vibratory System

Figure 2 Simple Vibratory System with

Damping

Wx

ck

Object

Spring

Base

DampingElement

T1-3

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

where An and An-1 are two sequential amplitudes of the vibratory process. In many cases � can be assumed constant duringthe decaying vibratory process. Although the cycles of the damped motion as shown by line 2 in Figure 1 are not fullyrepetitive, the number of cycles in a unit of time is still called FREQUENCY.

1.2 What Is Shock?Shock is defined as a TRANSIENT condition whereby kinetic energy is transferred to a system in a period of time which

is short, relative to the natural period of oscillation of the system. Shock usually contains a single impulse of energy of shortduration and large intensity which results in a sudden change in velocity of the system undergoing shock. The principlesinvolved in both vibration and shock isolation are similar. However, differences exist due to the steady-state nature of vibra-tion and the transient nature of shock. Shock may occur in an infinite variety of ways and can be very complex. The simplestform is a single impulse of extremely short duration and large magnitude. Figure 3 [5] shows the most commonly employedpulse shapes used in test specifications.

The reduction in shock severity, which may be obtained by the use of isolators, results from the storage of the shockenergy within the isolators and its subsequent release into a "smoother" vibratory process, over a longer period of time (atthe natural frequency of the spring-mass system) and/or from dissipation of the shock energy (its transformation into thermalenergy). However, the energy storage can only take place by a generally large deflection of the isolator.

Inasmuch as a shock pulse may contain frequency components ranging from very low to very high, it is not possible toavoid excitation of vibratory process of the isolator/mass system with its natural frequency. On the other hand, if the durationof the shock pulse is short, the response of the system may not have serious consequences. Figure 4 [5] demonstrates thecomparative response of a spring mass system to a rectangular pulse whose duration is greater than the natural period of thevibratory system (I) and to a relatively short impulsive-type shock (II).

1.3 What Is Noise?Sound is a vibration of air. The air in this case is an elastic member. The vibrations of the air have a frequency and an

intensity (loudness). The frequency can be expressed in cycles per second or cycles per minute. The audible frequenciesrange from about 20 Hz to about 18,000 Hz, although some human ears are more sensitive and may have a somewhatbroader range. Some sounds are desirable and pleasant for some people, such as music. Unwanted/objectionable soundsrepresent NOISE. Intensity or loudness of noise is measured in decibels (dB). The decibel is a measure of the soundpressure in relation to a standard or reference sound (.0002 microbars, which is the threshold of hearing for sounds for manypeople). The sound/noise loudness in dB is equal to 20 times the common logarithm of this ratio. Typical values of soundpressure level in dB are shown in Tables 1a and 1b.

Motion of mass

(I) Motion of base

t

Motion of base

(b)

(II)Motion of mass

t

(a)

DamperSpring

Mass

Base

Figure 4 Response of System in Figure 2 to Rectangular Pulses of Varying Duration

Figure 3 Basic Pulse Shapes

0Half sine wave Square wave Sawtooth

0 0

T1-4

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

1.4 Principles of Vibration IsolationIn discussing vibration isolation, it is useful to identify the three basic elements of all vibrating systems: the object to be

isolated (equipment unit, machine, motor, instrument, etc.); the isolation system (resilient isolation mounts or isolators); andthe base (floor, base plate, concrete foundation, etc). The isolators (rubber pads, springs, etc.), are interposed between theobject and the base. They are usually much smaller than the object and the base.

If the object is the source of vibration, the purpose of vibration isolation is to reduce the force transmitted from the objectto the base.

If the base is the source of vibration, the purpose of isolation is to reduce the vibratory motion transmitted from the baseto the object, so that vibratory displacements in the work zone (between the tool and the part in a precision machine tool, themeasuring stylus and the measured part in a coordinate measuring machine, the object and the lens in a microscope, etc.)do not exceed the allowable amounts. That is, probably, the most common case (protecting delicate measuring instrumentsand precision production equipment from floor vibrations, transportation of vibration-sensitive equipment, etc.).

In both cases, the principle of vibration isolation is the same. The isolators are resilient elements. They act as a timedelay and as a source of temporary energy storage, which evens out the force or motion disturbance on one side of thevibration mounts and transmits, if properly selected, a lesser disturbance to the other end (to the base in case of forceisolation, to the object in case of motion isolation).

A judicious design of the vibration isolation system insures that this effect is achieved. Conversely, a poorly designedisolation system, not having proper frequency characteristics, can be worse than no isolation at all.

In addition to its function as a time delay and source of temporary energy storage, vibration mounts can also function asenergy dissipators or absorbers. This effect is usually produced by the damping characteristics of materials, viscous fluids,sliding friction, and dashpots, although in general these may or may not be part of the isolator. The damping, or energy-dissipating effect of an isolator may be negligible or substantial depending on the application. The main purpose of isolatordamping is to reduce or to attenuate the vibrations as rapidly as possible. Damping is particularly important at certainfrequencies which cause RESONANCE. This occurs when the natural frequency of the object on isolators comes close tothe vibration frequency of the source. For example, if an electric motor runs at 3600 rpm, then the object-isolator naturalfrequency of 3600 cycles per minute (60 Hz) corresponds to the resonance condition. If a machine operates near resonance,or has to pass through a resonant speed in order to attain the operating speed, damping is important in alleviation of thevibration buildup.

In summary, a good vibration mount functions as a time delay, temporary energy absorber and to some extent as anenergy dissipator, or damper. The engineering design of a vibration mount consists in identifying the characteristics of thesource of the vibration, the mechanical characteristics of the equipment and the determination of the mount characteristics,in order to achieve a specified degree of vibration reduction.

Various industrial operations and related noise levelsrecorded at distances of from one to three feetfrom machine. **

Machine

Table 1b: VALUES OF SOUNDAND NOISE INTENSITY

Grinder (portable)Drop hammerLathesPunch pressRiveting gunsSander (portable)Screw machineSewing machinesWood saw

Overall Sound Pressure Level

90-100 decibels 100-105 decibels

80-90 decibels 95-105 decibels 95-105 decibels

80-95 decibels 90-100 decibels 90-100 decibels 95-100 decibels

** From: "Acoustical Enclosures Muffle Plant Noise" by S. Wasserman and A. Oppenheim, Plant Engineering, January 1965

From: Marks' Standard Handbook for Mechanical Engineers, Sixth Edition, McGraw Hill BookCo. Inc. New York, 1958, Section 12, p. 153; and "How to Specify Audible Noise" byE.A. Harris and W.E. Levine, Machine Design Nov. 9, 1961, p. 168.

Table 1a: SOUND PRESSURE LEVELS (SPL) FROM TYPICAL NOISE SOURCES

SPLdB180160140120110

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20 10 0

Impairs HearingImpairs HearingPainThreshold of pain

Deafening

Very Loud

Loud

Moderate

Faint

Very Faint

Effect Source

Rocket enginesJet aircraft enginesJet aircraft engineThunder, artilleryNearby riveter,elevated trainBoiler factory, loudstreet noiseNoisy factory,unmuffled truckPolice whistle,noisy officeAverage street noise,average radioAverage factory,noisy homeAverage coversation,average officeQuiet radio, quiethome or private officeAverage auditorium,quiet conversationRustle of leaves,whisperSoundproof roomThreshold of hearing

T1-5

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

1.5 Principles of Noise ReductionA good vibration isolation system is reducing vibration transmission through structures and thus, radiation of these

vibration into air, thereby reducing noise.There are many ways to reduce noise. One of the most practical and effective may be the use of vibration mounts. As a

general rule, a well-designed vibration isolator will also help reduce noise. In the case of panel flutter, for example, a well-designed vibration mount could reduce or eliminate the noise. This can be achieved by eliminating the flutter of the panelitself, or by preventing its transmission to ground, or by a combination of the two. The range of audible frequencies is so highthat the natural frequencies of a vibration mount can usually be designed to be well below the noise-producing frequency.

In order to reduce noise, try to identify its sources; e.g., transformer hum, panel flutter, gear tooth engagement, rotorunbalance, etc. Next, identify the noise frequencies. Vibration isolators for these sources designed in accordance with theguidelines for vibration and shock control may then act as barriers either in not conducting the sound, or in attenuating thevibration which is the source of the noise.

2.0 BASIC DEFINITIONS AND CONCEPTS IN VIBRATION AND SHOCK ANALYSIS

2.1 Kinematic CharacteristicsCOORDINATE — A quantity, such as a length or an angle, which defines the position of a moving part. In Figure 1, x is

a coordinate, which defines the position of the weight, W.DISPLACEMENT — A change in position. It is a vector measured relative to a specified position, or frame of reference.

The change in x (Figure 1) measured upward, say, from the bottom position, is a displacement. A displacement can bepositive or negative, depending on the sign convention, translational or rotational. For example, an upward displacementmay be positive, and a downward displacement negative. Similarly, a clockwise rotation may be positive and a counterclock-wise rotation negative. Units: inches, feet, meters (m), millimeters (mm), or, in the case of rotations: degrees, radians, etc.

VELOCITY — The rate of change of displacement. Units: in/sec, mph., m/sec, etc. Velocity is a vector whose magnitudeis the SPEED. Angular velocity might be measured in radians/sec or deg/sec, clockwise or counterclockwise.

ACCELERATION — The rate of change of velocity. Units: in/sec2, m/sec2, etc. It is a vector and has a magnitude anddirection. Angular acceleration might be measured in rad/sec2 or deg/sec2, clockwise or counterclockwise.

VIBRATORY MOTION — An oscillating motion; such as, that of the weight W, in Figure 1.SIMPLE VIBRATORY MOTION — A form of vibratory motion, which as a function of the time is of the form x = a sin �t,

where a and � are constants. The maximum displacement, a, from the mean position (x = 0) is the AMPLITUDE; theFREQUENCY (rate at which the motion repeats itself) is f = �/2� cycles/sec, where ANGULAR FREQUENCY � has thedimensions of rad/sec, and frequency f has the dimensions of reciprocal time; e.g. reciprocal seconds 1/sec. Such motion isalso called harmonic or sinusoidal motion.

PERIOD, CYCLE — The interval of time within which the motion repeats itself. In Figure 5, this is T seconds. The termcycle tends to refer also to the sequence of events within one period.

AMPLITUDE — Figure 5 shows time history of a vibratory motion, which repeats itself every T seconds. The maximumvalues of the displacement, x, from the reference position (x = 0) are called PEAKS. These are (a1, a2...). The largest of theseis called the PEAK AMPLITUDE.

STEADY-STATE MOTION — A periodic motion of a mechanical system; e.g., a continuously swinging pendulum ofconstant amplitude.

STOCHASTIC or RANDOM MOTION — A motion which changes with time in a nonperiodic, possibly very complex,manner.

Figure 5 Periodic Motion

0

x

T 2T 3TTime, t, secs

a1

a2a5

a6

a3

a4

T1-6

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

HARMONICS — Any motion can be considered as made up of a sum (often an infinite number) of simple harmonicmotions of different frequencies and amplitudes. The lowest-frequency component is usually called the FUNDAMENTALFREQUENCY; higher frequency components are called HARMONICS. Their frequencies are multiples of the fundamentalfrequency. Sometimes, components with frequencies which are fractions of the fundamental frequency (subharmonics) aresignificant (e.g., the "half-frequency" whirl of rotating shafts, etc.).

PULSE — Usually a displacement-time or force-time function describing a transient input into a dynamical system.PULSE SHAPE — The shape of the time-displacement or force-displacement curve of a pulse. Typically, this might be a

square wave, a rectangular pulse, or a half sine-wave pulse. In general, however, the shape can be an arbitrary function ofthe time.

SHOCK MOTION — A motion in which there is a sharp, nearly sudden change in velocity; e.g., a hammer blow on a nail,a package falling to the ground from a height, etc. Its mathematical idealization is that of a motion in which the velocitychanges suddenly. This idealization often represents a good approximation to the real dynamic behavior of the system.

2.2 Rigid-Body CharacteristicsMASS — Inertia of the body equal to its weight in lbs. or in Newtons (N) divided by the gravitational constant (g = 32.2 ft/

sec2 = 386 in/sec2 = 9.81 m/sec2). Unit of mass, if the weight is expressed in N, is a kilogram (kg).CENTER OF GRAVITY (CENTER OF MASS, C.G.) — Point of support at which a body would be in balance.MOMENT OF INERTIA — The moment of inertia of a rigid body about a given axis in the body is the sum of the products

of the mass of each volume element and the square of its distance from the axis. Units are in-lb-sec2, or in kg-m2 forexample. Moments of inertia of the standard shapes are tabulated in handbooks. If instead of mass of the element its volumeis used, the result is also called a moment of inertia. Depending on the application, mass-, volume-, or area moments ofinertia can be used.

PRODUCT OF INERTIA — The product of inertia of a rigid body about two intersecting, perpendicular axes in the bodyis the sum of the product of the mass (volumes, areas) of constituent elements and the distances of the element from the twoperpendicular axes. Units are the same as for the moment of inertia. Tabulations are available in handbooks and textbooks.

PRINCIPAL AXES OF INERTIA — At any point of a rigid body, there is a set of mutually perpendicular (orthogonal) axesintersecting in the C.G. such that the products of inertia about these axes vanish. These axes are called the principal axes ofinertia. In a body having axes of symmetry, the principle axes coincide with them. (An axis of symmetry is a line in the body,such that the body can be rotated a fraction of a turn about the line without changing its outline in space).

2.3 Spring and Compliance CharacteristicsTENSION — When a body is stretched from its free configuration, its particles are said to be in tension (e.g., a stretched

bar). The tensile force per unit area is called the tensile stress (Units: lbs/in2 (psi) or Pascals, 1Pa = 1N/m2, 1 Mega Pascal(MPa) = 106 N/m2).

COMPRESSION — When a body is compressed from its free configuration (e.g., a column in axial loading), the com-pressive force unit per area is called the compressive stress (Units: lbs/in2 or Pa).

SHEAR — When a body is subjected to equal and opposite forces, which are not collinear, the forces tend to "shear" thebody; e.g., a rubber pad under parallel forces in the planes of its upper and lower faces. The shear force per unit area iscalled the shear stress (Units: lbs/in2 or Pa). A body can be in a state of tension, compression and shear simultaneously;e.g., a beam in bending.

SPRING CONSTANT — When a helical cylindrical spring is stretched or compressed by x, the displacement x is propor-tional to the applied force, F (Hook's law). The proportionality constant (k) (Units: lbs/in, N/m) is called the SPRING CON-STANT or STIFFNESS, F = kx. If the spring deflects in torsion, the units of k are in-lb/rad, lb/deg, N-m/rad. Such springs arecalled LINEAR SPRINGS. More generally, the load and the displacement are not proportional (a NONLINEAR SPRING). Insuch cases stiffness is changing with the changing load and displacement, and k is the ratio of a force increment ΔF to thecorresponding displacement increment Δx in the loading process. An important issue for spring materials most often used invibration isolators, such as elastomeric (rubber) materials, wiremesh materials, etc., is influence of rate of loading on theirstiffness. The stiffness constant measured at low rate of loading (frequency of load application < ~0.1 Hz) is called STATICSTIFFNESS, kst and the stiffness constant measured at higher frequencies of load application is called DYNAMIC STIFF-NESS, kdyn. The DYNAMIC STIFFNESS COEFFICIENT is defined as Kdyn = kdyn / kst.

FORCE-DEFLECTION CHARACTERISTIC — This refers to the shape of the force-deflection curve. For the linearspring, it is a straight line through the origin of coordinates (constant k). If, for a nonlinear spring, its stiffness increases withincreasing force or displacement (as in many rubber springs loaded in compression), the characteristic is called "hardeningnonlinear". If it decreases with force or displacement (e.g., as in a Belleville spring), the characteristic is called "softeningnonlinear".

T1-7

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

ENERGY STORAGE — This is the area under the force-deflection curve of the spring. It represents the strain energystored in the spring (Units: lb. in., lb. ft., N•m).

PRELOAD — A spring or other elastic element used in an isolator or in a coupling may or may not be assembled in acondition in which it has its natural, free, or unstretched length. If its assembled length is not its free length, the spring is intension or compression even before the isolator is loaded by the object weight or the coupling is loaded by the transmittedtorque. The amount of this tension or compression is called the preload. When measured in force units, it is a preload force;when measured in deflection from the free position, it is a preload deflection.

ELASTIC (YOUNG'S) MODULUS (E) AND SHEAR MODULUS (G) — These are material properties, which characterizeresistance of the material to deformation in tension or in compression (E) and in shear (G). They are defined as the ratio ofstress to strain, where strain is the change in length (or deformation) per unit length. E involves tensile or compressive stress/strain and G involves shear stress/strain. Units: lb/in2, Pa. In many practical applications, especially for metals, E and G areconstants within a limit of material stress known as the proportionality limit. Rubber and plastics often do not have a well-defined proportionality limit.

2.4 Damping, Friction and Energy-Dissipation CharacteristicsSTATIC FRICTION, SLIDING FRICTION, COULOMB FRICTION — These are all terms used for the frictional resistance

for sliding of one body relative to another; e.g., a weight dragged along the floor. The frictional force is approximately propor-tional to the contact force between the two bodies and is opposed to the direction of relative motion. The proportionalityconstant f is known as the friction coefficient. If a 10 lb. weight is dragged along a horizontal floor with a friction coefficientf = 0.2, the frictional resistance is 0.2 x 10 = 2 lb. Sometimes a distinction is made between the value of the coefficient offriction when motion is just starting after a stationary condition (STATIC FRICTION) and its value during motion (SLIDING orDYNAMIC FRICTION). The coefficient of friction in the latter case is generally lower and changes with the motion velocity,unless it is DRY or COULOMB FRICTION, wherein the sliding friction coefficient does not depend on velocity. The motion(kinetic) energy is decreasing due to energy dissipation during a sliding process with friction. Thus, frictional connections canbe used as dampers.

VISCOUS DAMPING — If, in a damper, the body moves relative to a second body, VISCOUS DAMPING refers to aresisting (friction) force which is proportional and opposite to the relative velocity between the two bodies. The proportionalityconstant is the coefficient of viscous damping, c. Units: force per unit velocity; i.e., lb/(in/sec) or N/(m/sec). Viscous dampingis encountered, for example, in hydraulic dashpots and devices which squeeze a liquid through an orifice. The more viscousthe fluid, the greater the damping. If c = 0.5 lb/(in/sec) and the body moves at 10 in/sec, the viscous damping force is0.5 x 10 = 5 lb. Typical example: hydraulic door closers.

MATERIAL or HYSTERETIC DAMPING — such as damping in rubber isolators, wire mesh isolators, etc., depends onvibration amplitudes rather than on vibratory velocity. While both viscous and hysteretic damping reduce resonance ampli-tudes, the viscous damping spoils vibration isolation efficiency at high frequencies (when vibration amplitudes are decreas-ing) while the intensity of hysteretic damping automatically decreases with the decreasing amplitudes and it results in abetter isolation efficiency.

CRITICAL DAMPING ccr — Value of damping constant in mass-spring-damping system just sufficiently high so as toprevent vibration.

DAMPING RATIO c/ccr — The ratio of the damping constant to the critical damping constant for that system. Thedamping ratio is related to log decrement � as

� = 2� (c/ccr). (2)

2.5 Vibration Characteristics of Mechanical SystemsMATHEMATICAL MODEL — An idealized representation of the real mechanical system, simplified so that it can be

analyzed. The representation often consists of rigid masses, springs and dampers (dashpots). The model should be suffi-ciently realistic so that results of the analysis of the model correspond reasonably closely to the behavior of the physicalsystem from which it was derived.

LUMPED- AND DISTRIBUTED-PARAMETER SYSTEMS — In a lumped-parameter system, the mass, elastic springand damping properties are separated or lumped into distinct components, each having only mass, only elasticity or onlydamping, but not more than one of these properties per component. In a distributed-parameter system, a component maypossess combined mass, elasticity and damping, distributed continuously through the component. The latter systems repre-sent more realistic models, but are more difficult to analyze.

DEGREES OF FREEDOM — This is the number of independent quantities (dimensions or coordinates), which must beknown in order to be able to draw the mechanical system in any one position, if the fixed dimensions of the system areknown. The simple mass-spring system of Figure 1 has one degree of freedom; a mechanical differential, for example, hastwo degrees of freedom; a rigid body moving freely in space has six degrees of freedom (three translational and threeangular coordinates should be known in order to fully describe the position of the body in space).

T1-8

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

FORCE AND MOTION EXCITATION — If a force varying in time is applied to a dynamical system, it usually is a sourceof vibration (e.g., centrifugal force due to an unbalanced rotor). The vibrations are then said to be due to force excitation. If,on the other hand, the foundation (or other part) of a machine is subject to a forced motion (vibration or shock), the resultingmachine vibration is said to be due to motion excitation; e.g., an earthquake actuating a seismograph.

FREE VIBRATION — If the massive block in Figure 1 is moved out of its equilibrium position, and released, the systemwill vibrate without the action of any external forces. Such an oscillation is called a free vibration.

FORCED VIBRATION — If an external force is applied to the weight in Figure 1, which causes it to vibrate (e.g., a forcevarying harmonically with time), the resulting motion of the spring-mass system is called a forced vibration. If the base whichsupports the spring, undergoes a forced motion which in turn causes the weight to vibrate, the vibration is also forced.

RANDOM VIBRATION — Equipment may be caused to vibrate by applied forces or motions in which frequencies andamplitudes of harmonics vary in a random manner with time (e.g., wind gusts on a missile). The resulting vibration is calledrandom.

NATURAL FREQUENCY — Whether the system is without damping or with damping, the frequency of free vibration iscalled the free-undamped natural frequency or the free-damped natural frequency. The natural frequency is a function of themass and stiffness distribution in the system. For a simple-mass spring system, which is a reasonable approximation tomany real mechanical systems, the natural frequency, fn, is

fn = = Hz. (3)

Here, k is spring constant (dynamic stiffness constant kdyn should be used, see Section 2.3); W is the weight; g is thegravitational constant, 386 in/sec2 or 9.8 m/sec2; and xst is the static deflection of the spring. The reciprocal to the naturalfrequency is the NATURAL PERIOD T = 1/fn, sec. If xst is expressed in cm (1 cm = 0.01 m), then the natural frequency canbe conveniently found as

fn � Hz. (4)

The angular natural frequency �n in radians per second is

�n = (5)

Thus, flexible systems tend to have low natural frequencies and rigid systems tend to have high natural frequencies. At thesame time, the natural frequency can be changed by altering the stiffness and mass distribution of the system. A system mayhave more than one natural frequency, in which case the lowest of these is often the most significant one. The number ofnatural frequencies is equal to the number of degrees of freedom of the system. Presense of damping is slightly reducing thenatural frequency; The DAMPED NATURAL FREQUENCY is

fdn = fn 1 – = fn (3a)

where � = 2� (c/ccr)c = damping constantccr = critical damping constant

FORCING FREQUENCY — The frequency of an external force or mo-tion excitation applied to a vibrating system.

2.5.1 Amplitude-Frequency Characteristics of Forced VibrationsIf a sinusoidal force F(t) = Fo sin2�ft is acting on massive block W

connected with the base by spring having stiffness k and viscous damperwith resistance coefficient c, Figure 6, then sinusoidal vibration of blockW is excited. If frequency f is changing but amplitude Fo is constant ina broad frequency range, then amplitude of the vibratory displacementof block W changes with frequency along an AMPLITUDE-FREQUENCYCHARACTERISTIC, Figure 7. Figure 7 shows plots of the displace-ment amplitudes vs. FREQUENCY RATIO f/fn for various degrees of damping (LOG DECREMENT �) in the vibratory sys-tem. The plots in Figure 7 are described by the following expression for the response amplitude A of the massive block W tothe force excitation:

( )

1____2�

1____2�

kg____W

g____xst

5____xst

kg____W

2c____ccr

1 – �2______4�2

Figure 6 Simple Vibratory System Under Forced

Excitation

W = mgx

ck

Object

SpringConstant

VibrationIsolator

Base

DampingCoefficient

F = Fo • Sin (2 ft)

T1-9

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

4.0

0.31

� = 0

0.47

0.63

0.94

1.3

1.6

0.63

0.470.310

3.0

2.0

1.0

00.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 f/fn

AFo/k

( )( )( )( )k 1 – + 2f2____fn2

c___ccr

f___fn

21 – +

2Fo__________________________

f2____fn2

f___fn

�___�

2 2

Fo / k________________________

( ) f___fn

c___ccr

2( )4�2Mf2e___________________________

k 1 – + 2f2____fn2

2

k 1 – +f2____fn2( )

4�2Mf2e__________________________f___fn

�___�( )2 2

A = = (6)

RESONANCE — It is seen in Figure 7that displacement and stress levels tend tobuild up greatly when the forcing frequencycoincides with the natural frequency, the build-up being restrained only by damping. Thiscondition is known as RESONANCE.

In many cases, the forced vibration iscaused by an unbalanced rotating mass, suchas the rotor of an electrical motor. The de-gree of unbalance can be expressed as dis-tance e between the C.G. of the rotor and itsaxis of rotation. The vertical component of thecentrifugal force generated by the unbalancedrotor (mass M) is

Fc.f. = M�2e sin �t = 4�2Mf2 e sin 2�t, (7)

where � is angular speed of rotation in rad/sec and f is the number of revolutions persecond. In case of vibration excitation by theunbalanced rotor, combining of (6) and (7) re-sults in

A =

= = , (6a)

where m is the total mass of the object. Expression (6a) is plotted in Figure 8 for several values of damping (�).

3.0 Vibration IsolationAlthough VIBRATION ISOLATION is a very large area of vibration control, there are two most widely used techniques of

vibration isolation:

– Reduction of transmission of vibratory or shock forces from the object, in which these forces are generated, to thebase; and

– Reduction of transmission of vibratory motions of the base to the work area of vibration-sensitive objects.

These techniques are similar, but also quite different. They both deal with TRANSMISSIBILITY or TRANSMISSIONRATIO. There are several transmission ratios. Usually these refer to the ratios of the maximum values of the transmittedforce or displacement to the maximum values of the applied force or the forced motion. The important direction of transmis-sion is from the object to the base for the force isolation, or from the base to the object for the motion isolation.

( ) ( )

Figure 7 Amplitude-Frequency Characteristics of Massive Block Motion in Figure 6

f2____fn2

f___fn

�___�

2 1 – +

2

f2 / fn2__________________________Me___m

T1-10

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

3.1 Vibration Isolation of Vibration-Producing ProductsFigure 9 shows a simplified single-degree-of-freedom model of a vibration isolation

system. While in models in Figure 1 and Figure 2, the base (foundation) is shown ashaving infinite mass, in Figure 9 model the foundation has a finite mass mf. If the forceF(t) = Fo sin2�ft is generated in the object (mass m), the force transmissibility �F from theobject to the foundation is equal to the motion transmissibility �x from the foundation tothe object and is expressed as

This expression (for mf = �) is plotted in Figure 10 which shows that "isolation" of theforce source or the condition of �F < 1 develops at frequencies greater than f = 1.41fn andfast improving with further increasing of the frequency ratio f/fn. The maximum transmis-sibility occurs at the resonance when the frequency ratio f/fn = 1. At resonance (f = fn), thetransmissibility at not very high damping is expressed as

(�F)max = (�x)max � . (9)

While increasing of damping is beneficial at and around the resonance, the isolation at high frequencies deteriorates withincreasing damping �. This effect must be considered in designing the isolation system for a given application. Still, areasonable increase of damping is important since it makes the system more robust if subjected to inevitable spuriousexcitations. Also, the higher damping improves behavior of the system if the object generates forces in a broad frequencyrange; e.g., as unbalanced motor(s) generating continuously changing excitation frequency during its acceleration phase. Itshould be considered that the transmissibility curves in Figure 10 are plotted for viscous damping in the isolators. Dampingin elastomeric and wire-mesh (or cable) elements is different, so-called hysteretic damping. This latter type of damping doesnot affect the preresonance and the resonance behavior of the system, but demonstrate only a minimum deterioration of theisolation at high frequencies even for highly-damped isolators (more in [1]).

10

7

5

3

2

1.0

0.7

0.5

0.3

0.2

0.10.1 0.2 0.5 1.0 2 3 5 7 10

Frequency Ratio, f/fn

A Me

m

0.31�

0.63

1.26

3.14

4.4

= 1.0cccr

F (t)

k c

mf

x1

x2

m

Figure 9 Dynamic Model ofa Basic VibrationIsolation System

mf______m + mf

�__�

Figure 8 Amplitude-Frequency Characteristics of Massive Block Motion in Figure 6 Excited by an Unbalanced Rotor

�F = �x = = = . (8)mf______

m + mf

Ff___Fo

x1___x2

( )( )1 – +

f2___fn2

�__�

f__fn( )22

1 +�__�

f__fn

2

____________________

T1-11

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

10

7

5

3

2

1.0

0.7

0.5

0.3

0.2

0.1

0.07

0.05

0.03

0.02

0.010.1 0.2 0.5 1.0 2 3 5 7 10


Abso

lute

Tra

nsm

issi

bilit

y, �

0

0.31

0.63�

� = 1.26

= 0.5cccr

= 0.1cccr

3.14

1.26

0.630.31� = 0

= 1.0cccr

10

7

5

3

2

1.0

0.7

0.5

0.3

0.2

0.10.1 0.2 0.5 1.0 2 3 5 7 10

� = 0

0.31

0.63

1.26


Rel

ativ

e Tr

ansm

issi

bilit

y, �

rel

= 0.5cccr

= 0.7

= 1.0cccr

cccr

Figure 10 Force/Motion Transmissibility in Figure 9 System

Figure 11 Transmissibility of Vibratory Base Motion to Relative Vibratory Motion in the Work Zone

As mentioned before, the goal of vibration isola-tion of vibration-sensitive objects from the base vibra-tion is to reduce relative vibratory displacements inthe work zone. Transmissibility of the base motion intothe relative vibrations θ = x1 – x2 is (for any value ofmf):

�rel = = . (10)

Expression (10) is plotted in Figure 11. It is clear thattransmissibility of low frequency (as compared withthe natural frequency) foundation vibrations into therelative vibrations is very small (since at low frequen-cies the motions are very slow and the object is mov-ing following the vibrating foundation).

ISOLATION EFFICIENCY — Isolation is the per-cent of vibration force that is not transmitted throughthe vibration mounts and which improves with increas-ing frequency ratio. Isolation efficiency of 81.1% cor-responding to a frequency ratio of 2.5, is generallyadequate as shown in Table 2. Figure 12, the basicvibration chart, gives static deflection vs. frequencyand % of vibration isolation (1 - �F). It is useful forselection of vibration isolators/mounts and for calcu-lations (see Section 11).

A more complete treatment of this case of vibra-tion isolation, considering more complex and more re-alistic (several degrees of freedom) models is givenin [1].

FrequencyRatio

Table 2: VIBRATION ABSORPTION

10.0 4.0 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.4 1.0

Vibration Absorption,Percent

98.993.387.581.166.720.0

0(resonance)

ResultsAttainedexcellentexcellentvery good

goodfair

poornone

worse than withno mountings

θ___x2

f2___fn2_____________________

�__�

f__fn

f2___fn2( )1 – + ( )22

T1-12

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

REGIONOF

AMPLIFICATION


ISOLATIONEFFICIENCY %

93

95

85

8060 90 99

70 97

10.0 2.5 3.3 5.0 6.7 8.3 1011.7

13.315

16.7 25 33 50 672523201815

12.7

10

7.6

5.1

3.8

2.52.32.01.81.5

1.27

1.0

0.76

0.5

0.38

0.250.230.20.18

0.15

0.13

0.1

0.076

0.05

0.038

0.025

VIBRATION FREQUENCY (CYCLES PER MINUTE)

VIBRATION FREQUENCY (Hz)

10.09.08.07.06.0

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.5

1.0.9.8.7.6

.5

.4

.3

.2

.15

.10

.09

.08

.07

.06

.05

STAT

IC D

EFLE

CTI

ON

(IN

CH

ES)

STAT

IC D

EFLE

CTI

ON

(CM

)

.04

.03

.02

.015

.01

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

3.2 Vibration Isolation of Vibration-Sensitive ObjectsSince, for this group of objects, the relative vibrations in the work zone are determined by dynamic characteristics of the

object itself, a model in Figure 13 should be considered. Floor (foundation) vibration x1 = x10 sin2�ft is transmitted throughvibration isolators (stiffness kv, damping coefficient cv) to frame/bed of the object (mass MB) causing its vibrationsxB = xB0 sin2�ft. The work zone of the object is between the frame/bed and its "upper unit", mass Mu (e.g., tool head of amachine tool or illumination unit of a photo-lithography tool). Stiffness km and damping coefficient cm describe structuraldynamic characteristics of the object, whose structural natural frequency is

fm = . (11)

Figure 12 Vibration Frequency vs Static Deflection of Isolators vs Isolation Efficiency

1___2�

km (Mu + MB)_____________MuMB

T1-13

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

nΔof2______

�Xf�f

Accordingly, transmissibility of the vibratory motion of the foundation intothe work zone can be expressed as a product of (transmissibility �x of thefoundation motion X1 to the frame motion from expression (7) where x2 =X1, x1 = XB; and m = MB) and (transmissibility of the frame motion XB tothe relative motion Xrel in the work zone �rel from expression (8) where x2= XB, θ = Xrel, and fn = fm from expression (11)). This operation is illus-trated in Figure 14.

In Figure 14, the plot (a) is maximum intensity ao of floor vibration(displacements amplitudes compounded from numerous on-site measure-ments). It is shown in [1] that for a majority of manufacturing plants ao �2.5�m in the 4-30 Hz range and is much smaller outside of this range forvertical floor vibrations, and ao � 2.0 �m in the 4-20 Hz range and muchsmaller outside of this range for horizontal floor vibrations. For high preci-sion facilities, the levels of allowable floor vibrations are recommended byBBN plots in Figure 15. The next plot (b) in Figure 14 illustrates transmis-sibility from the floor to the object frame for three cases: a - the objectinstalled on rigid mounts (e.g., jack mounts or rigid isolator mounts); b -the object installed on softer, isolating mounts (lower fn) with the samedegree of damping (height of the resonance peak) as the mounts in a; c -the same fn as in b, but greater damping. The third plot (c) illustratestransmissibility from the frame of the object into its work zone; fm is thestructural natural frequency of the object. The bottom plot shows the prod-uct of the previous three plots. An installation is considered successful ifthe vibration amplitude in the work zone does not exceed the allowableamplitude Δo.

It can be seen that a rigid installation results in two peaks of the rela-tive vibration amplitude, which often exceed the tolerance. Both peaksare reduced by using soft isolator mounts: the second one due to reducedtransmissibility at high frequencies per expression (6), and the first onedue to lower sensitivity of the object structure to lower resonance fre-quency of the object on softer isolating mounts. It is clear, that increasingdamping also results in reduced relative vibrations. Accordingly, the re-quirement for an adequate vibration isolation of a vibration-sensitive ob-ject is formulated not as a required upper limit of the natural frequency fn,but as a required upper limit of the "Isolation Criterion" Φ,

Φ = . (12a)

The magnitude of this criterion can be calculated if vibration sensitivity ofthe object in the frequency range of interest is measured and its toleranceis assigned, see [1]. The object is properly isolated if

Φ < , (12b)

where Δo is the maximum tolerated vibratory displacement in the workzone of the object, Xf is the maximum amplitude of floor vibration withfrequency f; �f is the transmissibility into the work zone at frequency f(ratio of relative vibration amplitude in the work zone to amplitude of theobject frame vibration at frequency f). According to this criterion widelyvalidated by practical applications, stiffness of isolators for a given instal-lation can be increased (usually, a very desirable feature) if the isolatorshave higher damping.

fn___ �

Mu

Km

Kv, Cv

Floor

XrelCm

Xf

MB

XB

Xf

ao

f(a) Maximum Intensity ao of Floor Vibrating

a

cb

o

fv2

(d) Resultant Transmissibility (Product of (a), (b) & (c))fv1 fm

f

fm(c) Transmissibility From Object Frame to Work Zone

f

fn2 fn1

(b) Transmissibility from Floor to Object Frame

f

a

cb

Figure 13 Two-Mass Dynamic Model for Vibration Sensitivity of Precison Object

Figure 14 Model of Vibration Transmission from Floor to Work Zone

Δ

T1-14

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

y

zmz

my

ky

kz

sSupport

t

Figure 16 Schematic Representation of Equipment, Comprised of Chassis my and Element mzkz, Mounted Upon Isolator ky.

Figure 17 Displacement-Time Curves for Support, Chassis, and Element of Equipment (Inelastic Impact)

0.2 �m

0.1 �m

VC - E (125 micro-inches/sec)

VC - D (250 micro-inches/sec)

VC - C (500 micr-inches/sec)

VC - B (1000 micro-inches/sec)

VC - A (2000 micro-inches/sec)

Operating theatre (ISO)

Residential day (ISO)

Office (ISO)

Workshop (ISO)

100

90

80

70

60

50

404 5 6.3 8 10 12.5 16 20 25 31.5 40 50 63 80

100

One-third Octave Band Center Frequency (Hz)

Rm

s Ve

loci

ty, m

icro

-inch

/sec

Velo

city

Lev

el (d

B re

1 m

icro

-inch

/sec

)300

1000

3000

10000

30000

100000

4 �m

2 �m 1 �m

0.5 �m

0.063 �m0.25 �m 0.012 �m

Thus, while vibration isolationof the force-producing objectsrequires reducing natural fre-quency in accordance with no-mogram in Figure 12, isolationof a vibration-sensitive objectcan be successful even whensome part of the system is atresonance, provided that thenatural frequency of the isola-tion system and its dampingare properly selected. Vibrationisolation in the latter case isgreatly simplified if structuralstiffness and structural naturalfrequency of the vibration-sen-sitive object are enhanced.

3.3 Shock IsolationThe information in this section has been taken from [2] with

permission of the publisher.It is often necessary to determine the effectiveness of a shock

isolator as well as the magnitude of the acceleration experiencedby elements of the protected equipment. Figure 16, similar toFigure 13, describes the system experiencing a velocity shockas illustrated by the displacement-time curves of Figure 17.

The displacement of equipment (y) supported by isolatorsand subjected to a velocity shock (V) is expressed by the follow-ing equation:

y = V 1 – sin 2�fyt (13)

where fy = is the natural frequency, Hz, of the elasticsystem

consisting of chassis (my) and isolator (ky). Double differentiationof equation (13) yields the acceleration experienced by the equip-ment chassis during shock. This is designated the transmittedacceleration and is expressed as:

y0 = 2�fyV (14)

The units of acceleration y0, are linear distance (inches, m, etc)per second per second. This equation can be expressed anotherway, using more convenient engineering units, as:

Transmitted Shock = = = , (15)

where: V = shock velocity change, in/sec.fy = natural frequency of isolator, Hz.g = maximum acceleration experienced by chassis, ex-

pressed as a dimensionless multiple of the accel-eration due to gravity.

Thus, the maximum acceleration of the chassis during shock, isdirectly proportional to the magnitude of the velocity change andto the natural frequency of the isolator. Figure 18 is a graphicrepresentation of the maximum transmitted acceleration computedfrom Equation (15).

( )

Figure 15 BBN Vibration Criteria (VC) for Installation of Precision Equipment

1____2�fy

ky___my

1___2�

¨

y0___g¨ 2πfyV______

386fyV____

61.4

¨

y0/¨

T1-15

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

10

3040

7510

0

200 i

n/sec

200 in/sec150100

75504030

0.11 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 20 30 40 60 80 100

10080

605040

30

20

108

654

3

2

1

0.3

0.3

0.40.50.6

0.81.0

5

10

20

150

50

20

5

2

3

456

810

Natural frequency of isolator, Hz

Max

imum

def

lect

ion

of is

olat

or (

sy) 0

, in.

, (do

tted

lines

)

Figure 18 Maximum Acceleration of Chassis my and Maximum Deflection of Linear Isolator ky Shown in Figure 16, When Support Experiences Velocity Shock as Illustrated in Figure 17.

Max

imum

tran

smitt

ed a

ccel

erat

ion

(y0/g

), (s

olid

line

s)M

axim

um T

rans

mitt

ed S

hock

¨

Figure 19 Shock Transmissibility for System Shown in Figure 13, When Subjected to Velocity Shock as illustrated in Figure 17 [3].

1008060

4030

20

1086

43

2

1.00.80.6

0.40.3

0.10 1 2 3 4 5 6

Damping ratiofor isolator

0.01

0.10

1.00 0.50

1.000.50

0.005

0.05

Damping ratio forelement mzkz = 0.01

Shoc

k tra

nsm

issi

bilit

y (T

s)

Ratio Natural frequency of elementNatural frequency of isolator

fzfy( )

The maximum acceleration expe-rienced by the chassis of the mountedequipment, as indicated in Figure 18,should not be confused with the maxi-mum acceleration experienced by vari-ous elements of the equipment. Thelatter is equal to the product of themaximum chassis acceleration y0 andthe amplification factor A0, which is de-fined as the ratio of the maximum ac-celeration of the element (z0) to themaximum acceleration of the chassis(y0) and is given by:

A0 = (16)

In the absence of damping, A0 is a func-tion only of the element's natural fre-quency (fz) and the isolator's naturalfrequency (fy). For an undamped sys-tem, shock transmissibility (Ts) is re-lated to the amplification factor (A0) asfollows:

Ts = A0 (17)

where shock transmissibility (Ts) is theratio of the maximum acceleration ofthe mass element, mz, to the maximumacceleration of the same elementwhich would occur if the isolator'sspring constant, ky, were infinitely rigid.

Using values for the amplificationfactor A0 as determined in [3], and plot-ted for a range of values of dampingratio, shock transmissibility can be de-termined for a damped system asshown in Figure 19. The damping be-tween mz and my is assumed to beconstant at one percent critical damp-ing (� = 0.063). However, wide varia-tions in the degree of damping havelittle effect on the results. Figure 20gives the amplification factor A0 for thesystem shown in Figure 16 when thesupport experiences velocity shock asillustrated in Figure 17. The factor A0is the ratio of the maximum accelera-tion of mass mz to the maximum ac-celeration of mass my.

¨

¨

( )fy____fz

z0___y0¨¨

T1-16

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

3.3.1 Shock Motion of Base (Base Suddenly Stops or Accelerates)The time history of the sudden acceleration process of the base in Figure. 21(a) is shown in Figure 21(b). The analytical

results taken from [3] are also applicable to the object (equipment unit) dropping from a height onto a hard surface.

If: V = sudden velocity change of base, in/sec or m/secc/ccr = �/2� = damping ratio where � is log decrementfn = undamped natural frequency of system, Hzg = gravitational constant, 386 in/sec2 = 9.81 m/sec2dmax = max. isolator deflection, measured from equilibrium position, in. or mdst = static isolator deflection = W/k, in. or mamax = maximum acceleration of object, in/sec2 or m/sec2

then, for 0 � c/ccr � 0.2 or 0 � � � 1.25,

= = (18)

1008060

4030

20

1086

43

2

1.00.80.6

0.40.3

0.2

0.10 1 2 3 4 5 6

Damping ratiofor isolator

0.0050.01

0.05

0.10 1.00

0.50

0.50

1.00

Damping ratio forelement mzkz = 0.01

Ampl

ifica

tion

fact

or (A

0)

Ratio Natural frequency of elementNatural frequency of isolator

fzfy( )

Wx

y

Object

VibrationIsolator

kc

Dampingconstant

(a) System

Figure 21 Vibration Isolation System for Object W (a) Subjectedto Shock Motion of Base with Time History (b)

(b) Motion of Base

Base

t 0 y = 0t 0 y = V • t

Velocity change of baseV

0 0 Time

dmax_____dst

amax_____g

2�fn(1 – c/ccr)____________g

Figure 20 Amplification Factor for System Shown in Figure 16 When Subjected to Velocity Shock as Illustrated in Figure 17

T1-17

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

Figure 22 Shock Effect at Different Damping Values

5

4

3

2

ξ = 0.2� = 1.26

ξ = 0.1� = 0.63

ξ = 0� = 0

1

1 2 3 4=

5dmaxdst

amaxg

V�

g

Figure 22 illustrates Equation (18). When the damp-ing is small, maximum force transmitted to equipmentis very nearly kdmax.

3.3.2 Sudden Impact on Equipment [3]

Sudden impact, or a sharp blow is characterized by a large force (Fo) acting for a short period of time (to) as shown inFigure 23(a). For practical purposes, suddenness is taken to mean that to is small in comparison with the natural period ofvibration of the system in Figure 23(b). The impulse, I, is defined as the area under the force-time curve; i.e.,

I = Fo to lb-sec or kg m/sec (19)

Application of impulse I results in a sudden downward velocity V of the object,

V = Ig/W. (20)

The maximum isolator deflection and the maximum acceleration of the object can be obtained by substituting V into Equation(18).

4.0 NONLINEARITIESThe equations previously given for transmissibilty (Section 3.1) make certain assumptions which may not always be

valid. For example, it is assumed that the damping is viscous or linear (resistance to relative motion is proportional to therelative velocity). The assumption greatly simplifies the analysis. However, the damping provided by wire mesh is a combina-tion of localized frictional losses by individual wires and hysteresis in the cushion itself. Damping in elastomeric materials hassimilar characteristics. In practical terms, this means that the damping is a function of displacement in addition to velocity,and the terms describing the damping in the equations of motion are nonlinear. At resonance, where the displacement islarge, the damping is high. In the isolation band, where displacement is small, the damping is negligible. This condition givesthe best of both worlds as damping is only desirable under resonance conditions. Thus, the idealized curves in Figure 10 areon the conservative side since they show deterioration of isolation in the high frequency (after resonance) range.

Figure 23 Vibration Isolation System of Object W (b) Subjectedto Sudden Impact on the Object with Time History (a)

Wx

I

Object

VibrationIsolator

kc Damping

constant

Sudden impulse (large force Fo actingover very short time (to): I = Foto).

Base

(b) SYSTEM(a) FORCE TIME CURVE OF AN IMPULSE

Impulse

toTime

T1-18

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

A second assumption is that the flexible members or mounts behave as linear springs. This again is not strictly true asmany mounts behave as hardening springs to a lesser or greater extent, depending on material of their flexible elements(e.g., proportion of mesh cushion in the wire-mesh mounts) and/or on design features of rubber flexible elements. As theterm suggests, the stiffness increases with load/displacement. This property has the useful effect of increasing the dynamicload-carrying capability of the mounts. Consider the Equation (3) for the natural frequency of a simple spring-mass system.As can be seen, increasing the weight load (mass) of the isolated object reduces the natural frequency. But if the stiffness isincreasing as well (as in the case of a hardening spring) then the ratio k/m is less dependent on the mass of the object andthe mount can be used in a wider load range. Some vibration isolators are designed with their stiffness proportional to theweight load,

k = AW = Amg, (21)

where A is a proportionality constant. For such mounts the natural frequency is

fn = = = Ag = const. (22)

Accordingly, such vibration isolators are called CONSTANT NATURAL FREQUENCY (or CNF) ISOLATORS. This meansthat a mount will give the same degree of isolation for a broad load range, with the ratio of upper load limit and lower load limitup to and exceeding 20:1 [1]. An example of a CNF isolator is Ring Mount V10Z47M in this catalog.

Besides the convenience of using the same isolators for widely different objects, CNF isolators have many other advan-tages. The tolerance on stiffness of constant stiffness (linear) isolators with rubber flexible elements is usually about ±17%.Such wide tolerance leads to a need for greater safety factors in order to achieve the required degree of isolation, and thusto softer isolators. The soft isolators are undesirable since they may result in a shaky installation. CNF isolators, on the otherhand, are very robust and variation of rubber hardness due to production tolerances do not influence the natural frequencysignificantly [1]. Other advantages of CNF isolators are addressed below in Section 6.0.

The other way in which a stiffening spring affects the dy-namic performance of a system is to make the natural frequency"input sensitive". As the amplitude increases, so does the dis-placement. Consequently, that stiffness increases as well. Thenatural frequency (fn) increases also. Figure 24 [5] shows acomparison between the way frequency fn changes with ampli-tude for a linear spring (a) and a hardening spring (b). As canbe seen, with a hardening spring, fn increases with amplitude.Without going into the mathematical treatment, it should beappreciated that the actual responses for various inputs will beas shown in Figure 25 [5]. It can be seen that the resonant pointactually changes with different inputs. A softening spring is addedfor comparison.

1___2�

kg___W

1___2�

AWg_____W

1___2�

Figure 25 Typical Resonance Curves for Various Levels of Excitation

Figure 24 Amplitude of Linear (a) and Hardening (Nonlinear) (b) Springs as a Function of fn

a

0(a)

fn fn

a

0(b)

A

(a) Hardening Springfn fn fn

� � �

A

(b) Linear Spring

A

(c) Softening Spring

T1-19

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

Another property of mesh mounts is demonstrated by Figure 26 [5]. As can be seen, in practice there is a sudden sharpdrop from the resonant point, ensuring that isolation is achieved almost immediately. However, it is again safer to assumethat isolation does not begin until 2 fn is achieved.

5.0 MULTIDEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS, COUPLED MODES

Figure 27 demonstrates that there are six independent ways in which a body can move; i.e., it has SIX DEGREES OFFREEDOM. The reader must be aware from this that there is a potential of six independent natural frequencies, as well aspossible coupled modes of vibration.

Figure 27 Degrees of Freedom of a Solid Body

Lateral

Roll

Yaw

Vertical

Vertical

Pitch

Fore and Aft orLongitudinal

Figure 26 Theoretical Frequency Response Curve for a Hardening Spring Type Resonant System

The hatched areas indicatethe region of instability.

a

1

2

3

4

f

Free vibration"backbone"

T1-20

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

nyC.G.

xC.G.

y1

x1

LC1

y

LC2y2x

y3

LC3

C.G.

x3

x2

Figure 29 Setup for Experimental Finding of the C.G. Location

The coupling concept can be illustrated on the example of a simpler "pla-nar" system shown in Figure 28, which shows a mass supported by springs andconstrained so that it can move only in the plane of the drawing [5]. Such asystem has three coordinates which fully describe its configuration: translationalcoordinates x and y, and angular coordinate . If the system is symmetricalabout axis y, then when excited by a sinusoidal force Fy, in the vertical directionalong the axis of symmetry, the object will behave as previously shown (Figure1), namely by vibrating in the vertical (y) direction. However, if the force vectordoes not coincide with the axis of symmetry, then the vertical force would excitevibratory motions not only in the y-direction, but also in x and directions. Whenthe mass is excited by a horizontal force Fx, both horizontal (y) or longitudinalmode and pitching () vibratory motions are excited. These modes are said tobe coupled when vibrations of one mode can be stimulated by a vibratory forceor displacement in another. Coupling modes are in most cases undesirable. Forexample, many vibration-sensitive objects have the highest vibration sensitivityin a horizontal direction, while the floor vibrations are often more intense in thevertical direction. Coupling between the vertical and horizontal directions canbe avoided by using vibration isolating mounts at each mounting point whosestiffness is proportional to the weight load acting on this mount (CNF mount) [1].

6.0 STATIC LOAD DISTRIBUTION CALCULATIONIn order to calculate the weight distribution between the mounting points, the position of the CENTER OF GRAVITY

(C.G.) has to be determined first. It is a simple task only for an axisymmetrical object. Position of the C.G. can be obtained bycomputation or experiment. The computational approach is feasible in most cases to the manufacturer who has all relevantdrawings containing the data on mass distribution inside the object. The experiment is suggested by the definition of the C.G.as the point of support at which the body will be in equilibrium. For example, a small object can be supported on a peg; whenin equilibrium, a vertical line drawn through the peg will pass through the C.G. Unfortunately, this method is applicable onlyto small objects. For large objects, such as machine tools, the object is mounted, for the C.G. location purposes, onto threeload cells LC1, LC2, LC3, as shown is the plane view in Figure 29. If the weight loads as sensed by these load cells are W1,W2, W3, respectively, then coordinates of the C.G. are as follows:

xC.G. = ;

(23)

yC.G. = .

After the C.G. position is known, weight distribution between themounting points should be calculated. Such a calculation can berigorously performed only for the case of an object with three mount-ing points (a statically-determinate problem). Unfortunately, only arelatively small percentage of objects requiring vibration isolationare designed with the "three point" mounting arrangement. If thenumber of the mounting points is greater than three, the accuracyof weight distribution calculations is suffering, unless the mountingsurface of the floor is flat and horizontal and the mounting surfaceof the object is also flat. The tolerance on the "flatness" requirementshould be a small fraction of the projected static deformations xst ofthe selected vibration isolators.

For example, if the vertical natural frequency of the isolatedobject is fn = 20 Hz, then, from Equation (4), xst = 0.0625 cm or0.625 mm.

Similarly, for fn = 10 Hz, xst = 2.5 mm, andfor fn = 5 Hz, xst = 10 mm.

¨

X1W1 + X2W2 + X3W3_________________W1 + W2 + W3

y1W1 + y2W2 + y3W3__________________W1 + W2 + W3

Fx

Fy

T

m, I

kxky kxky

x

y

Figure 28 Planar (Three-Degrees- of-Freedom) Vibration

Isolation System

T1-22

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

Hz. When the machine is installed on five linear isolators with rubber flexible elements selected in accordance with themanufacturer's recommendations, different for different mounting points (line 2, fn = 15 Hz), the maximum amplitude of therelative vibrations (resulting in waviness of the ground surface) was 0.35 �m. However, when the grinder was installed onfive indentical CNF isolators with rubber flexible elements (line 1, fn = 20 Hz, or about two times stiffer than the linearisolators), the maximum relative vibration amplitudes was 0.25 �m, about 30% lower.

7.0 CONNECTIONS OF SPRING ELEMENTS

7.1 Springs in ParallelThese combine like electrical resistance in series. This is the case when several springs

support a single load, as shown in Figure 34. The springs are equivalent to a single spring,the spring constant of which is equal to the sum of the spring constants of the constituentsprings. The spring constant k of the single equivalent spring is given by:

k = k1 + k1 + k1. (27)

7.2 Springs in SeriesThe series connected springs in Figure 35 combine like electrical resistances in parallel.

The equivalent single spring is softer than any of the component springs. The spring con-stant k of the equivalent single spring is given by:

= + . (28)

If n springs are in series, this formula is readily extended to:

= + + + ..... + . (29)

7.3 Spring Connected Partly in Parallel and Partly in SeriesObtain equivalent spring constants for each set of parallel or series springs separately

and then combine. For example, in Figure 36, the springs k1 and k2 are equivalent to a singlespring, the spring constant of which, ke1, is given by:

= + = or ke1 = (30a)

The three springs, k3, k4, k5 in parallel, are equivalent to a single spring, the spring constantof which, ke2, is given by:

ke2 = k3 + k4 + k5 (30b)

Now equivalent springs ke1 and ke2 are in series. Hence, the spring constant k of the equiva-lent spring for the entire system is:

= + or k = (30c)

0.5

0.20.250.35

0.1

0.05

10 15Frequency (Hz)

Rel

ativ

e M

otio

n in

Wor

k Zo

neD

oubl

e Am

plitu

de μ

m

20 25 30

1

2

35

Figure 33 Amplitude of Relative Motion in Work Zone with: 1 - Regular (Linear) Isolators; 2 - CNF Isolators

1__k

1__k1

1__k2

1__k

1__k1

1__k2

1__k3

1__kn

1___ke1

1__k1

1__k2

k1 + k2_______k1k2

k1k2______k1 + k2

1__k

1___ke1

1___ke2

(k1k2)(k3 + k4 + k5)______________________k1k2 + (k1 + k2)(k3 + k4+ k5)

k1

k2

k1 k2 k3

Figure 34 Parallel Connection of Springs

Figure 35 Series Connection of Springs

k1

k2

k3 k4 k5

Figure 36 Mixed Connection of Springs

T1-23

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

8.0 3-D OBJECT DRIVEN BY VIBRATORY FORCE AND TORQUES

Figure 37 shows an object with its C.G. at C, mounted on 4 flexible mounts and acted upon by a disturbing harmonicforce Fy in the y-direction (vertical) and/or by torques, Tx, Ty and Tz acting singly or in combination about the x, y and z axes,which are principal inertia axes passing through the C.G. (point C).

The four mounts are symmetrically disposed relative to the C.G., their location defined by distances bx, by and bz fromthe axes, as shown. The mass moments of inertia about the principal inertia axes are Ix, Iy and Iz, respectively. As a result ofthe external force and torques, the object motion is (a) a displacement of C.G., maximum values of which are denoted bytranslational motions of the C.G. (x, y, z) and (b) rotations of the object (from equilibrium) about the coordinate axes (θx, θy,θz). These displacements are generally small relative to the major dimensions of the object.

Let: M = mass of object (W/g where W is weight of the object, g = 386 in/sec2 = 9.8 m/sec2);ky = total vertical stiffness of the four supports in lb./in. or N/m; i.e., 4 times the stiffness of each support

if all four supports are identicalks = total horizontal or shear stiffness of the four supports; i.e., 4 times the horizontal stiffness of each

support, if all supports are identical and for each support kx = kz = ks, lb./in. or N/m;� = angular frequency of sinusoidally applied force and torques (rad/sec)

Damping is assumed to be negligible.

8.1 Displacement of the Object

Due to Fy only: y = (31)

Due to Tz only: x = (32)

θz = (33)

Cx

yFy

Tx Tz

bz

by

bx

θz

θx

ky/4 ky/4 ky/4 ky/4

Ty

C

(x, y, z)

y

z

C

z

x

θy

Fy________ky – M�2

Tzbyks_____________________________________IzM�4 – �2 (Izks + kybx2 M + ksby2 M) + kyksbx2

Tz(ks – M�2)_____________________________________IzM�4 – �2 (Izks + kybx2 M + ksby2 M) + kyksbx2

Figure 37 Solid Body on Vibration Isolators

T1-24

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

Due to Tx only: z = (34)

θx = (35)

Due to Ty only: θy = (36)

In these equations Fy, Tx, Ty and Tz represent peak values of the corresponding applied force or torques.

8.2 Undamped Natural Frequencies

Source Mode Equation

Fy Translation �1 = (37)along y-axis

Tz Rotation about �2 = A – A2 – (38)axes parallel toz-axis

�3 = A + A2 – (39)

where A = + (40)

Tx Rotation about �4 = B – B2 – (41)axes parallel tox-axis

�5 = B + B2 – (42)

where B = + (43)

Ty Rotation about �6 = (44)y-axis

8.3 Mount DeflectionsIf the object motions in all coordinates are as expressed in 8.1 (x, y, z, θx, θy, θz,) and if the coordinates of the mounting

point (vibration isolators) are (X, Y, Z) in the equilibrium position, then their deflections (ΔX, ΔY, ΔZ) from equilibrium due tothe applied force/torques are:

ΔX = x – θzY + θyZΔY = y – θxZ + θzX (45)ΔZ = z – θyX + θxY

provided the deflections are small relative to the object dimensions.However, if the effects of more than one disturbing force/torque are to be combined, the corresponding deflections of

each mount must be combined vectorially, not be added algebraically, as in Equation (45).

General Comments1. It is desirable to make sure that the disturbing forces and torques operate at frequencies sufficiently far removed

from the computed natural frequencies, so that resonance conditions are avoided.2. The compliance of the vibration mounts in compression and shear should be such that their combined compliance

yields natural frequencies which are sufficiently lower than the frequencies of the disturbing forces and torques (hopefully at least by a factor of 2.5).

Txbyks_____________________________________IxM�4 – �2 (Ixks + Mkybz2 + Mby2ks) + kyksbz2

Ty_________________ks (bx2 + bz2) – Iy�2

Tx(ks – M�2)_____________________________________IxM�4 – �2 (Ixks + Mkybz2 + Mby2ks) + kyksbz2

ky___M

kyksbx2______IzM

kyksbx2______IzM

ks___2M

kybx2 + ksby2__________2Iz

kyksbz2______IxM

kyksbz2______IxM

ks___2M

kybz2 + by2ks__________2Ix

ks(bx2 + bz2)__________Iy

T1-25

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

3. The displacements (max. deflections) of the mounts can be calculated from Equation (45) for any given singledisturbing force or torque. If several force/torques act simultaneously, vector addition of forces in different directionsis required, and Equation (45) cannot be used.

4. The case of a horizontal disturbing force has not been considered in this presentation.5. Other things being equal, the best arrangement for the mounts is to arrange them so that their resultant force

passes through the center of gravity of the equipment and that its line of action is a principal axis. If there is aresultant torque about the center of gravity, its direction should be about a principal axis through the center ofgravity. However, if this arrangement is impractical, it need not be adhered to.

9.0 COMPLEX DRIVING FORCES

When the disturbing forces are neither sinusoidal nor suddenly applied, the vibration analysis becomes more compli-cated. While it is more difficult to give general guidelines or methods of analysis, one can consider every force-time variationas composed of components of different frequencies, each being a multiple of the basic (usually driving) frequency. Math-ematically, this is known as expanding an arbitrary function into a Fourier series. Once these frequency components (har-monics) are determined, each one being sinusoidal at a different frequency, any component can be analyzed like a sinusoi-dal force. This can provide at least some understanding of the vibration phenomenon. Often the lowest-frequency (funda-mental) component predominates and is the most important component to analyze. It is possible, however, that the design ofthe vibration isolation system will appear unfeasible on the basis of an analysis of only the fundamental component, whereasthe exact analysis would show that a vibration isolation mounting can be useful; i.e., sometimes an analysis of componentsof several frequencies may be required [1]. This, however, may be quite difficult. In such cases, resolving an arbitrary force-time variation into several harmonics can provide some insight.

The following represents data in the Fourier series (decomposition into several harmonics) of some representative force-time variations in Figure 38, which are neither sinusoidal nor sudden. Each force is assumed to be a periodic function of thetime;

λ = τ/T, where τ is pulse width, T is the process period;� = fundamental frequency.

The Fourier expansions for these forcing functions are given in Table 2.

Figure 38 Typical Periodic Nonsinusoidal Vibratory Processes

τ

y

h2hSquare wave

ht

τ

2τ

τ

T

y

h2hSaw tooth

ht

y

2hRepeated step

t

T1-25

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

3. The displacements (max. deflections) of the mounts can be calculated from Equation (45) for any given singledisturbing force or torque. If several force/torques act simultaneously, vector addition of forces in different directionsis required, and Equation (45) cannot be used.

4. The case of a horizontal disturbing force has not been considered in this presentation.5. Other things being equal, the best arrangement for the mounts is to arrange them so that their resultant force

passes through the center of gravity of the equipment and that its line of action is a principal axis. If there is aresultant torque about the center of gravity, its direction should be about a principal axis through the center ofgravity. However, if this arrangement is impractical, it need not be adhered to.

9.0 COMPLEX DRIVING FORCES

When the disturbing forces are neither sinusoidal nor suddenly applied, the vibration analysis becomes more compli-cated. While it is more difficult to give general guidelines or methods of analysis, one can consider every force-time variationas composed of components of different frequencies, each being a multiple of the basic (usually driving) frequency. Math-ematically, this is known as expanding an arbitrary function into a Fourier series. Once these frequency components (har-monics) are determined, each one being sinusoidal at a different frequency, any component can be analyzed like a sinusoi-dal force. This can provide at least some understanding of the vibration phenomenon. Often the lowest-frequency (funda-mental) component predominates and is the most important component to analyze. It is possible, however, that the design ofthe vibration isolation system will appear unfeasible on the basis of an analysis of only the fundamental component, whereasthe exact analysis would show that a vibration isolation mounting can be useful; i.e., sometimes an analysis of componentsof several frequencies may be required [1]. This, however, may be quite difficult. In such cases, resolving an arbitrary force-time variation into several harmonics can provide some insight.

The following represents data in the Fourier series (decomposition into several harmonics) of some representative force-time variations in Figure 38, which are neither sinusoidal nor sudden. Each force is assumed to be a periodic function of thetime;

λ = τ/T, where τ is pulse width, T is the process period;� = fundamental frequency.

The Fourier expansions for these forcing functions are given in Table 2.

Figure 38 Typical Periodic Nonsinusoidal Vibratory Processes

τ

y

h2hSquare wave

ht

τ

2τ

τ

T

y

h2hSaw tooth

ht

y

2hRepeated step

t

T1-26

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

nTo illustrate this approach in a particular case, let's consider a connecting-rod motion of a slider-crank mechanism,Figure 39, as in internal-combustion engines. This motion can be shown to have the following Fourier expansion:

r = crank length, in.= connecting rod length, in.

θ = crank angle, rad or deg.x = piston placement (piston motion

in-line with crank pivot), in.� = crank speed, assumed constant,

rad/seca = piston acceleration, in/sec2

= A0 + cos θ + A2 cos 2θ – A4 cos 4θ + A6 cos 6θ ... (46)

– = cos θ + A2 cos 2θ – A4 cos 4θ + A6 cos 6θ ... (47)

where A2, A4, A6 are given as follows in Table 3 [4].

10.0 DESIGN PROBLEM EXAMPLES

The following are a number of problems intended to familiarize the reader with the basic applications of vibration isola-tors. More advanced techniques which would result in stiffer isolators while achieving adequate isolation can be found in [1].

NOTE: In the following problems, unless otherwise stated, it is assumed that the loads are evenly distributed among themounting points.

x__r

1__4

1__16

1__36

a___r�2

2___π 0 0 0

/r A2 A4 A6

0.34310.29180.25400.22500.2020

0.01010.00620.00410.00280.0021

0.00030.00010.0001

——

3.03.54.04.55.0

TABLE 2 FOURIER EXPANSIONS FOR VIBRATORY PROCESSES IN FIGURE 38 (angles in radians)

Frequency ofHarmonics

Square wave

Saw tooth

Repeated steps

Wave Shape Function Harmonic Amplitude as Fractions of 2h (� = fundamental frequency)

� 2� 3� 4� 5� 6�

2___3π

2___5π

1___π

1___3π

1___5π

1___2π

1___6π

2sin πλ______π

2sin 3πλ_______3π

2sin 2πλ_______2π

2sin 4πλ_______4π

2sin 5πλ_______5π

2sin 6πλ_______6π

x

r

Crank

Connecting rod

Piston or slider

θ

Figure 39 Schematic of a Slider-Crank Mechanism

TABLE 3 COEFFICIENTS FOR FOURIER EXPANSION OF CONNECTING ROD MOTION

1___4π

T1-27

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

Problem No. 1A metal tumbling unit weighing 200 lbs and driven by a 950 rpm motor is to be mounted for at least 81% vibration

isolation effieciency from the tumbling drum and motor unbalance (one cycle per revolution, or 950 cpm) using 4 cylindricalmounts in shear. Select the isolators.

The weight load per mounting is (1/4) x 200 lbs = 50 lbs. From the basic vibration chart, Figure 12, a forcing frequency of950 cpm (~ 16Hz) and 81% isolation lead to a point of intersection corresponding to a static deflection of 0.25 in.

Cylindrical mount Part Number V10Z 2-311C, loaded in shear, has a deflection 0.32 in. at 50 lbs. Since this deflection isin excess of 0.25 in., the isolation will be greater than the design minimum. From the basic chart in Figure 12, it is seen to bebetween 85-90%.

Problem No. 2Consider the tumbling unit of Problem No. 1 and suppose the motor speed were increased to 2500 rpm. What isolators

could be used, allowing loading both in shear and in compression?From the basic vibration chart, Figure 12, for a forcing frequency of 2500 cpm and 81% isolation, we find a static

deflection of about 0.037 in. Hence we must look for isolators with a load rating not less than 50 lbs and with a correspondingdeflection of not less than 0.037 in. The following mounts can be considered:

Load in Compression Load in ShearV10Z 2-300C (0.078 in. deflection) V10Z 2-330B (0.14 in. deflection)V10Z 2-317C (0.078 in.) V10Z 2-311C (0.31 in.)V10Z 2-310B (0.138 in.)V10Z 2-314C (0.042 in.)

Amongst these, the highest percentage of isolation is afforded by the mount with the largest deflection (V10Z 2-311C),provided that such a deflection is permissible.

Problem No. 3A small business machine is to be mounted for 81% vibration isolation effieciency. The weight is 25 lbs and there are 4

mounting points. What additional information is required for the selection of the vibration isolation system?Information which is needed is as follows: allowable vibration amplitudes of the machine, as a function of frequency;

frequency of disturbing force; direction and point of application of disturbing force; space limitations, if any; ambient condi-tions, if unusual; mass and compliance distribution of machine – if not uniform.

Problem No. 4A device contains 4 symmetrically located special-configuration isolators (Finger-Flex), Part Number V10R 4-1502D,

each isolator deflecting just over 0.07 in. at 20 lb load. In order to obtain satisfactory vibration isolation, it is desired toincrease the deflection from 0.07 in. to 0.14 in., the load remaining the same. How can this be done?

One way is to stack two (identical) mounts in series, see section 7.2, each of the four isolators being replaced by such aset.

Problem No. 5A unit which is to be mounted for 81% vibration isolation efficiency has a forcing frequency of 1500 cpm (25 Hz), weighs

1080 lbs and is to use 6 vibration isolators in shear. Isolators with a female tap are required. Select an isolator model.The load per isolator is 1080/6 = 180 lbs. At 1500 cpm and 81% isolation effieciency, the basic vibration chart, Figure 12,

gives a static deflection of 0.10 in.Isolator V10Z 2-308C loaded in shear has a deflection of about 0.13 in. at 180 lbs. This being in excess of 0.10 in., the

degree of isolation is certainly satisfactory. This model has a female tap.

Problem No. 6A 275 lb motor is mounted with cylindrical isolators V10Z 2-311C loaded in shear at six points, the forcing frequency

being 1100 cpm (~ 18 Hz). What is the percentage of vibration isolation attained?The load per isolator = 275/6 = 45.8 lbs, assuming mounts to be symmetrically located, so that load is evenly distributed.

From the design information furnished in the catalog, the shear deflection of the isolator at this load is ~ 0.28 in.From Figure 12, the point of intersection of 0.28 in. static deflection and forcing frequency of 1100 cpm gives an isolation

efficiency of about 87%.

Problem No. 7An air conditioner weighs 250 lbs and is driven by a motor at 1700 rpm. The unit is mounted in shear on four V10Z 2-

317B cylindrical isolators. Is this design satisfactory?

T1-28

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

The isolated unit is not properly installed because the maximum load rating for this isolator, as indicated in the catalog,is 21 lbs in shear and 40 lbs in compression. The load per mount is 250/4 = 62.5 lbs. Even if the isolator is installed so thatit is loaded in compression, it would not be satisfactory, since the load (62.5 lbs) is significantly in excess of the 40 lbsrecommended limit.

Mounts, which have sufficient load capacity, are as follows (with static deflection indicated):

Part Number Static DeflectionV10Z 2-310B (Compression) (0.175 in.)V10Z 2-311C (Shear – marginal) (0.38 in.)V10Z 2-330B (Shear) (0.175 in.)

The choice of isolators depends (amongst other matters) on the degree of isolation desired. With any of the aboveisolators, this will be in excess of 81% for the forcing frequency equal to motor rpm.

Problem No. 8If, in the preceding problem, the air conditioner weighs 350 lbs, what is the choice of mounts?The load/mount is 350/4 = 87.5 lbs. The following mounts can be considered (with static deflection indicated):

Part Number Static DeflectionV10Z 2-314C (Compression) (0.075 in.)V10Z 2-311D (Compression) (0.094 in.)V10Z 2-330B (Shear) (0.26 in.)

At 1750 cpm, 81% vibration isolation corresponds to a static deflection of 0.074 in.

Problem No. 9A computer weighs 200 lbs. It is to be vibration isolated with 4 mounts. The forcing frequency is 1750 cpm (~ 29 Hz). If

the isolators are to be loaded in compression, what models are available and what is the percentage of vibration isolationattained in each case?

The load per mount is 200/4 = 50 lbs. Hence, isolators with a load capacity of at least 50 lbs in compression are needed.For each isolator, the catalog contains data (table or plots) from which static deflection under a 50 lb load can be found. Fromthe basic vibration chart, Figure 12, with this value of static deflection and a forcing frequency of 1750 cpm, the point ofintersection defines the attained vibration isolation efficiency. Thus, the following isolators can be selected:

Static deflection, in., IsolationType of Mount Part Number at 50 lb compression Efficiency, %Cylindrical V10Z 2-317C 0.078 in. 82%Cylindrical V10Z 2-300C 0.078 in. 82%Cylindrical V10Z 2-310B 0.138 in. 91%Special (Finger-Flex) V10R 4-1506B 0.14 in. ~ 91%Special (Finger-Flex) V10R 4-1506C 0.09 in. ~ 85%

Problem No. 10A 4-cylinder engine weighing 370 lbs and operating at 2800 rpm is to be isolated for 81% vibration isolation for one-per-

revolution excitation frequency. Discuss the possible selection of isolators.The lowest frequency to be isolated is 2800 cpm (~ 46.5 Hz). In general, it is desirable to arrange the mounts so that the

resultant of the loads, supported by the mounts, passes through the C.G. This is the same condition (but stated differently) asthe one described in Section 5.0 above. If the isolators are symmetrically arranged, and each isolator carries the same load,this usually means that the symmetry axis of the isolators passes through the C.G. In this case, we are concerned not onlywith the translational displacement of the engine as a whole, but also with engine rotation. In addition, flexible gas lines andthe throttle linkage can vibrate and their vibration isolation may pose an additional problem.

At 2800 cpm and 81% isolation efficiency, the basic vibration chart, Figure 12, gives a static deflection of about 0.03 in.The load is 370/4 = 92.5 lbs per mount.

Consider rectangular mount V10Z 6-500B loaded in shear. This has a deflection of about 0.12 in. in shear, which canaccommodate the rotation of the engine about the torque-roll axis. The mount deflection in compression would serve toaccommodate the shock load in translation.

T1-29

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

Problem No. 11An 80 lb fan is to be vibration isolated in shear at four points with at least 93% vibration isolation efficiency when the fan

is turning at 2000 rpm. Specify the mounts.The main source of vibration is rotor unbalance, and the transmission to ground of the vertical component of this force,

(which is sinusoidal) is undesirable (see [1] for isolation of other vibration components). Hence, consider Section 3.1, Equa-tion (8), with negligible damping.

Solution #1:From the basic vibration chart, Figure 12, 93% isolation at a forced frequency of 2000 cycles/minute (~ 33.3 Hz) corre-

sponds to a static deflection of about 0.14 in. and to a natural frequency of about 500 cpm (~ 8.5 Hz).Consider cylindrical vibration isolators, Part Number V10Z 2-300C loaded in shear, which deflects about 0.17 in. at 20

lbs and appears to be suitable for this application.

Solution #2: (Analytical)When the isolation efficiency is 93%, the force transmissibility, �F is 1 – 0.93 = 0.07 or 7%. With zero damping (δ = 0),Equation (8) gives for δ = 0:

�F = (48)

where �F = 0.07;"+" is to be used when f < fn, and"–" is to be used when f > fn.

Since for good isolation, f > fn, "–" sign will be used.

Solving for f/fn from Equation (48), we obtain f/fn = 3.91.Since f = 33.3 Hz, fn = 8.52 Hz.From Equation (4), solving for xst = 0.344 cm = 0.136 in.

These calculations agree adequately with the values found from the chart in Figure 12.

Problem No. 12Data as in problem 11, but damping is estimated at c/ccr = 0.1, see Section 2.4 above. How would it change the specifi-

cations?The force transmissibility, �F, corresponding to 93% vibration isolation efficiency, is 0.07 and the forcing frequency is

2000 cpm (33.3 Hz). From Figure 10, for damping ratio c/ccr = 0.1 at � = 0.07, the frequency f/fn = ~ 5.Hence, fn = 2000/5 = 400 cpm (~ 6.7 Hz).From the basic chart, Figure 12, this natural frequency corresponds to a static deflection of ~ 0.21 in. Since the load

remains at 20 lbs per mount, the isolators specified for Problem 11 are too stiff. Isolator V10Z 2-310B loaded in shearappears to be satisfactory (deflection ~ 0.33 in. at 20 lbs).

This problem could also have been solved by a computer program, or analytically. In the latter case, Equation (8) can besolved for fn at the value c/ccr = 0.1, f = 33.3 Hz.

Comparison of Problems 11 and 12 shows that viscous damping in isolators results in increasing transmissibility at theisolation frequency range (which starts from f/fn = 2 = 1.41); i.e., reducing effectiveness of isolation and requiring softerisolators to get the desired efficiency. This is the price to pay for very desirable reduction of resonance amplitudes. When thedamping is not viscous but material damping, such as in isolators with rubber flexible elements, the deterioration of the highfrequency isolation is minimal.

Problem No. 13 A Vibroactive Object (Machine)A small machine tool weighs between 3.5 lbs and 5 lbs depending on the weight of the work piece. When the forcing

frequency, which is generated by the vibration source inside the machine, is between 60-90 Hz. and again when it is within200-400 Hz range, the vibration is objectionable. Design a vibration mount for a 3-point support with vibration isolationefficiency of not less than 81%.

( )1__________

f2___fn2

± 1 –

T1-30

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

In the absence of more information, we may assume that isolators have zero damping. If we isolate for the lowestobjectionable forced frequency (60 Hz), that would take care of all the troublesome regions.

From the basic vibration chart, Figure 12, an 81% isolation ratio at a forced frequency of 60 Hz corresponds to a staticdeflection of about 0.019 in. The weight supported by each mounting ranges from 3.5/3 lbs to 5/3 lbs, or from 1.17 to 1.67 lbs.The natural frequency is read off from the chart at about 23 Hz. Hence, the vibration mount specification is:

0.019 in. deflection1.17 lbs to 1.67 lbs supported weight.

Square mount V10Z 1-321B loaded in compression is a possibility. Considering the special configuration (Finger-Flex)mounts, Part Number V10R 4-1500A can be selected. Its deflection at 1.17 lbs is only about 0.03 in. In view of its construc-tion, the spring rate of this mount increases rapidly with deflection and the special configuration unit would be both moreeconomical in the use of space and more effective in taking care of overloads, if this should arise.

Problem No. 14 A Vibration/Shock Sensitive ObjectSensitive radio equipment is to be mounted with a 3-point suspension on a boat. Protection from engine disturbance is

required, as well as from impacts of waves and from bumping against pier. The equipment weighs 54 lbs and the engine runsat 2000 rpm.

Here we have both steady vibrations at 2000 cycles/min as well as shock loads, caused by wave pounding and bybumping against the dock. We have no precise information on the latter and need to do the best we can.

For the steady vibration, consider Equation (8) with zero damping which becomes Equation (48). At 81% efficiency andforcing frequency of 2000 cycles/min, the basic vibration chart, Figure 12, gives a static deflection of about 0.058 in. The loadper mount is 54/3 = 18 lbs. The natural frequency obtained from the chart is about 760 cycles/min = 12.7 Hz.

V10R 4-1504B ring-style special-configuration (Finger-Flex) mount approximately fulfills this condition.In order to limit the effect of shock loads, conical bumpers may be added to limit the horizontal shock load, possibly with

the V10Z 7-1020C type.It can, however, also be made an arbitrary guess and assumption that the pier and waves effects are equivalent approxi-

mately to a 0.5 mph sudden change of horizontal velocity of the boat and try to design the vibration mount for this condition.This will provide some insight into how much of a sudden velocity can be expected to be cushioned by vibration mounting.This corresponds to Section 3.3.1 of horizontal motion and negligible damping (c/ccr = 0).

It is also important to know how much force the sensitive radio equipment can take without damage. Often such a forceis expressed as a g-load; i.e., how many times its own weight the equipment can survive. For example, a 1/2 g-load meansthat the object can withstand a maximum force of (1/2) (54) = 27 lbs without damage. Usually, the allowable shock loads aredetermined by testing. Let's assume that the maximum safe load on the radio equipment is 1g or 54 lbs.

From Equation (15), Section 3.3.1, we have

= = 1,

where V = 0.5 mph = 8.8 in/sec = 0.22 m/sec. Hence, f = 7 Hz.This frequency is quite low, and associated with undesirably large deflections of vibration isolators. This suggests using

a cylindrical mount loaded in compression for the vertical (engine) vibrations and having reasonably large compliance in thehorizontal (shear) mode to take care of some of the shock, with a conical bumper to limit excessive horizontal deflections.

For example, cylindrical mount V10Z 2-300A has 0.075 in. deflection at 20 lbs compressive load, while in shear, thedeflection at 16 lbs is about 0.32 in., or six times as much. This is an overload, but might still be considered due to theinfrequent occurences of the shock load.

The natural frequency in the shear mode based on the 16 lb load is about 5.7 Hz, which is 20% lower than the 7 Hzspecified above.

From Equation (18), = = 1, thus dmax = 0.32 in. Note that dmax is computed as if the weight were supportedin shear.

This is too large a maximum deflection. A conical bumper should be used to limit the deflection by 0.20 in., say. Alterna-tively, a stronger and stiffer mount should be considered, for example, V10Z 2-300B, which deflects 0.26 in. at 18 lbs inshear. The isolation effectiveness in compression is reduced to about 65%; and while the isolation ratio in shear is alsoreduced, so is the corresponding maximum deflection. In addition, the conical bumpers should be added. The final choice ofmounts is a matter of judgment.

Problem No. 15A single-cylinder gasoline engine drives a one-cylinder air compressor with belt. Both units are bolted to a light-gage

metal pan, which is welded to the top of an air-receiver tank, which is in turn mounted to a four-wheel steel-tired dolly. Thewhole unit vibrates and walks all over the floor. The engine weighs 100 lbs and turns at 3000 rpm. The compressor weighs120 lbs and turns at 1200 rpm. The tank weighs 25 lbs and the dolly weighs 50 lbs. What can be done?

amax____g

2�fV_____g

dmax____dst

amax____g

T1-31

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

Possibly good rubber tires on the dolly and/or wheel suspension would help. If the tank is mounted to the dolly, totalweight is:

W = 100 + 120 + 75 = 295 lbs.

The lowest-frequency disturbing force is that due to the air compressor; i.e., 1200 cycles/min = 20 Hz. At 81% vibrationisolation efficiency, Figure 12 gives a static deflection of the isolator of about 0.15 in. Considering a 4-mount suspension, theload per mount is 74 lbs.

Cylindrical mount V10Z 2-310B would be a possibility, loaded in compression. If the dolly continues to move, since itweighs only 50 lbs, it might require a little softer material than the 40-durometer rubber, in order to effect more isolation.

Next, consider mounting on isolators the pan that holds the engine and air-compressor unit. The total weight here is 100+ 220 lbs and with the same static deflection of 0.15 in., a V10Z 2-310A mount would suffice in compression, considering thefact that the chart shows the V10Z 2-310B mounts to deflect 0.12 in. at 55 lbs. The lower-durometer mount (Type A, at 30-durometer) should, therefore, approximate the 0.15 in. required deflection. Note that the last letter in the mount identificationspecifies the approximate durometer hardness of the rubber (A = 30, B = 40, C = 50).

Problem No. 16 Isolation of a Punch Press (also see [1]).This is one of the most difficult applications for isolation. Shock absorption is all that can be expected. Unit weighs 1500

lbs, sits on four feet, operates at 50-100 rpm, and is driven by a 5 H.P., 1750 rpm electric motor, the flywheel turning at 250rpm.

While many vibration problems deal with sinusoidal or nearly sinusoidal forces and some (such as in package cushion-ing) deal with essentially sudden velocity changes, here we have a suddenly applied force, which is periodic, but not har-monic. The force-time variation is essentially that of the "Repeated Step" in Section 9.0.

If we assume that the punching operation of the press occurs, say, during 30° of crank rotation, then the λ in this case(Repeated Step, Section 9.0) is 30/360 = 1/12 = 0.08333. From Section 9.0, we find that the amplitude of the fundamentalharmonic is (2/π) sin πλ or 0.164. This is only about 16% of the amplitude of the force pulse, and its frequency is operatingfrequency (50-100 rpm or 0.85 - 1.7 Hz).

Consider, however, the 4th harmonic (200-400 cycles/min). Its amplitude is (2 sin 4πλ)/4π = .1376 or 13.8%. This is notmuch less than the amplitude of the basic (fundamental) frequency. This shows that in the punch-press type of disturbingforce, the higher harmonics cannot be neglected.

The fundamental frequency (50-100 cycles/min) is so low that isolation with vibration isolation mounts would lead to theirexcessive static deflections. However, it is conceivable that a practical vibration isolator would be successful in isolatingsome of the significant higher harmonics. For vibration isolation of punch presses, the following few rules might be useful(also see [1]).

1. Slow-speed presses should be mounted with mounts of greater deflection than high-speed presses.2. Mount deflections used for presses by direct installation of vibration isolation mounts under their feet may vary

from 1/32 in. to 3/4 in. depending largely on operating speed and stroke length, with the smaller deflection beingthe more common.

3. There may be several static deflections that will work, while other static deflections interspaced in between themwill not work; i.e., 1/16 in. and 3/16 in. may work, while 1/8 in. may not work. This can be caused, at least in part,by the fact that a significant set of higher harmonics may be isolated at one deflection, but not at another.

4. Even the best mounting system will still transmit a significant amount of vibration and shock.5. If the ultimate in isolation is required, the punch press must be attached solidly to an inertia block of large mass

and the entire press and the block mounted on vibration isolators.

Problem No. 17A relatively high-precision experiment is to be conducted in the laboratory of a textile plant. The laboratory floor vibrates

at an amplitude of 0.0005 in. due to the operation of industrial sewing machines and other textile machinery. The basic floor-vibration frequencies are that excited by the industrial sewing machines, which operate in the 1500-5000 rpm range. It isdesired to vibration isolate the test unit, which weighs 25 lbs, with a four-point mounting at not less than 81% isolation ofdisplacement.

At 81% displacement isolation, the displacement transmissibility, �x is 0.19. It is calculated using the same equations (8)and (48) as for �F.

For zero damping, Equation (48) gives:

�F =f2___f2n

± 1 –( )1________

T1-32

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

5____386

Ig___W

(2.5) (386)_______100

2�fV_____g

Taking f as the lowest sewing-machine speed (1500 cycles/min or 25 Hz) and �F = 0.19, we find fn = 600 cycles/min = 10 Hz.The static deflection of the vibration isolators is determined from Equation (4), as xst = 0.25 cm = 0.1 in. The same result canbe obtained from Figure 12. The isolation specification, therefore, is 0.10 in. static deflection at a load of 25/4 = 6.25 lbs.

Considering cylindrical vibration isolators, mount V10Z 2-316B loaded in shear, has a 0.10 in. deflection at about 6.25lbs. Soft mounts, such as this one, are often using shear deformation of the flexible elements.

Problem No. 18Data as in Problem 17, except that system damping is estimated at 10% of critical (� = ~ 0.63). Reevaluate the specifi-

cation of the isolators.In Problem 17, we found that the displacement transmissibility corresponding to 81% isolation is �x = 0.19; and that the

lowest forcing frequency, f = 1500 cycles/min. = 10 Hz. From Figure 10, p.T1-11, which applies to �x as well as to �F, we findthat the given value of the transmissibility at � = ~ 0.63 yields a frequency ratio f/fn = ~ 2.7. Hence, fn = 1500/2.7 = ~ 9 Hz.

At this natural frequency, the basic vibration chart (Figure 12) gives a static deflection of about 0.117 in. The load permount, as in Problem 17, is 6.25 lbs.

The isolator specification V10Z 2-316B of Problem 17 remains satisfactory.

Problem No. 19An impact testing machine consists of a simple pendulum of length 4 feet and weight 5 lbs, which is initially horizontal. It

is released and at the bottom of its swing impacts the test object. In this test, it comes to rest essentially instantaneously(inelastic impact). The object (equipment to be tested) weighs 100 lbs and is capable of withstanding accelerations up to 2g.Design a vibration isolation/mounting system so that the equipment will survive the impact test.

The velocity aquired by the pendulum in the 4 foot drop is

Vo = 2gh, = 193 in/sec (striking velocity), where g = 386 in/sec2; h = 4 ft. x 12 = 48 in.

The momentum of the pendulum just prior to impact is equal to the impulse "I" applied to the object. It is equal to the mass ofthe pendulum times its velocity,

I = x 193, or 2.5 lb-sec.

If the pendulum retains a residual velocity Vp' just after striking the test object, "I" would be computed from

I = (Vp – Vp') x (mass of pendulum).

The impact result is an essentially sudden velocity change by V1, of the equipment, which, can be calculated from Equation(20) as:

V = in/sec.

= in./sec. = 9.65 in./sec.

This value of V can be used in Equation (15), or

= =

with amax = 2g and V = 9.65 in./sec. Then fn = g/�V = 1.35 Hz.

Realization of such low natural frequency (albeit, in a horizontal direction; less destabalizing than in the vertical direction)is a very special problem. It can be addressed by utilizing information in [1].

Problem No. 20 Vibration Isolation of High Precision ObjectFormulate requirements for vibration isolation system (fn and �) for a projection aligner for semiconductor manufacturing

for two conditions:

dmax____dst

amax____g

T1-33

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

100.1

1

10

30

100

200

30 50 100 200 300Frequency (Hz)

Figure 40 Vibration Sensitivity for Projection Aligner

Perkin-Elmer Microlign Mod. 341 for 0.1 �m Image Motion (Solid Line - Limit of Vertical Floor Vibration Amplitude, Broken Line - Limit of Horizontal Floor Vibration Amplitude).

v = 125 microns/sec 5000 micro-inch/sec

Base

Dis

plac

emen

t in

Mic

ron

(rms)

A - the apparatus is installed on the floor of a regular manu-facturing plant so that for vertical direction Xf(f) = const = 3.0 �m

for frequencies 3 ~ 30 Hz and Xf(f) = 3.0 �m for frequencies

f > 30 Hz; for the horizontal direction Xf(f) = const = 2.5 �m for

frequencies 2 ~ 20 Hz, and Xf(f) = 2.5 �m for frequenciesf > 20 Hz.

B - floor vibration levels corresponding to line VC-B in Figure15 (both for vertical and horizontal directions).

Vibration sensitivity of this apparatus to vertical and horizon-tal vibration of its frame (base) was experimentally determinedand shown in Figure 40. These plots show what amplitude ofvibration Xb at the given frequency results in a relative vibrationamplitude in the working zone (image motion) not exceeding thetolerated amplitude Δo = 0.1 �m. The minima on these plots rep-resent structural natural frequencies of the devices. At each fre-quency f, transmissibility from the base to the work zone is �f =Δo/Xb.

Since the vibration sensitivity �f of this precision object isknown (can be easily calculated from the experimentally obtainedplots in Figure 40) then Expression (12b) can be used for speci-fying vibration isolation parameters.

Table 4 gives the values of �f (Δo divided by the ordinate ofthe plot in Figure 40 for a given frequency) calculated for criticalpoints from the plots in Figure 40 for vertical and horizontal di-rections, respectively.

Table 4 also contains values of ΦAv and ΦAh calculated forthese points using Equation (12b) and vertical and horizontalfloor vibration amplitudes specified in A.

30___f

20___f

A. Vertical Direction (Y-axis)

1112202530324170

TABLE 4 VIBRATION ISOLATION SYNTHESIS FOR FIGURE 40

f Hz � (f) ΦΦΦΦΦ Av Hz ΦΦΦΦΦ Bv Hz 0.0083

0.010 0.087

0.0091 0.056 0.303

0.05 0.0077

4.51 12.3 7.0 26.9 13.0 6.3 22.5

128

12.9 36.6 26.9

116 61

29.7106601

B. Horizontal Direction (X-axis)

7 12 22 65 70100

f Hz � (f) ΦΦΦΦΦ Ah Hz ΦΦΦΦΦ Bh Hz 0.0033

0.05 0.125 0.071 0.090 0.090

13.7 6.05 22.3 49.6 49.2

84

23.1 37.5

78174172294

T1-34

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

The values of ΦBv and ΦBh were calculated using floor vibration levels corresponding to line VC-B in Figure 15 (both forvertical and horizontal directions). Since plots in Figure 15 are given for vibratory velocity Vf, vibration displacement ampli-tudes Xf were calculated for each frequency of interest as Xf = Vf/2�f.

Values of ΦA calculated per Specification A are interesting only for comparison, since high precision microelectronicproduction equipment is never used in conventional plant facilities, only in specially designed buildings complying with someof VC criteria.

It can be seen from Table 4A that the lowest value of ΦAv (case A) for vertical direction is 4.51 Hz. If vibration isolatorswith medium damping �ν = 0.6 are used, then from Equation (12a) the required vertical natural frequency fv = 4.51 0.6 =3.04 Hz. However, if isolators made of rubber with high damping �ν = 1.2 are used, then fv = 4.51 1.2 = 5.0 Hz, which canbe realized by passive isolators with soft rubber flexible elements.

Much stiffer isolators (fvz > 14 Hz) can be used to comply with values of ΦBv, per Specification B, which represent(according to not very stringent requirement VC-B) floor conditions at the microelectronics industry installations.

A similar situation is seen in Table 4B; however, realization of natural frequencies corresponding to ΦBh (4.7 Hz for �ν =0.6, 6.63 Hz for �ν = 1.2) in horizontal directions with elastomeric isolators does not present any difficulty; even much lowervalues can be easily realized.

References[1] Rivin, E.I., Passive Vibration Isolation, ASME Press, N.Y., 2003

[2] Crede Ch. E., Vibration And Shock Isolation, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, Chapter Three, 1951

[3] Mindlin, R.D., "Dynamics of Package Cushioning", Bell System Technical Journal, Vol. XXIV,Nos. 3-4, July-October, 1945

[4] Hirschhorn, J., Kinematics and Dynamics of Plane Mechanisms, McGraw-Hill, 1962

[5] C.M.T. Wells Kelo Ltd., A Commercial Guide to Shock And Vibration Isolation, Sept 1982,First Amendment, May 1983.

T1-35

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

Natural Frequency

fn = = =

where fn = natural frequency in cycles-per-second (Hz)

k = spring constant (lbs/in, N/m)

m = mass of load (lb mass, kg mass)

g = gravitational constant, 386 in/sec2 or 9.8 m/sec2

W = weight of load, m•g (lb or N)

xst = static deflectionof the spring (in or m)

fn ≈ cycles/sec = cycles/min if xst is in inch

≈ cycles/sec = cycles/min if xst is in cm

Damped Natural Frequency

fdn = fn 1 – = fn

where � = 2� (c/ccr) = log (An/An-1) logarithmic decrement

c = damping constant (lb-sec/in or N-sec/m)

ccr = critical damping constant = 2 km

An = nth amplitude of vibration

Natural Frequency of Torsional Vibrations

ft =

where kt = torsional stiffness (lb-in/rad or N-m/rad)

I = polar mass moment of inertia (lb-in-sec2 or kg-m2) (continued)

Appendix 1 – Useful Formulas in Vibration Analysis

1____2�

k____m

1____2�

kg____W

1____2�

g____xst

1___2�

kt___I

( )2c___ccr

1 – �2______4�2

3.13____xst

188____xst

5____xst

300____xst


T1-36

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

Transmissibility

�F = �x =

�F = force transmissibility

�x = motion transmissibility

m = mass of load

mf = mass of base (foundation)

For mf = ∞:

�F < 1 for f � 1.41 fn

For mf = ∞ and � ≈ o (negligible damping):

�F =

At resonance (f/fn = 1), with some damping:

(�F)max = (�x)max ≈

Appendix 1 (continued)

( )1__________

f2___fn2± 1 –

mf______m + mf

�__�

f__fn( )2

1 +

f__fn

�__�

f2___fn2 ( )( )2

1 – +2

____________________

mf______m + mf

�___�


T1-37

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

The logarithmic decrement given here represents the negative of the power to which 10 must be raised in order to obtainthe ratio of any two consecutive amplitudes (on the same side of zero deflection) as unexcited vibration dies out. Forinstance, if the logarithmic decrement is 0.2, the ratio of one amplitude to the preceding one is

10-0.2 = = = 0.631 = successive amplitude ratio.

(Ordinarily, logarithmic decrement is referred to natural logarithm base e, and if such values are required, they would be2.30 times the values given here.)

Table from U.S. Rubber Engineering Guide #850 p. 25

Appendix 2 – Properties of Rubber and Plastic Materials

*

1_____100.2

1_____1.585

**

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF FIVE STANDARD STRUCTURAL RUBBER COMPOUNDS

Compound Numbers** R-325-BFK

50 .041 .91 17 .47

.97

115

R-430-BFK

70 .055 .88 22 .43

1.04

165

R-530-BFK

95 .14 .72

47 .40

1.08

210

R-630-BFK

140 .23 .59 65 .38

1.15

345

R-725-BFK

195 .35 .45 80 .35

1.26

750

Shear modules, lb per sq in.Logarithmic decrement of amplitude(referred to base 10)Successive amplitude ratioPercent energy loss due to hysteresis,per cycle of vibrationSpecific heatThermal conductivity in B.T.U., per sq ftper hr for a temp gradient of 1°F per in.thicknessVelocity of sound in rubber rods, ft per sec

*

*

COMPARATIVE PROPERTIES OF RUBBER AND RELATED MATERIALS

SAE Abbreviation

Cost Relative to Natural RubberTensile of Compounded StocksDurometerElongationAgingHeat AgingSunlight AgingLubricating Oil ResistanceAromatic Oil ResistanceAnimal-Vegetable Oils ResistanceFlame ResistanceTear ResistanceAbrasion ResistanceCompression Set ResistancePermeability to GasesDielectric StrengthFreedom from OdorMaximum Temperature (°F)Minimum Temperature (°F)

ButylHR

110%2000 psi40-75fairexcellentexcellentgoodpoorpoorexcellentpoorgoodgoodfairvery lowgoodgood250-50

EthylenePropylene

EPT

110%3000 psi30-100goodexcellentexcellentexcellentpoorpoorpoorpoorgoodgoodfairgoodgoodfair300-50

HypalonCSM

150%3000 psi55-95fairexcellentgoodexcellentgoodpoorgoodexcellentexcellentexcellentgoodgoodgoodexcellent250-50

NaturalRubber

NR

100%3500 psi30-90excellentgoodgoodpoorpoorpoorfairpoorgoodexcellentgoodfairexcellentexcellent210-65

Neoprene(Chloro-prene)

CR110%3000 psi30-90excellentexcellentvery goodgoodgoodfairexcellentgoodgoodexcellentfairlowfairgood260-50

Nitrol(GR-A)NBR

125%2500 psi40-95goodexcellentexcellentpoorexcellentgoodgoodpoorfairgoodgoodfairpoorfair260-60

SiliconeSI

850%800 psi45-85fairexcellentexcellentgoodfairpoorgoodfairpoorpoorfairfairgoodfair600-150

StyreneButadiene

(GR-S)SBR

85%2500 psi40-90goodgoodgoodpoorpoorpoorfairpoorfairgoodfairfairexcellentfair215-60

UrethanePU

450%8000 psi65-95goodexcellentexcellentexcellentgoodgoodfairpoorexcellentexcellentexcellentgoodfairgood250-60

Flouro-Elastomer

(Viton)HK

2000%2000 psi50-90goodexcellentexcellentexcellentgoodgoodgoodgoodfairfairgoodexcellentgoodfair500-40


T1-38

T1

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

TYPES

B DURO.

A DURO.

FOR RUBBER AND PLASTICSDUROMETER — PLASTOMETER CONVERSION CHART*

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

020 40 60 80 100

Plastometer Scale120 140 160 180 200

Dur

omet

er S

cale

DurometerConversions

A100 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5

85817671666256514742373227221712 6

7770595247423732282420171412 9

554639332925221916141210 8 7 8

847975726965615753484235282114 8

98979594939190888683807670625545

B C D O OO


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

Appendix 3 – Hardness Conversion Charts

Durometer Hardness of Some Rubber Compounds

3040506070

Hardness (Shore A)R-325-BFKR-430-BFKR-530-BFKR-630-BFKR-725-BFK

ASTM DesignationABCD

Load Rating

Conversions Are Approximate Values Dependent on Grades and Conditions of Materials Involved*Courtesy of Shore Mfg. Co., New York


T2-1

T2

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

Technical Section: Shaft Couplings

Table of Contents

1.0 INTRODUCTION

2.0 APPLICATION CONSIDERATIONS2.1 Torque and Horsepower ..............................................................................................................................T2-22.2 Shaft Misalignment ......................................................................................................................................T2-22.3 Lateral and Axial Flexibility of Couplings .....................................................................................................T2-32.4 Torsional Flexibility .......................................................................................................................................T2-32.5 Backlash .....................................................................................................................................................T2-32.6 Rotational Velocity Error ..............................................................................................................................T2-32.7 Service Conditions .......................................................................................................................................T2-3

3.0 GENERAL CLASSIFICATION OF COUPLINGS AND THEIR PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS3.1 Rigid Couplings ...........................................................................................................................................T2-43.2 Misalignment-Compensating Couplings ......................................................................................................T2-5

3.2.1 Selection Criterion for Frictional Misalignment-Compensating Couplings ...................................T2-53.2.1a Oldham Couplings ............................................................................................................T2-53.2.1b Universal or U-joints .........................................................................................................T2-6

3.2.1b.1 General ............................................................................................................T2-63.2.1b.2 Kinematics .......................................................................................................T2-7

Example 1: Determining the Maximum Inertia Torque ................................................................T2-73.2.1b.3 Joint Selection (Torque Rating) ........................................................................T2-9

Example 2: Universal Joint Selection for Continuous Operation ................................................T2-9Example 3: Universal Joint Selection for Intermittent Operation with Shock Loading ................T2-9Example 4: Determining the Maximum Speed of an Input Shaft ................................................T2-9

3.2.1b.4 Secondary Couples ........................................................................................T2-103.2.1b.5 Joints in Series ...............................................................................................T2-10

Example 5: Determining the Maximum Speed of an Input Shaft in a Series ..............................T2-10Example 6 .......................................................................................................................................T2-11

3.2.2 Selection Criterion for Misalignment-Compensating Couplings withElastic Connectors.......................................................................................................................T2-11

3.2.2.1 Designs of Elastic Misalignment-Compensating Couplings .............................................T2-113.3 Torsionally Flexible Couplings and Combination Purpose Couplings ..........................................................T2-12

3.3.1 Torsionally Flexible Couplings .....................................................................................................T2-123.3.2 Combination Purpose Couplings .................................................................................................T2-13

3.3.2.1 Miscellaneous Combination Purpose Couplings ..............................................................T2-153.3.2.1a Flexible Shafts .................................................................................................T2-153.3.2.1b Uniflex Couplings .............................................................................................T2-153.3.2.1c Jaw and Spider Couplings ...............................................................................T2-163.3.2.1d Sleeve Type Couplings (Geargrip) ...................................................................T2-17

4.0 REFERENCES .......................................................................................................................................................T2-17


T2-2

T2

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

NT63,000

3

2

1

1/21/31/4

0 4 12 25 28 40 50

TORQUE lb. in.

HO

RSE

POW

ER

3600

rpm 25

00 rp

m1800 rpm

HP =

Figure 1 Relationship Between Horsepower, Torque and Rotational Speed

1.0 INTRODUCTION

A coupling is a design component intended to connect shafts of two mechanical units, such as an electric motor and ahydraulic pump or compressor driven by this motor, etc. As stated in the Resolution of the First International Conference onFlexible Couplings [1, 3], "...a flexible coupling, although it is relatively small and cheap compared to the machines it con-nects, is a critical aspect of any shaft system and a good deal of attention must be paid to its choice at the design stage." Thefollowing is a brief engineering data on couplings. More details are available in [1, 3].

The application considerations for couplings are numerous. The most important are the following:

• Torque and Horsepower• Allowable Shaft Misalignment• Lateral and Axial Flexibility of Coupling• Torsional Flexibility• Backlash• Rotational Velocity Error• Service Conditions

2.0 APPLICATION CONSIDERATIONS

Flexible couplings are designed to accommodate various types of load conditions. No one type of coupling can providethe universal solution to all coupling problems; hence many designs are available, each possessing construction features toaccommodate one or more types of application requirements. Successful coupling selection requires a clear understandingof application conditions. The major factors governing coupling selection are discussed below.

2.1 Torque and HorsepowerThe strength of a coupling is defined as its ability to transmit a required

torque load, frequently in combination with other factors.Hence, a coupling may be selected whose rated torque capacity is many

times greater than needed. For example, in a coupling subject to wear andincreasing backlash, a useful torque rating would depend chiefly on back-lash limitations rather than strength. For manually operated drives, the torqueimposed through improper handling may be in excess of the drive torquerequired. Couplings are frequently specified in horsepower capacity at vari-ous speeds.

Horsepower is a function of torque and speed, and it can be readily de-termined from the formula:

HP =

where N = rotational speed in rpm and T= torque in lb. in. This relation-ship is graphically represented in Figure 1.

2.2 Shaft MisalignmentShaft misalignment can be due to unavoidable tolerance build-ups in a

mechanism or intentionally produced to fulfill a specific function. Various typesof misalignment, as they are defined in AGMA Standard 510.02, are shownin Figure 2.

NT______63,000

T2-3

T2

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

2.3 Lateral and Axial Flexibility of CouplingsLateral and axial flexibility of couplings are factors frequently overlooked. The term flexible does not mean that the

coupling gives complete freedom of relative movement between the coupled shafts. More properly, flexible couplings give alimited freedom of the relative movement. Some forces are needed to make a flexible coupling flex. These forces are eitherlateral (at right angles to the shafts), or axial, or a combination of both. Lateral forces may produce a bending moment on theshafts and a radial load on the shaft support bearings. Axial force can produce undesirable thrust loads if not considered inthe original design. Universal Cardan joints and Oldham couplings impose friction-generated lateral loads on the bearings.The elastomeric types of couplings will produce lateral forces in proportion to their stiffness. These issues are addressedbelow in Section 3.0.

2.4 Torsional FlexibilityTorsional flexibility of a coupling is the torsional (twisting) elastic deformation induced in a flexible coupling while trans-

mitting torque. In some applications using encoders, it may be essential that the torsional flexibility be very low so as not tointroduce reading errors caused by the angular displacements. On the other hand, torsional deflection may be desirable forreducing torque oscillations and peak torques in driving high inertia and/or dynamic loads.

2.5 BacklashBacklash is the amount of rotational play inherent in flexible couplings which utilize moving parts. In some applications,

this "slack" may not be objectionable, but in an application in servo-controlled systems, such as described in the previousparagraph, backlash would rule out couplings of this type.

2.6 Rotational Velocity ErrorIn addition to the types of error already described, universal joints produce an error because of their kinematic behavior.

If the input speed into a single universal joint is held constant, then the output will produce cyclic fluctuations in direct relationto the operating angles of the input and output shafts. This will be described more fully in the section dealing with UniversalJoints.

2.7 Service ConditionsService conditions encompass factors such as temperature, operating medium, lubrication, accessibility for mainte-

nance, etc., and should be reviewed before a final selection is made.

3.0 GENERAL CLASSIFICATION OF COUPLINGS AND THEIR PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS

Couplings play various roles in machine transmissions. According to their role in transmissions, couplings can be dividedinto four classes:

1. Rigid Couplings. These couplings are used for rigid connection of precisely aligned shafts. Besides torque, they alsotransmit bending moment and shear force if any misalignment is present, as well as axial force. The three latter factors maycause substantial extra loading of the shaft bearings. The principal areas of application: long shafting; very tight spacepreventing use of misalignment-compensating or torsionally flexible couplings; inadequate durability and/or reliability ofother types of couplings.

Figure 2 Various Types of Shaft Misalignment

Alignment

Symmetrical AngularMisalignment

Parallel Offset or LateralMisalignment

Y

A = B

A

θ

B

NonsymmetricalAngular Misalignment

Combined Angular-OffsetMisalignment

A > B

BA

Y

θ

θ

T2-4

T2

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

2. Misalignment-Compensating Couplings. Such couplings are required for connecting two members of a power-trans-mission or motion-transmission system that are not perfectly aligned. "Misalignment" means that components that are co-axial by design are not actually coaxial, due either to assembly errors or to deformations of subunits and/or their foundations,Figure 2. The latter factor is of substantial importance for transmission systems on nonrigid foundations.

If the misaligned shafts are rigidly connected, this leads to elastic deformations of the shafts, and thus to dynamic loadson bearings, vibrations, increased friction losses in power transmission systems, and unwanted friction forces in motiontransmission, especially in control systems.

Misalignment-compensating couplings are used to reduce the effects of imperfect alignment by allowing nonrestricted orpartially restricted motion between the connected shaft ends. Similar coupling designs are sometimes used to changebending natural frequencies/modes of long shafts.

When only misalignment compensation is required, rigidity in torsional direction is usually a positive factor, otherwise thedynamic characteristics of the transmission system might be distorted. To achieve high torsional rigidity together with highmobility/compliance in misalignment directions (radial or parallel offset, axial, angular), torsional and misalignment-compen-sating displacements in the coupling have to be separated by using an intermediate compensating member. Frequently,torsionally rigid "misalignment-compensating" couplings, such as gear couplings, are referred to in the trade literature as"flexible" couplings.

3. Torsionally Flexible Couplings. Such couplings are used to change the dynamic characteristics of a transmissionsystem, such as natural frequency, damping and character/degree of nonlinearity. The change is desirable or necessarywhen severe torsional vibrations are likely to develop in the transmission system, leading to dynamic overloads in power-transmission systems.

Torsionally flexible couplings usually demonstrate high torsional compliance to enhance their influence on transmissiondynamics.

4. Combination Purpose Couplings are required to possess both compensating ability and torsional flexibility. The major-ity of the commercially available connecting couplings belong to this group.

3.1 Rigid CouplingsTypical rigid couplings are shown in Figure 3. Usually, such a coupling comprises a sleeve fitting snugly on the con-

nected shafts and positively connected with each shaft by pins, Figure 3a, or by keys, Figure 3b. Sometimes two sleeves areused, each positively attached to one of the shafts and connected between themselves using flanges, Figure 3c. Yet anotherpopular embodiment is the design in Figure 3d wherein the sleeve is split longitudinally and "cradles" the connected shafts.

Figure 3 Examples of Rigid Couplings

(d)(c)

(b)(a)

T2-5

T2

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

Figure 5 Universal Cardan Joint

YOKE

YOKE

SPIDER TRUNNION

a

3.2 Misalignment-Compensating CouplingsMisalignment-compensating couplings have to reduce forces caused by an

imperfect alignment of connected rotating members (shafts). Since componentswhich are designed to transmit higher payloads can usually tolerate higher mis-alignment-caused loads, a ratio between the load generated in the basic mis-alignment direction (radial or angular) to the payload (rated torque or tangentialforce) seems to be a natural design criterion for purely misalignment-compen-sating couplings.

All known designs of misalignment-compensating (torsionally rigid) cou-plings are characterized by the presence of an intermediate (floating) memberlocated between the hubs attached to the shafts being connected. The floatingmember has mobility relative to both hubs. The compensating member can besolid or composed of several links. There are two basic design subclasses:

(2a) Couplings in which the displacements between the hubs and the com-pensating member have a frictional character (examples: Oldham coupling, Fig-ure 4; universal Cardan Joint, Figure 5; gear coupling, Figure 6.)

(2b) Couplings in which the displacements are due to elastic deformationsin special elastic connectors (e.g., "K" Type Flexible Coupling, Figure 7).

3.2.1 Selection Criterion for Frictional Misalignment-CompensatingCouplings

For Subclass (2a) couplings designed for compensating the offset misalign-ment, the radial force Fcom acting from one hub to another and caused by mis-alignment, is a friction force equal to the product of friction coefficient ƒ andtangential force Ft at an effective radius Ref, Ft = T/Ref, where T is transmittedtorque,

Fcom = ƒFt = (1)

Since motions between the hubs and the compensating member are of a "stick-slip" character, with very short displacements alternating with stoppages andreversals, ƒ might be assumed to be the static friction coefficient.

When the rated torque Tr is transmitted, then the selection criterion is

= (2)

or the ratio representing the selection criterion does not depend on the amountof misalignment; lower friction and/or larger effective radius would lead to lowerforces on bearings of the connected shafts.

Similar conclusion stands for couplings compensating angular misalignments(Cardan joints or universal, or simply, U-joints). While U-joints with rolling fric-tion (usually, needle) bearings have low friction coefficient, ƒ for U-joints withsliding friction can be significant if the lubrication system is not properly de-signed and maintained.

3.2.1a Oldham CouplingsOldham couplings consist of three members. A floating member is trapped

by 90° displaced grooves between the two outer members which connect to thedrive shafts, as shown in Figure 4.

Oldham couplings can accommodate lateral shaft misalignments up to 10%of nominal shaft diameters and up to 3° angular misalignments.

ƒT____Ref

ƒ____Ref

Fcom____Tr

90°

FLOATINGMEMBER

Figure 4 Oldham Coupling

Figure 7 K-Type Elastomeric Coupling/Joint

Figure 6 Gear Coupling

T2-6

T2

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

Lubrication is a problem but can, in most applications, be overcome by choosing a coupling that uses a wear-resistantplastic in place of steel or bronze floating members.

Some advantages of Oldham couplings:• High torsional stiffness;• No velocity variation as with universal joints;• Substantial lateral misalignments possible;• High torque capacity for a given size;• Ease of disassembly.

Shortcomings of Oldham couplings:• Limited angular misalignment of shafts;• Need for lubrication due to relative sliding motion with stoppages, unless wear-resistant plastic is employed;• Nylon coupling has reduced torque capacity;• Significant backlash due to initial clearances for thermal expansion and inevitable wear;• Are not suitable for small misalignments;• Suitable only for relatively slow-speed transmissions;• Possible loss of loose members during disassembly.

Oldham couplings with rubber-metal laminated bearings [1] have all the advantages of the generic Oldham couplingswithout their shortcomings.

3.2.1b Universal or U-joints [2]

3.2.1b.1 GeneralA universal joint, Figure 5, is a positive, mechanical connection between rotating shafts, which are not parallel, but

intersecting. It is used to transmit motion, power, or both. It is also called the Cardan joint or Hooke joint. It consists of twoyokes, one on each shaft, connected by a cross-shaped intermediate member called the spider having four trunnions provid-ing for rotatable connections with the yokes. The angle between the two shafts is called the operating angle. It is generally,but not always, constant during operation. Good design practice calls for low operating angles, often less than 25°, depend-ing on the application. Independent of this guideline, mechanical interference in the U-joint designs often limits the operatingangle to a maximum (usually about 37.5°), depending on its proportions.

Typical applications of U-joints include aircraft, appliances, control mechanisms, electronics, instrumentation, medicaland optical devices, ordnance, radio, sewing machines, textile machinery and tool drives.

U-joints are available with steel or plastic major components. Steel U-joints have maximum load-carrying capacity for agiven size. U-joints with plastic body members are used in light industrial applications in which their self-lubricating feature,light weight, negligible backlash, corrosion resistance and capability for high-speed operation are significant advantages.

Recently developed U-joint designs with rubber-metal laminated bearings [1, 3] have even higher torque capacity and/orsmaller sizes allowing for higher-speed operation, and can be preloaded without increasing friction losses, thus completelyeliminating backlash. These designs do not require lubrication and sealing against contamination.

Constant velocity or ball-jointed universals are also available. These are used for high-speed operation and for carryinglarge torques. They are available in both miniature and standard sizes.

Motion transmitted through a U-joint becomes nonuniform. The angular velocity ratio between input and output shaftsvaries cyclically (two cycles per one revolution of the input shaft). This fluctuation, creating angular accelerations and in-creasing with the increasing angular misalignment, can be as much as ±15% at 30° misalignment. Effects of such fluctua-tions on static torque, inertia torque, and overall system performance should be kept in mind during the transmission design.

This nonuniformity can be eliminated (canceled) by using two connected in series and appropriately phased U-joints,Figure 8. While the output velocity becomes uniform, angular velocity fluctuation of the intermediate shaft cannot be avoided.

Two U-joints in series can be used for coupling two laterally displaced (misaligned) shafts, while the single joint can onlyconnect the angularly-misaligned shafts.

OUTPUTSHAFT

INTERMEDIATESHAFT

INPUTSHAFT

∠�'

∠�'∠� =

∠�

Figure 8 Two U-Joints in Series

T2-7

T2

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

� = 10°

� = 30°

+15

+10

+5

0

-5

-10

-150 45 90 135 180

Angular Rotation of Driving Shaft, deg

Figure 9 Angular Velocity Variations in U-Joint

Varia

tion

of A

ngul

ar V

eloc

ityof

Driv

en S

haft,

%

� = 20°

Advantages of a single U-joint:• Low side thrust on bearings;• Large angular misalignments are possible;• High torsional stiffness;• High torque capacity.

Shortcomings of a single U-joint:• Velocity and acceleration fluctuations, especially for large misalignments;• Lubrication is required to reduce friction and wear;• Protection from contamination (sealing) is required;• Shafts must be precisely located in one plane;• Backlash is difficult to control;• Static friction is increasing at very low misalignment (freezing), thus sometimes requiring an artificial misalignment in the assembly.

3.2.1b.2 KinematicsDue to the velocity fluctuations, the angular displacements of the

output shaft do not precisely follow those of the input shaft, but lead orlag, also with two cycles per revolution. The angular velocity variation isshown in Figure 9 for several operating (misalignment) angles �. Thepeak values of the displacement lead/lag, of input/output angular veloc-ity ratio, and of angular acceleration ratio for different are given inTable 1 [2]. As a qualitative guideline, for small �, up to ~10°, the devia-tions (errors) for maximum lead/lag angular displacements, for maxi-mum deviations of angular velocity ratios from unity, and for maximumangular acceleration ratios are nearly proportional to the square of �.

The static torque transmitted by the output shaft is equal to theproduct of the input torque and the angular velocity ratio.

The angular acceleration generates inertia torque and vibrations.The total transmitted torque is a sum of inertia torque (the product of theangular acceleration and the mass moment of inertia of the output shaft and masses associated with it) and the nominaloutput torque.

The inertia torque often determines the ultimate speed limit of the joint. The recommended speed limits vary dependingon �, on transmitted power, and on the nature of the transmission system. Recommended peak angular accelerations of thedriven shaft vary from 300 rad/sec2 to over 2000 rad/sec2 in power drives. In light instrument drives, the allowable angularaccelerations may be higher. For an accurate determination of the allowable speed, a stress analysis is necessary.

Example 1: Determining the Maximum Inertia TorqueA U-joint operates at 250 rpm with an operating angle � = 10°. Find the maximum angular displacement lead (or lag),

maximum and minimum angular velocity of output shaft and maximum angular acceleration of output shaft.If the system drives an inertial load so that the total inertial load seen by the output shaft (its own inertia and inertia of

associated massive rotating bodies) can be represented by a steel circular disc attached to the output shaft (radius r = 3 in.,thickness t = 1/4 in.), find the maximum inertia torque of the drive.

From Table 1 at � = 10°, the maximum displacement lead/lag = 0.439° = 26.3'. The maximum and minimum angularvelocity ratios are given as 1.0154 and 0.9848, respectively. Hence, the corresponding output shaft speeds are:

max = (250)(1.0154) = 254 rpm;

min (250)(0.9848) = 246 rpm;

According to Table 1, the maximum angular acceleration ratio is

max/�2 = 0.0306 for � = 10°.

� = [(250) (2�)] / (60) rad/sec = 26.18 rad/sec.

Hence, max = (0.0306)(26.18)2 = 21.0 rad/sec2. The weight, W, of the disc is given by W = � r2 t �, where � denotes thedensity of steel and is equal to 0.283 lb/in3.

T2-8

T2

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

W = � (3)2 (0.25) (0.283) = 2 lb.

Inertia torque = Imax, where I = polar mass moment of inertia of disc (lb. in. sec2),

I = Wr2 / 2g,

where g = gravitational constant = 386 in/sec2.

Hence, I = [(2) (3)2] / [(2)(386)] = 0.0233 lb. in. sec2.

Inertia torque = (21.0) (0.0233) = 0.489 lb. in. This inertia torque is a momentary maximum. The inertia torque fluctuatescyclically at two cycles per shaft revolution, oscillating between plus and minus 0.489 lb. in.

When system vibrations and resonances are important, it may be required to determine the harmonic content (Fourierseries development) of the output shaft displacement as a function of the displacement of the input shaft. The amplitude ofthe mth harmonic (m > 1) vanishes for odd values of m, while for even values of m it is equal to (2/m) (tan 1/2�)m, where �denotes the operating angle.

0.00000.00030.00120.00270.00490.00760.01100.01500.01960.02480.03060.03710.04420.05200.06040.06940.07920.08960.10070.11250.12500.13820.15220.16700.18260.19900.21620.23440.25350.27350.29460.31670.34000.36440.39020.41720.44570.47580.50740.54090.5762

1.00000.99980.99940.99860.99760.99620.99450.99250.99030.98770.98480.98160.97810.97440.97030.98590.96130.95630.95110.94550.93970.93360.92720.92050.91350.90630.89880.89100.88290.87460.86600.85720.84800.83870.82900.81920.80900.79860.78800.77710.7660

TABLE 1 THE EFFECT OF SHAFT ANGLE (�) ON SINGLE UNIVERSAL JOINT PERFORMANCE FOR CONSTANT INPUT SPEED*

Operating AngleBetween Shafts

(�) Deg.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334353637383940

Maximum Load or Lagof Output Shaft

Displacement (εεεεε), Deg.Relative to Input

Shaft Displacement

0.0000.0040.0170.0390.0700.1090.1570.2140.2800.3550.4390.5310.6330.7440.8640.9931.1321.2801.4371.6051.7821.9692.1653.3722.5902.8173.0553.3043.5643.8354.1174.4114.7165.0345.3635.7056.0606.4286.8097.2047.613

1.00001.00021.00061.00141.00241.00381.00551.00751.00981.01251.01541.01871.02231.02631.03061.03531.04031.04571.05151.05761.06421.07111.07851.08641.09461.10341.11261.12231.13261.14341.15471.16661.17921.19241.20621.22081.23611.25211.26901.28681.3054

Maximum AngularAcceleration Ratio =

, where max =

Maximum AngularAcceleration of Output

Shaft; � = AngularVelocity of Input Shaft,

rad/sec.

max_____�rMaximum Angular

Velocity Ratio( max)

Minimum AngularVelocity Ratio

( min)

*Reproduced with the permission of Design News from "The Analytical Design of Universal Joints" by S.J. Baranyi, Design News, Sept. 1, 1969

T2-9

T2

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

3.2.1b.3 Joint Selection (Torque Rating)The torque capacity of the universal joint is a function of speed, operating angle and service conditions. Table 2 shows

use factors based on speed and operating angle for two service conditions: intermittent operation (say, operation for lessthan 15 minutes, usually governed by necessity for heat dissipation) and continuous operation.

The torque capacity of a single Cardan joint of standard steel construction is determined as follows:i. From the required speed (rpm), operating angle in degrees, and service condition (intermittent or continuous), find

the corresponding use factor from Table 2.ii. Multiply the required torque, which is to be transmitted by the input shaft, by the use factor. If the application involves

a significant amount of shock loading, multiply by an additional dynamic factor of 2. The result must be less than the staticbreaking torque of the joint.

iii. Refer to the torque capacity column in the product catalog and select a suitable joint having a torque capacity not lessthan the figure computed in (ii) above.

If a significant amount of power is to be transmitted and/or the speed is high, it is desirable to keep the shaft operatingangle below 15°. For manual operation, operating angles up to 30° may be permissible.

Example 2: Universal Joint Selection for Continuous OperationA single universal joint is to transmit a continuously acting torque of 15 lb. in., while operating at an angle of 15° and at

a speed of 600 rpm. Select a suitable joint.From Table 2 for continuous operation, the use factor is given as 68. Note that there are blank spaces in the Table. If the

combination of operating angle and speed results in a blank entry in the Table, this combination should be avoided. Therequired torque is (68) (15) = 1020 lb. in. There is no shock load and the dynamic factor of 2 does not apply in this case.

From the SDP/SI catalog, it is seen that there are two joints meeting this specification: A 5Q 8-D500 and A 5Q 8-D516,both with a torque capacity of 1176 lb. in. The first has a solid-shaft construction and the second a bored construction. Thechoice depends on the application.

Example 3: Universal Joint Selection for Intermittent Operation with Shock LoadingA single universal joint is to transmit 1/8 horsepower at 300 rpm at an operating angle of 15°. Select a suitable joint for

intermittent operation with shock loading.Here we make use of the equation:

Torque = Horsepower x 63,025/300 lb. in.

Hence, operating torque = (0.125)(63,025)/300 = 26.3 lb. in. From Table 2, for intermittent loads (300 rpm, 15°), the usefactor is 16. Due to shock loading, there should be an additional dynamic factor of 2. Therefore, the rated torque = (26.3) (16)(2) = 842 lb. in. Thus, the same joints found in the previous example are usable in this case.

Example 4: Determining the Maximum Speed of an Input ShaftA universal joint is rated at 250 lb. in., and operates at an angle of 12°, driving a rotating mass, which can be represented

(together with the inertia of the driven shaft) by a steel, circular disc, radius r = 6", thickness t = 1/2", attached to the drivenshaft. How fast can the input shaft turn if the inertia torque is not to exceed 50% of rated torque?

From Table 1, for � = 12°, we have max/�2 = 0.0442. The weight, W, of the disc is W = � r2 t �, where � denotes thedensity of steel which is 0.283 lb. in3.

TABLE 2 USE FACTORS FOR THE TORQUE RATING OF UNIVERSAL JOINTS

180015001200 900 600 300 100

Speedrpm Angle of Operation - Degrees

9876543

20161311 8 5 4

3428221611 7 4

4539322315 8 5

——40342211 6

————3416 8

————4022 9

—————2811

—————3412

180015001200 900 600 300 100

Speedrpm

Continuous Running Conditions

1816141210 8 6

403226211510 7

685544322214 8

90786446301610

——8068442212

————683215

————804418

—————5522

—————6824

0 3 5 7 10 15 20 25 30

Intermittant Running Conditions

Angle of Operation - Degrees

0 3 5 7 10 15 20 25 30

T2-10

T2

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

Thus W = � (6)2(0.5) (0.283) = 16 lb. The polar mass moment of inertia, I, of the disc is given by

I = Wr2 / 2g = (16)(6)2 / (2)(386) = 0.746 lb. in. sec2.

The inertia torque = Imax = 50% of 250 lb. in. = 125 lb. in. Since Imax = (max / �2) • (�2I) = (0.0442)(0.746) �2 = 125, �2 =125 / 0.03297 = 3790.96 or � = 61.6 rad/sec = (61.6)(60) / 2� = 588 rpm.

Hence, if the inertia torque is not to exceed its limit, the maximum speed of the input shaft is 588 rpm. For joints madewith thermoplastic material, consult the SDP/SI catalog, which contains design charts for the torque rating of such joints.

3.2.1b.4 Secondary CouplesIn designing support bearings for the shafts of a U-joint and in determining vibrational characteristics of the driven

system, it is useful to keep in mind the so-called secondary couples or rocking torques, which occur in universal joints. Theseare rocking couples in the planes of the yokes, which tend to bend the two shafts and rock them about their bearings. Thebearings are thus cyclically loaded at the rate of two cycles per shaft revolution. The maximum values of the rocking torquesare as follows:

Maximum rocking torque on input shaft = Tintan�;Maximum rocking torque on output shaft = Tinsin�,

where Tin denotes the torque transmitted by the input shaft and � the operating angle. These couples are always 180° out ofphase. The bearing force induced by these couples is equal to magnitude of the rocking couple divided by the distancebetween shaft bearings.

For example, if the input torque, Tin is 1000 lb. in. and the operating angle is 20°, while the distance between supportbearings on each shaft is 6 in., the maximum secondary couple acting on the input shaft is (1000) (tan 20°) = 364 lb. in. andon the output shaft it is (1000) (sin 20°) = 342 lb. in. The radial bearing load on each bearing of the input shaft is 364/6 = 60.7lb. and it is 342/6 = 57 lb. for each bearing of the output shaft. The bearings should be selected accordingly.

It has been observed also that due to the double frequency of these torques, the critical speeds associated with universaldrives may be reduced by up to 50% of the value calculated by the standard formulas for the critical speeds of rotating shafts.The exact percentage is a complex function of system design and operating conditions.

3.2.1b.5 Joints in SeriesAs mentioned in paragraph 3.2.1b.1, universal joints can be used in series in order to eliminate velocity fluctuations, to

connect offset (nonintersecting) shafts, or both. Figure 8 shows a schematic of such an arrangement.In order to obtain a constant angular-velocity ratio (1:1) between input and output shafts, a proper phasing of the joints is

required. This phasing can be described as follows: two Cardan joints in series will transmit a constant angular velocity ratio(1:1) between two intersecting or nonintersecting shafts (see Figure 8), provided that the angle between the connectedshafts and the intermediate shaft are equal (� = �'), and that when yoke 1 lies in the plane of the input and intermediateshafts, yoke 2 lies in the plane of the intermediate shaft and the output shaft.

If shafts 1 and 3 intersect, yokes 1 and 2 are coplanar.When the above phasing has been realized, torsional and inertial excitation is reduced to minimum. However, inertia

excitation will inevitably remain in the intermediate shaft, because this shaft has the angular acceleration of the output shaftof a single U-joint (the first of the two joints in series). It is for this reason that guidelines exist limiting the maximum angularaccelerations of the intermediate shaft. Depending on the application, values between 300 rad/sec2 and values in excess of1000 rad/sec2 have been advocated. In light industrial drives, the allowable speed may be higher. For an accurate determi-nation of allowable speed, a stress analysis is necessary.

Example 5: Determining the Maximum Speed of an Input Shaft in a SeriesIn a drive consisting ot two universal joints in series, phased so as to produce a constant (1:1) angular velocity ratio

between input and output shafts, the angle between the intermediate shaft and input (and output) shaft is 20°. If the maxi-mum angular acceleration of the intermediate shaft is not to exceed 1000 rad/sec2, what is the upper limit of the speed of theinput shaft?

From Table 1, with � = 20°, we find max/�2 = 0.1250.

Since max = 1000 rad/sec2,

�2 = (max) / (0.1250) = (1000) / 0.1250) = 8000 rad/sec2.

Hence, � = 8000 = 89.4 rad/sec = (89.4)(60) / 2� = 854 rpm.

T2-11

T2

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

Hence, the speed of the input shaft should not exceed 854 rpm. When the joint angle is less than or equal to 10°, Figure10 can be used to compute the maximum speed or the maximum angular acceleration for a given input speed.

Example 6Same as problem 5, except operating angle is 10°. Here we can use Figure 10. The intersection of � = 10° and the 1000

rad/sec2 curve yields N � 1800 rpm. Hence, the speed of the input shaft should not exceed 1800 rpm. A more exactcalculation, as in Example 5, yields N = 1726 rpm. For practical purposes, however, the value obtained from Figure 10 isentirely satisfactory.

3.2.2 Selection Criterion for Misalignment-Compensating Couplings with Elastic ConnectorsFor this class of couplings, assuming linearity of the elastic connectors,

Fcom = kcome, (3)

where e is misalignment value, kcom = combined stiffness of the elastic connectors in the direction of compensation. In thiscase,

= e. (4)

Unlike couplings from Subclass (2a), Subclass (2b) (see p. T2-5) couplings develop the same radial force for a given mis-alignment regardless of transmitted torque, thus they are more effective for larger Tr. Of course, lower stiffness of the elasticconnectors would lead to lower radial forces.

3.2.2.1 Designs of Elastic Misalignment-Compensating CouplingsDesigns of Oldham couplings and U-joints with elastic connectors using high-performance thin-layered rubber-metal

laminates are described in [1, 3].K-Type flexible coupling, Figure 7, is kinematically similar to both Oldham coupling and to U-joint. By substituting an

elastomeric member in place of the conventional spider and yoke of U-joint or the floating member of Oldham coupling, inconstruction such as in the design shown in Figure 7, backlash is eliminated. Lubrication is no longer a considerationbecause there are no moving parts and a fairly large amount of lateral misalignment can be accommodated. The illustratedcoupling is available in the product section of this catalog. Please refer to Figure 11 for specific design data for four sizes ofthis type coupling. Figure 11b indicates that this coupling has high durability even with a combination of large lateral (offset)and large angular misalignments.

700

1000

1400

2000 rad/sec 2

500300

100

25

4500

4000

3500

3000

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

0 5 10MAXIMUM ANGULAR ACCELERATION

� - Joint Angle, deg

N, r

pm

Figure 10 Maximum Angular Acceleration (rad/sec2) of Output Shaft of Single U-Joint vs. Input Speed (rpm) and Operating Angle (degrees)

kcom_____Tr

Fcom_____Tr

T2-12

T2

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

A 5Z 7-20808thru 21616

A 5Z 7-10606thru 11212

A 5Z 7-31212thru 31616 A 5Z 7-41616

3

2

1

0 4 12 25 28 40 50

1/21/31/4

3600

rpm

Torque, lb. in.

Hor

sepo

wer

45

40

35

15

10

5

00 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Hours Life in ThousandsTo

rque

, lb.

in. 30

25

20

With Combined15° Angular & 1/8

Parallel Offset Misalignment







2500

rpm

1800 rpm

3.3 Torsionally Flexible Couplings and Combination Purpose Couplings [3]These two classes of couplings are usually represented by the same designs. However, in some cases only torsional

properties are required, in other cases both torsional and compensation properties are important and, most frequently, thesecoupling designs are used as the cheapest available and users cannot determine what is important for their applications.Accordingly, it is of interest to look at what design parameters are important for various applications.

3.3.1 Torsionally Flexible CouplingsTorsionally flexible couplings are used in transmission systems when there is a danger of developing resonance condi-

tions and/or transient dynamic overloads. Their influence on transmission dynamics can be due to one or more of thefollowing factors:

Reduction of Torsional Stiffness and, Consequently, Shift of Natural Frequencies.If resonance condition occurs before installation (or change) of the coupling, then shifting of the natural frequency can

eliminate resonance; thus dynamic loads and torsional vibrations will be substantially reduced.

Increasing Effective Damping Capacity of a Transmission by Using Coupling Material withHigh Internal Damping or Special Dampers.

When the damping of a system is increased without changing its torsional stiffness, the amplitudes of torsional vibrationsare reduced at resonance and in the near-resonance zone. Increased damping is especially advisable when there is a widefrequency spectrum of disturbances acting on a drive; more specifically, for the drives of universal machines.

Introducing Nonlinearity into the Transmission System.If the coupling has a nonlinear "torque-angular deformation" characteristic and its stiffness is much lower then stiffness

of the transmission into which it is installed, then the whole transmission acquires a nonlinear torque-angular deflectioncharacteristic. A nonlinear dynamic system becomes automatically detuned away from resonance at a fixed-frequency exci-tation, the more so the greater the relative change of the overall stiffness of the system on the torsional deflection equal to thevibration amplitude.

Introducing Additional Rotational Inertia in the Transmission System.This is a secondary effect since couplings are not conventionally used as flywheels. However, when a large coupling is

used, this effect has to be considered.

Realizing the above listed effects of a properly selected torsionally-flexible coupling requires a thorough dynamic analy-sis of the transmission system.

Figure 11

(a) Rated Horsepower/Torque for Various rpm

(b) Service Life as a Function of Angular and OffsetMisalignments for K-Type Couplings

T2-13

T2

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

3.3.2 Combination Purpose CouplingsCombination purpose couplings do not have a special com-

pensating (floating) member. As a result, compensation of mis-alignment is accomplished, at least partially, by the same mode(s)of deformation of the flexible element which are called forth bythe transmitted payload.

The ratio of radial (compensating) stiffness kcom and torsionalstiffness ktor of a combination purpose flexible coupling can berepresented as [1,3]

= , (5)

where Rex is external radius of the coupling. The "Coupling De-sign Index" A (Figure 13f) allows one to select a coupling designbetter suited to a specific application. If the main purpose is toreduce misalignment-caused loading of the connected shafts andtheir bearings, for a given value of torsional stiffness, then thelowest value of A is the best, together with large external radius.If the main purpose is to modify the dynamic characteristics ofthe transmission, then minimization of ktor is important.

Some combination purpose couplings are shown in Figure12. The "modified spider" coupling (Figure 12b) is different fromthe conventional spider (jaw) coupling shown schematically inFigure 12a by four features: legs of the rubber spider are ta-pered, instead of staight; legs are made thicker even in the small-est cross section, at the expense of reduced thickness of bosseson the hubs; lips on the edges provide additional space forbulging of the rubber when legs are compressed, thus reducingstiffness; the spider is made from a very soft rubber. All thesefeatures lead to substantially reduced torsional and radialstiffnesses while retaining small size, which is characteristic forspider couplings.

Plots in Figure 13 (a-d) give data for some widely used cou-plings on such basic parameters as torsional stiffness ktor, radialstiffness kcom, external diameter Dex, and flywheel moment WD2(W is weight of the coupling). Plots in Figure 13 (e-f) give deriva-tive information: ratio kcom / ktor, and design index A. All theseparameters are plotted as functions of the rated torque.

Data for "toroid shell" couplings in Figure 13 are for the cou-pling as shown in Figure 12 (c) (there are many design modifica-tions of toroid shell couplings). The "jaw coupling" for T = 7 Nm inFigure 13 (f) (lowest torque point on jaw coupling line) has a four-legged spider (z = 4), while all larger sizes have z = 6 or 8. Thisexplains differences in A (A � 1.9 for z = 4, but A = 1.0 ~ 1.3 for z= 6,8). Values of A are quite consistent for a given type of cou-pling. The variations can be explained by differences in designproportions and rubber blends between the sizes.

Using plots in Figure 13, one can more easily select a cou-pling type whose stiffnesses, inertia, and diameter are best suitedfor a particular application. These plots, however, do not addressissues of damping and nonlinearity. Damping can be easily modi-fied by the coupling manufacturer by a proper selection of theelastomer. As shown previously, high damping is very beneficialfor transmission dynamics, and may even reduce thermal expo-sure of the coupling, as shown in [1,3]. More complex is the is-sue of nonlinear characteristics; a highly nonlinear (and very com-pact) coupling based on radial compression of cylindrical rubberelements is described in [1]. Couplings represented in Figure 13are linear or only slightly nonlinear.

A_____Rex2

kcom_____ktor

(a) Jaw (Spider) Coupling

TAP

(e) Uniflex Coupling

Figure 12 Combination Purpose Couplings

(d) Sleeve Coupling (Geargrip)

(c) Toroid Shell Coupling

(b) Modified Spider Coupling ( - lip providing bulging space for the rubber element)

T2-14

T2

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

Figure 13 Basic Characteristics of Frequently Used Torsionally Flexible/Combination Purpose Couplings

4 5 81.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 8.0 100

8

104

5432

103

8

543

2

102

8

543

ktorNmrad

200 300 500Rated Torque, Nm

(a) Torsional Stiffness

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

+

+

+

+

+

4

32

103

8

543

2

102

80

504030

5 810 20 30 50 80 200 40030010040

Rated Torque, Nm(b) Radial Stiffness

kcomN

mm

++

xx

xx x x

x

+

xx

xx

Rated Torque, Nm(c) External Diameter

4

200

10080

5040

5 8 10 20 30 50 80 200100 400

Dexmm

++

+

x

x

xx

x

x

4 5 8 10 20 30 50 8040 200 500300100Rated Torque, Nm

(e) Ratio Radial-to-Torsional Stiffness

5432

8

543

2

8

543

102

103

kcomktor

1m2

+

+

+

x

xx

x x

x

x

4 5 8 10 20 30 50 80 200 400100Rated Torque, Nm

(f) Coupling Design Index A

2

10.8

0.50.4

A

x xx+

+ +

+x

xx

x+

x

x

4 5 8 10 20 30 5040 80 100 200 400300Rated Torque, Nm

(d) Flywheel Moment

8432

8432

8432

84

10-1

10-3

10

WD2

Nm2

+

+

x

+

Δ - Jaw Coupling with Rubber Spider Figure 12 (a) � - Rubber Disk Coupling Not Shown� - Modified Spider Coupling Figure 12 (b) � - Uniflex Coupling Figure 12 (e)� - Toroid Shell Coupling Figure 12 (c) + - Finger Sleeve Coupling Figure 12 (d)

T2-15

T2

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

3.3.2.1 Miscellaneous Combination Purpose Couplings

3.3.2.1a Flexible ShaftsFlexible shafts are relatively stiff in torsion but very compliant in bending and lateral misalignments. A good example of

this is in their use on automotive speedometer drives.A flexible shaft consists of:

a. Shaft - the rotating element comprising a center wire with several wire layers wrapped around it in alternatingdirections.

b. Casing - the sleeve made from metal or nonmetals to guide and protect the shaft and retain lubricants. Flexibleshafts can be supplied without casing when used for hand-operated controls or intermittent-powered applications.

c. Case End Fitting - connects the casing to the housing of the driver and driven equipment.

d. Shaft End Fitting - connects the shaft to the driving and driven members. Flexible shafts as shown in the SDP/SIcatalogs [4] are often substituted in place of more expensive gear trains and universal joints in applications wherethe load must be moved in many directions. They are extremely useful where the load is located in a remoteposition requiring many gear and shafting combinations.

The basic design considerations are torque capacity, speed, direction of rotation, bend radii and service conditions.Torque capacity is a function of the shaft size. Operating conditions must be considered in power drive applications such asstarting torque, reversing shocks, and fluctuating loads. These conditions constitute overloads on the shaft. If they aresubstantially greater than the normal torque load, a larger shaft must be selected. Since, in power applications, torque isinversely proportional to speed, it is beneficial to keep the torque down, thereby reducing shaft size and cost.Ordinarily, speeds of 1750 to 3600 rpm are recommended. However, there are applications in which shafts are operatingsuccessfully from 600 to 12,000 rpm. The general formula for determining maximum shaft speed is:

N = (7200) / �d, where N = rpm, d = shaft diameter in inches. (6)

Flexible shafting for power transmission is wound for maximum efficiency when rotating in only one direction - thedirection which tends to tighten the outer layer of wires on the shaft. Direction of rotation is identified from the power sourceend of the shaft. Torque capacity in the opposite direction is approximately 60% of the "wind" direction. Therefore, if thepower drive shaft must be operated in both directions, the reduced torque capacity will require a larger shaft than wouldnormally be selected for operation in the wind direction.

Because flexible shafts were developed primarily as a means of transmitting power where solid shafts cannot be used,most applications involve curves. Each shaft has a recommended minimum operating radius which is determined by theshaft diameter and type. As the radius of curvature is decreased, the torque capacity also decreases and tends to shortenshaft life.

Lastly, service conditions such as temperature present no special problems to flexible shafts when operating in the -65°Fto +250°F range. Plastic casing coverings are able to cover this temperature range and provide additional protection fromphysical abrasion as well as being oil and watertight.

3.3.2.1b Uniflex CouplingsSometimes it is desirable if not essential that a flexible shaft coupling be as short as possible and still retain most of the

features previously described. Figure 12e illustrates such a coupling, available in the SDP/SI catalog [4].The "flexible shaft" center section consists of three separately wound square wire springs. Individual spring layers are

opposingly wound to provide maximum absorption of vibration, load shock, and backlash. The hubs are brazed to the springsfor maximum strength. Design data is available in Table 3 as well as in the Uniflex catalog page of the SDP/SI catalog.The maximum torque and/or H.P. Capacity from Table 3 must be divided by the Service Factor (S.F.) dependent on the loadcharacter as follows:

Figure 14 Flexible Shaft

FLEXIBLE SHAFT DIA.

SOCKET HEAD SET SCREWENDFITTING

ENDFITTING

T2-16

T2

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

a. Light, even load - S.F. = 1.0;b. Irregular load without shock, rare reversals of direction - S.F. = 1.5c. Shock loads, frequent reversals - S.F. = 2.0

Uniflex Selection Procedure:

a. Select the service factor according to the application.b. Multiply the horsepower or torque to be transmitted by the service factor to obtain rating.c. Select the coupling with an equivalent or slightly greater horsepower or torque than shown in Table 3.

3.3.2.1c Jaw and Spider CouplingsJaw type couplings, Figures 12a, 12b consist of two metal hubs which are fastened to the input and output shafts (see

product pages in this catalog). Trapped between the hubs is a rubber or Urethane "spider" whose legs are confined betweenalternating metal projections from the adjacent hubs. The spider is the wearing member and can be readily replaced withoutdismantling adjacent equipment. The coupling is capable of operating without lubrication and is unaffected by oil, grease, dirtor moisture. Select the proper size for your application from Table 4 and the selection instructions. The Service Factors are,essentially, the same as for the Uniflex coupling.

Jaw and Spider Type Coupling Selection Procedure:

a. Select the Service Factor according to the application.b. Multiply the horsepower or torque to be transmitted by the service factor to obtain rating.c. Select the coupling series from Table 4 with an equivalent or slighlty greater horsepower or torque

than the calculated value in b.d. Turn to the product section page illustrating the same coupling and make your specific selection in that

number series.

18343982

18253750

SeriesNumber

Max.Torque

lb. in.

Horsepower Capacity* At Varying Speeds (rpm)

100 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2400 3000 3600

.03

.05

.06

.13

.09

.15

.18

.39

.18

.30

.36

.78

.27 .45 .54

1.2

.36 .60 .70

1.5

.45

.75

.90 2

.5 .9

12.3

.71.22.4

3

.91.51.83.9

11.824.6

TABLE 3 UNIFLEX COUPLINGS SELECTION DATA

*Based on service factor of one only

.0056

.0037

.0028

.04

.03

.02

.06

.04

.03

.12

.08

.06

.20

.13

.10

1.01.52.01.01.52.01.01.52.01.01.52.01.01.52.0

035

050

070

075

090

3.5

25.2

37.8

75.6

126

CouplingSeries

Number

RatedTorque

lb. in.

Horsepower Capacity at Varying Speeds (rpm)

100

TABLE 4 JAW TYPE COUPLINGS SELECTION DATA

ServiceFactor

.017

.011

.009 .12 .08 .06 .18 .12 .09 .36 .24 .18 .60 .40 .30

300

.034

.023

.017 .24 .16 .12 .36 .24 .12 .72 .48 .361.2 .20 .60

600

.05

.033

.025

.36

.24

.18

.54

.36

.271.08.72.54

1.81.2.90

900

.067

.045

.033

.48

.32

.24

.72

.48

.361.44

.96

.722.41.61.2

1200 1500

.084

.056

.043

.60

.40

.30

.90

.60

.451.801.20

.903.02.01.5

1800

.13

.087

.065

.72

.48

.361.08.72.54

2.161.441.083.62.41.8

2400

.10

.067

.05

.96

.64

.421.44.96.72

2.881.921.444.83.22.4

3000

.17

.113

.0251.2

.80

.601.81.2

.903.62.41.86.04.03.0

3600

.2

.13

.101.44.96.70

2.161.441.084.342.882.107.24.83.6

Service Factors1.0 ____ Even Load, No Shock, Infrequent Reversing with Low Starting Torque1.5 ____ Uneven Load, Moderate Shock, Frequent Reversing with Low Start Torque2.0 ____ Uneven Load, Heavy Shock, Hi Peak Loads, Frequent Reversals with High Start Torque

T2-17

T2

T e c

h n

i c a

l S

e c t

i o

n

3.3.2.1d Sleeve Type Coupling (Geargrip)A sleeve type coupling consists of two splined hubs with a mating intermediate member of molded neoprene. Because of

its construction features, it is capable of normal operation with angular shaft misalignments up to 2°.Lubrication is not required. All parts are replaceable without disturbing adjacent equipment provided sufficient shaft length is

allowed by sliding coupling hubs clear of the sleeve member during disassembly. Select the proper size for your applicationfrom Table 5 and follow the selection instructions.

Sleeve Type Coupling Selection Procedure

a. Determine motor characteristics.b. Determine service conditions.c. Select the coupling model with an equivalent or slightly greater horsepower than the calculated value in b in Table 5.d. Turn to Geargrip couplings in the product section and select the specific assembly or individual components

in that model number.

Other types of couplings are also available and are fully described along with technical specifications in the SDP/SIcatalogs dealing with couplings [4].

References

[1] Rivin, E.I., Stiffness and Damping in Mechanical Design, 1999, Marcel Dekker Inc.

[2] Baranyi, S.J., "The Analytical Design of Universal Joints", Design News, 1969, Sept. 1

[3] Rivin, E.I., "Design and Application Criteria for Connecting Couplings", 1986, ASME Journal of Mechanisms,Transmissions, and Automation in Design, vol. 108, pp. 96-105 (this article is fully reprinted in [1])

[4] Stock Drive Products/Sterling Instrument, Catalog D790, Handbook of Inch Drive Components andCatalog D785, Handbook of Metric Drive Components or their current catalogs.

Severe Duty• speeds from 3600 to 5000 rpm• operation runs more than 10 hours per day• frequent starts and stops• heavy, pulsating load• mechanical or electrical clutch

Service Conditions

Normal Duty• speed not exceeding 3600 rpm• operation less than 10 hours per day• infrequent stops and starts• no heavy, pulsating load• no mechanical or electrical clutch

1111111818213131

1818213131313131

1/121/81/61/41/31/23/41

Motor Torque

TABLE 5 SLEEVE TYPE COUPLINGS SELECTION DATA

Service

Speed, rpm

H.P.

Motor: Normal Torque

Normal Duty Severe Duty

35001111111118182131

17501111181821313131

11601118182131313131

87018182131313131

35001111111818213131

17501118182131313131

1160181821313131

870182121313131

Motor: High Torque

Normal Duty Severe Duty

3500 17501118182131313131

1160181821313131

870182121313131

35001111181821313131

1750 1160182131313131

8702131313131


AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

A-0

Accessories, Shock Absorber, Metric .......................Axial Type Bumpers, (See Bumpers)

Bantam Flexible Couplings, Inch ............................Base Mounts,

Cylindrical Type, Rubber, Metric .............................Diamond Base, Neoprene, Inch ..............................Dome Type, Rubber, Metric ....................................Flange Type,

Rubber, Metric ..............................................Silicone Gel, Metric ......................................

Rectangular Base, Neoprene, Inch ........................Technical Information, Neoprene ............................

Bolt Mounts,Ring and Bushing Type, Rubber, Inch ....................Silicone Gel Type, Metric ........................................Silicone vs. Rubber Technical Information .............Solo Unitized, Rubber, Inch ....................................Tandem Unitized, Rubber, Inch ..............................Washer Type, Silicone Rubber & Steel, Inch .........Washers and Installation, Steel, Inch .....................

Bumpers,Axial Type, Elastomer-Polyester, Inch

High-Load .....................................................Low-Load ......................................................

Conical, RubberInch ...............................................................Metric ............................................................

Radial Type, Elastomer-Polyester, Inch .................Rectangular, Steel & Rubber, Inch .........................Technical Information (English Units) .....................

Cable Isolators, Inch1/16" & 3/32" Cable Dia. .........................................1/8" & 5/32" Cable Dia. ...........................................3/16" Cable Dia.,

Large O.D., Light Duty .................................Small O.D., Standard Duty ...........................

1/4" Cable Dia. ........................................................3/8" Cable Dia. ........................................................1/2" Cable Dia. ........................................................Technical Information ..............................................

Carry Leveling Mounts,Rubber & Steel Ball, Metric .....................................

Channel Mounts, Steel & Rubber, Inch ....................Chips, Silicone Gel, Metric ........................................Conical Bumpers, (See Bumpers)Conical Type Leveling Mounts, Rubber, Metric ......Couplings, Flexible,

Inch,Bantam .........................................................Geargrip ........................................................Jaw Type ......................................................

6-14

9-14

2-122-152-14

2-22-32-162-17

7-107-157-177-87-97-167-13

6-56-7

6-86-96-66-116-2

5-245-25

5-275-265-285-295-305-23

3-76-108-10

3-6

9-149-119-10

Alphabetical Index

A"K" Type ........................................................Neo-Flex,

Long ........................................................ Short ........................................................

One-Piece ....................................................Spider Type ..................................................Spline Type ...................................................

Metric,"K" Type ........................................................Neo-Flex,

Long ........................................................ Short ........................................................

Spider Type ..................................................Spline Type ...................................................

Cup Mounts, Rubber, Inch ........................................Cylindrical Mounts,

Female-Blank,Sorbothane®,

Inch .......................................................... Metric .......................................................

Urethane, Inch ..............................................Female-Female, Rubber, Inch ................................Male-Blank,

Sorbothane®, Inch .......................................................... Metric .......................................................

Urethane, Inch ..............................................Male-Female,

Neoprene, Inch .............................................Rubber,

Inch .......................................................... Metric .......................................................


Urethane, Inch ..............................................Male-Male,

Rubber, Inch .......................................................... Metric .......................................................


Urethane, Inch ..............................................Cylindrical Type Base Mounts, Rubber, Metric .......

Damped Type Spring Mounts, InchStainless Steel Mesh,

To 10 lbs. ......................................................To 132 lbs. ....................................................To 200 lbs. ...................................................To 750 lbs. ...................................................To 1235 lbs. ..................................................To 2469 lbs. ..................................................

9-12

9-49-29-149-89-6

9-13

9-59-39-99-72-11

1-311-321-291-28

1-311-321-30

1-24

1-261-27

1-311-321-29

1-51-17

1-311-321-302-12

5-155-165-95-105-125-13

(Couplings, cont'd)

D

B

C



AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

A-1

Dome Type Base Mounts, Rubber, Metric ...............

Elliptic Leaf Type, Spring Mounts, InchPolymer Damped..........................................Stainless Steel Mesh Damped .....................Technical Information ...................................

Finger-Flex Assemblies, Rubber, Inch ....................Finger-Flex Mounts, Rubber, Inch

To 12 lbs. ......................................................To 25 lbs. ......................................................To 37 lbs. ......................................................To 80 lbs. ......................................................To 350 lbs. ....................................................

Technical Information ..............................................Flange Type Base Mounts, Metric

Rubber .....................................................................Silicone Gel .............................................................

Foam Pads, Silicone, Metric ......................................Foam Type Spring Mounts, Metric

To 1250 N ................................................................To 4500 N ................................................................

Geargrip Flexible Couplings, Inch ..........................Gel, Silicone (See Silicone Gel Mounts, Pads, Tape & Chips)Grommets, Vinyl Elastomer, Inch ..............................

Isolators, Cable, Inch1/16" & 3/32" Cable Dia. .........................................1/8" & 5/32" Cable Dia. ...........................................3/16" Cable Dia.,

Large O.D., Light Duty ...................................Small O.D., Standard Duty ............................

1/4" Cable Dia. ........................................................3/8" Cable Dia. ........................................................1/2" Cable Dia. ........................................................Technical Information ..............................................

Iso-Pad Sheets,Vinyl Chloride Elastomeric Resin, Inch ..................

Iso-Pad Type Leveling Mounts, Inch .......................Iso-Pads,

Vinyl Chloride Elastomeric Resin, Patterned, Inch .

Jaw Type Flexible Couplings, Inch .........................

“K” Type Flexible CouplingsInch ..........................................................................Metric .......................................................................

2-14

5-35-55-2

2-9

7-37-47-57-67-77-2

2-22-38-8

5-75-8

9-11

7-14

5-245-25

5-275-265-285-295-305-23

8-33-5

8-2

9-10

9-129-13

Alphabetical Index

Leveling Mounts,Carry, Rubber and Steel Ball, Metric ......................Conical Type, Rubber, Metric ..................................Iso-Pad Type, Inch ..................................................Neoprene, to 2500 lbs., Inch...................................

to 12000 lbs., Inch .................................Stainless Steel Mesh, to 10000 lbs., Inch ..............

Mounts,Base,

Cylindrical Type, Rubber, Metric ..................Diamond Base, Neoprene, Inch ...................Dome Type, Rubber, Metric .........................Flange Type,

Rubber ..................................................... Silicone Gel .............................................

Rectangular Base, Neoprene, Inch ..............Bolt,

Ring and Bushing Type, Rubber, Inch .........Silicone Gel Type, Metric .............................Silicone vs. Rubber Technical Information ...Solo Unitized, Rubber, Inch .........................Tandem Unitized, Rubber, Inch ....................Washer Type, Silicone Rubber & Steel, Inch.

Channel, Steel & Rubber, Inch ...............................Cup Type, Rubber, Inch ..........................................Cylindrical,

Female-Blank, Sorbothane®,

Inch.................................................... Metric ................................................

Urethane, Inch .........................................Female-Female,

Rubber, Inch ............................................Male-Blank, Sorbothane®,

Inch.................................................... Metric ................................................

Urethane, Inch .........................................Male-Female,

Neoprene, Inch ........................................ Rubber,

Inch..................................................... Metric .................................................

Sorbothane®, Inch..................................................... Metric .................................................

Urethane, Inch .........................................Male-Male, Rubber,

Inch. ................................................... Metric .................................................

Sorbothane®, Inch..................................................... Metric .................................................

3-73-63-53-23-43-3

2-122-152-14

2-22-32-16

7-107-157-177-87-97-166-102-11

1-311-321-29

1-28

1-311-321-30

1-24

1-261-27

1-311-321-29

1-51-17

1-311-32

E

F

G

I

J

M

K

L



AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTS

A-2

Urethane ..................................................Finger-Flex Type, Rubber, Inch ..............................Finger-Flex,

Rubber, Inch To 12 lbs. ................................................. To 25 lbs. ................................................. To 37 lbs. ................................................. To 80 lbs. ................................................. To 350 lbs. ...............................................

Leveling,Carry, Steel Ball and Rubber, Metric ............Conical Type, Rubber, Metric .......................Iso-Pad Type, Inch .......................................Neoprene, to 2500 lbs., Inch ........................

Stainless Steel Mesh, to 10000 lbs., Inch ....M-Style, Rubber, Metric ..........................................Plate Type, Rubber, Inch ........................................Rectangular, Rubber, Inch ......................................Ring,

Male-Male, Rubber, Inch ..............................Modular, Heavy-Duty, Rubber, Metric ..........

Silicone Gel, MetricBase Type.....................................................Bolt Type.......................................................Spring Type, Miniature .................................Stud Type, Male-Male ..................................

Spring,Elliptic Leaf Type, Inch

Polymer Damped ....................................Stainless Steel Mesh Damped ................

Technical information .............................. Technical Information, (Naval “X”Type) ..Foam Type, Metric To 1250 N ................................................ To 4500 N ...............................................Pedestal Type, Inch ......................................Silicone Gel Type, Miniature, Metric ............Single Hole Type, Inch .................................Stainless Steel Mesh Damped, Inch To 10 lbs. ................................................. To 132 lbs. ............................................... Double Spring, Inch

To 2469 lbs. ........................................ Quad Springs, Inch

To 750 lbs. ......................................... Single Spring,

To 200 lbs. ......................................... To 1235 lbs. ........................................

Suspension Type ..........................................Square,

Rubber, Metric ....................................................... Male-Male, Inch .......................................

1-302-9

7-37-47-57-67-7

3-73-63-53-23-43-32-182-42-21

1-371-38

2-37-155-141-36

5-35-55-65-2

5-75-85-215-145-22

5-155-16

5-13

5-10

5-95-125-20

8-51-2

Alphabetical Index

Stainless Steel Mesh, InchTo 1000 lbs. ..................................................To 1600 lbs. ..................................................To 16000 lbs. & 20000 lbs. ...........................

Suspension, MetricRubber Type .................................................Spring and Rubber Type ..............................

V-Style, Rubber, Metric ...........................................V10Z32 Selection Criteria Technical Information ...

M-Style Mounts, Rubber, Metric ...............................

Neo-Flex Couplings,Long,

Inch ...............................................................Metric ............................................................

Short,Inch ...............................................................Metric ............................................................

Neoprene Base Mounts, InchDiamond Base .........................................................Rectangular Base ...................................................

Neoprene Mounts, Cylindrical, Male-Female, Inch ..

One-Piece Flexible Couplings, Inch ........................

Pads,Iso-, Vinyl Chloride Elastomeric Resin, Inch

Patterned ................................................. Sheets, ....................................................

Silicone Foam, Metric .............................................Silicone Gel, Metric .................................................

Pads-Paired Ribbed, Rubber, Metric ........................Pads-Single Ribbed, Rubber, Metric ........................Pedestal Type Spring Mounts, Inch ........................Platemounts, Rubber, Inch .......................................

Radial Type Bumpers, Elastomer-Polyester, Inch ...Rectangular Bumpers, Steel & Rubber, Inch ...........Rectangular Mounts, Rubber, Inch ..........................Ribbed Paired Pads, Rubber, Metric ........................Ribbed Single Pads, Rubber, Metric ........................Ring and Bushing Type Bolt Mounts, Rubber, Inch.Ring Mounts,

Male-Male, Rubber, Inch .........................................Modular, Heavy-Duty, Rubber, Metric .....................

Rubber Mounts, Square, Metric ...............................Rubber Type Suspension Mounts, Metric ..............

Shaft Couplings Technical Section ........................

5-175-185-19

4-34-22-195-112-18

9-49-5

9-29-3

2-152-161-24

9-14

8-28-38-88-98-78-65-212-4

6-66-112-218-78-67-10

1-371-388-54-3

T2-1

(Mounts, cont'd) (Mounts, cont'd)

N

O

P

R

S

to 12000 lbs., Inch .....................



AD

VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO

N

COMPONENTSSheets, Iso-Pad,Vinyl Chloride Elastomeric Resin, Inch ......................Shock Absorbers, Metric ..........................................

Features ..................................................................Technical Information ..............................................

Silicone Foam Pads, Metric ......................................Silicone Gel Mounts, Metric

Applications .............................................................Base Type ...............................................................Bolt Type .................................................................Spring Type, Miniature ............................................Stud Type, Male-Male .............................................Technical Information ..............................................

Silicone Gel Pads, Metric .........................................Silicone Tape & Chips, Metric ..................................Single Hole Type Spring Mounts, Inch ...................Solo Unitized Bolt Mounts, Rubber, Inch ................Sorbothane® Mounts,

Cylindrical,Female-Blank,

Inch .......................................................... Metric .......................................................

Male-Blank, Inch .......................................................... Metric .......................................................

Male-Female Inch .......................................................... Metric .......................................................

Male-Male Inch .......................................................... Metric .......................................................

Technical Information ..............................................Spider Type Flexible Couplings,

Inch ......................................................................Metric ......................................................................

Spline Type Flexible Couplings,Inch ......................................................................Metric ......................................................................

Spring and Rubber Type Suspension Mounts,Metric ......................................................................

Spring Mounts,Damped Type, Inch

Stainless Steel Mesh Damped, To 132 lbs. .Elliptic Leaf Type, Inch

Polymer Damped..........................................Stainless Steel Mesh Damped .....................Technical information ...................................Technical Information (Naval “X” Type) .......

Foam Type, MetricTo 1250 N .....................................................To 4500 N .....................................................

Pedestal Type, Inch ................................................Silicone Gel Type, Miniature, Metric .......................Single Hole Type, Inch ............................................Stainless Steel Mesh Damped, Inch

To 10 lbs. ......................................................

8-36-146-126-228-8

1-352-37-155-141-361-348-98-105-227-8

1-311-32

1-311-32

1-311-32

1-311-321-33

9-89-9

9-69-7

4-2

5-16

5-35-55-65-2

5-75-85-215-145-22

5-15

Alphabetical Index

Double Spring, To 2469 lbs. .........................Quad Springs, To 750 lbs. ...........................Single Spring, To 200 lbs. .............................................. To 1235 lbs. .............................................

Suspension Type, Inch ............................................Square Mounts, Male-Male, Rubber, Inch ................Square Rubber Mounts, Metric ................................Stainless Steel Mesh Mounts, Inch

To 1000 lbs. .............................................................To 1600 lbs. .............................................................To 16000 lbs. & 20000 lbs. .....................................

Suspension Mounts,Spring and Rubber Type, Metric .............................

Suspension Type Spring Mounts, Inch ...................

Tandem Unitized Bolt Mounts, Rubber, Inch ..........Tape, Silicone Gel, Metric ..........................................Technical Information,

Base Mounts, Neoprene .........................................Bolt Mount Silicone vs. Rubber ..............................Bumper (English Units) ...........................................Cable Isolators ........................................................Elliptic Leaf Type Spring Mounts ............................Finger-Flex Mounts .................................................Proper Application of Silicone Gel Mounts .............Shock Absorber Features .......................................Shock Absorber Stroke Control ..............................Shock Absorbers (Metric Units) ..............................Silicone Gel Mounts ................................................Sorbothane® ...........................................................Spring Mounts, Elliptic Leaf Type (Naval “X” Type).V10Z32 Mounts Selection Criteria ..........................

Technical Section, Shaft Couplings .........................Vibration Mounts .....................................................

Urethane Mounts,Cylindrical, Inch

Female-Blank ...............................................Male-Blank ...................................................Male-Female ................................................Male-Male .....................................................

Vibration Mounts, Technical Section ........................Vibration Transmissibilty Charts ............................Vinyl Elastomer Grommets, Inch .............................V-Style Mounts, Rubber, Metric ................................

Washer Type Bolt Mounts,Silicone Rubber & Steel, Inch .................................

Washers for Bolt Mounts, Steel, Inch ......................

5-135-10

5-95-125-201-28-5

5-175-185-19

4-25-20

7-98-10

2-177-176-25-235-67-21-356-126-136-221-341-335-25-11T2-1T1-1

1-291-301-291-30

T1-12-247-142-19

7-167-13

(Spring Mounts, cont'd)

T

U

V

W


Advanced Antivibration Components


Documents

Shock and Vibration Damping Components · Stiffness and Damping in Mechanical Design Passive Vibration Isolation The Science of Innovation McGraw Hill, August, 1987 Marcel Dekker,